Home

MapOCX Pro v7.1 - UnderTow Software, Inc.

1. CAD Objects n integer array of CadObj Method An indexed array holding all the currently defined CAD objects Each object can be directly accessed adited etc by its index number This is a zero based array The maximum number of objects that can be accommodated is only limited by system resources VB Example Private Sub Command42_Click List the types and pen colors of all current objects note array is zero based List1 Clear With MapProl Cad For i 1 To Count List1 Additem Item amp i amp Type amp Objects i 1 ObjectType amp Color amp Objects i 1 Pen Color Next i 177 Now let s change the pen color of the 3rd item and list them again this is a zero based array so the third item is index 2 Objects 2 Pen Color 11 For i 1 To Count List1 Additem Item amp i amp Type amp Objects i 1 ObjectType amp Color amp Objects i 1 Pen Color Next i End With End Sub CAD ObjectType Integer Property Sets the default object type for interactive object creation This is one of the ways the user may implement interactive object creation the other is by invoking the CAD Toolbar The user needs to set whatever default CAD Object attributes they want set the desired CAD ObjectType and then set the mapMode to mdCAD The control goes into the interactive drawing mode until the completion of the object and t
2. VIININ WM AI LEDE N LA aje LA VB Example Private Sub MapProl_CadChange ByVal Current As Long Check to see if Current ObjectType is 1 and change MapMode If Current 1 Then MapProl MapMode MdZoom Beep End Sub OnFind Event This event is triggered by the FindStreet method when a street matching the search specification has been found The user should then query the Street property and parse the information of interest from the resulting string VB Example Private Sub MapProl_Find Textl MapProl Street End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml MapProlFind Sender TObject begin If ProcMode 4 then listboxl items add MapProl street Display number of streets found panel4 caption Found tinttostr listboxl items count Application ProcessMessages end 116 OnFindDir Event Road segments found when the FindRoute method or the ExecRoute dialog are executed are combined into explicit directions For each explicit direction placed in the ExecRoute listbox the OnfindDir is fired and a string is passed in it The string contains the following information separated by tabs 9 character Road Name X Y coordinates Instruction Direction Distance Time VB Example Private Sub MapProl_FindDir ByVal s As String Listl AddItem s End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml MapProlFindDir Sender TObject
3. 1 Dash 2 Dot 3 Dash dot 4 Dash dot dot 5 Invisible 6 Inside solid pen width The width of the pen in pixels Please note that the windows GDI supports line styles other than solids ONLY for pen thicknesses of one pixel VB Example Private Sub Command35_Click Dim Circ As CadObj Set Circ MapProl Cad mCircle 80 40 60 40 3 5 Circ Brush Color vbRed Circ Brush BackColor vbYellow Circ Brush Style 3 constants only Circ Brush Mode 1 Transparent 2 is solid Circ Pen Color vbGreen Circ Pen Style vbSolid Circ Pen Width 4 Refresh the map MapProl Refresh End Sub objects Selected Boolean Property A property that indicates if the object is currently selected Certain methods of the CAD interface like Delete BringToFront etc operate ONLY on selected CAD objects objects Tag Integer Property This property is reserved for future use It could however be used by the user to relate the current CAD object to some other external file etc objects Visible Boolean Property Sets the visibility of the object to True or False VB Example Private Sub Command53_Click 194 Dim Bz As CadObj Dim Lnl As Cad MapProl Cad Set the co Pt1X 100 Pt1Y 30 Pt2X 105 Pt2Y 34 Pt 3X 102 Pt3Y 36 Set Bz Map Bz Caption Show the B Set Lnl Ma Ln1 Caption Set Ln2 Ma Ln2 Caption Lnl Pen Styl Lnl Pen Colo Ln2
4. Other In this dialog the user is permitted to select the type of Route highlighting on the map Dot 10 Dot 25 Dot 50 Cross Hatch and Grid as well as the color of the route highlight Speed Priorities Route Highlight Report Options Route Reporting Options Header Info Iw Leg F Display Alternate Street Names V Type JV Resize View to Show Route Iw Directions IT Name Place Direction e Beating Degrees Iv Time d Iw Miles Units Miles Kilometers 7 Speed Dist Time e Totals Difference N Bearing J Position Notes These are just the options to be used when doing routing calculations The actual route calculation is done using either the FindRoute or the ExecRoute methods The user should be cautioned that the likelihood of routing failure increases when road types are totally excluded i e when travel preference priority is set to 0 for one or more road types VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl ExecRoadOption End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml Button6Click Sender TObject Invoke the Options Dialog begin MapProl ExecRoadOption end 56 ExecRoute x1 x2 x3 x4 Double Procedure Presents user with a dialog that permits the input necessary to perform a Routing calculation They X1 x2 x3 x4 parameters are remnants from an earliee implementation and were left for backward compatibility They can be set to any value and have no e
5. tmpXLoc LonLeft LonRight 2 Get the center of the map tmpYLoc LatTop LatBottom 2 DeleteAllItems Clear any previous items SetItem 1 tmpXLoc tmpYLoc Place an item on the map SetItemBitmap 1 Picturel Picture Handle Associate bitmap with item SetItemString 1 My Bitmap String will appear above bitmap Draw a text bubble pointing to item Call DrawBubble DC tmpXLoc tmpYLoc Bubble Draw line from lower left to upper right using WinApi calls Call MoveToEx DC Lon2Int LonLeft Lat2Int LatBottom Lp Call LineTo DC Lon2Int LonRight Lat2Int LatTop End With Call DeleteObject SelectObject DC hp Do NOT forget this End Sub Private Sub MapProl_PaintBefore ByVal dc As Long Lines can be drawn under streets in this event if all map shading is turned OFF The line will disappear if shading is on however The DirectBefor vent can be used in a similar manner when when using DirectDraw to draw to another bitmap or the printer Dim tmpXLoc tmpYLoc As Double With MapProl tmpXLoc LonLeft LonRight 2 Get the center of the map tmpYLoc LatTop LatBottom 2 Draw a red line from upper right to center of the map Call DrawLine DC LonRight LatTop tmpXLoc tmpYLoc 1 ClRed 13 End With End Sub Private Sub DirDrawNotScaled_Click Demonstrates DirectDraw not Scaled DirDrawFr
6. 300 ho your paths so you know it loaded the config le Sometimes you don t know which MapPro50 cfg it e is loading in MsgBox MapProl Path_states0 End Sub Private Map Map Map Map Map Pic Pic End Sub Sub Command1_Click Prol Miles 1 Prol GotoPoint 85 41 Prol SetItem 1 85 41 Prol SetItemString 1 MapOCcx Prol SaveToGif C Test gif turel Picture LoadPicture C Test gif turel Refresh 105 LoadExclusion filename String Procedure Loads the list of bounding box coordinates from the specified file The exclusion bounding polygons read from the file replace any such polygons currently in the memory based exclusion list The bounding boxes are used to exclude areas in route Delphi Procedure TForml Button35Click Sender TObject begin Load exclusions file assumed extension exl MapProl LoadExclusion MyRtExcFile end LoadStreets s String Procedure Loads a User Street file specified by a file name It replaces any user streets currently in memory VB Example Private Sub Command2_Click MapProl LoadStreets C Steets Str End Sub Load ViaFile s String Procedure Loads a file containg Via points to be used for routing VB Example Private Sub Command2_Click Mapprol LoadStreets C Steets via End Sub Lon2Int x OLEVariant Integer Function Returns an integer giving the Longitude equivalent in device coordinates Tr
7. VB Example Private Sub Command61_Click Toggle the CAD layer visibility MapProl Cad Visible Not MapProl Cad Visible MapProl Refresh End Sub CAD Object Properties All CAD objects defined in MapPro have a common set of properties as defined below objects Brush Property Holds the brush that is used to paint fill the interiors of defined objects polygons circles etc Default brush is Solid White Opaque 188 brush BackColor brush Color brush Mode Defines the brush background color Defines the brush color Two brush modes are available 1 Transparent and 2 Opaque Note that the mode of the pen which controls raster operations is used to define the raster operation of the brush since the pen object is used for the brush as well brush Style Constants specifying the brush style note that the actual line style is controlled by the pen attribute 0 Solid 1 Clear 2 Horizontal 3 Vertical 4 Left Dash 5 Right Dash 6 Cross 7 Diagonal Cross VB Example Private Sub Command35_Click Dim Circ As CadObj Set Circ MapProl Cad mCircle 80 40 60 40 3 5 Set some properties Circ Brush Color vbRed Circ Brush BackColor vbYellow Circ Brush Style 3 constants only Circ Brush Mode 1 Transparent 2 is solid Circ Pen Color vbGreen Circ Pen Style vbSolid Refresh the map MapProl Refresh End Sub objects
8. 197 to that displayed at the bottom portion of the button If any objects are selected then the font color of those objects is set to that color as well Clicking on the down arrow portion of the button opens up a color selection dialog that allows the user to set the font color that will be used for any subsequent Objects Note that if any objects are selected then the font color of those objects is set to that color as well It should also be pointed out that the font color for selected objects may also be modified by opening the Attributes dialog see description later on Opens up the attributes dialog that allows the user to set the default pen fill and font attributes that become the default for any subsequently drawn object If any objects are selected then the attributes of those objects are also modified as set by the user See the section on CAD Attributes for a detailed description of these dialogs Draw a straight line segment The cursor changes into a small cross hair to indicate that the control is in the object drawing mode Clicking the left mouse button sets the starting point of the line segment Moving the cursor and left clicking again sets the end point of the segment and the start point of the next segment i e the user may create connected straight line segments by sequentially moving the pointer and clicking the left mouse button The drawing mode is cancelled by clicking the right mouse b
9. TExtentRec record Xmin double Ymin double Xmax double Ymax double end VB Example Private Sub Command54_Click Use the CAD Extents to zoom to all the CAD objects With MapProl Cad Extents MapProl ZoomWindow Xmin Ymin Xmax Ymax End With End Sub CAD Font Method Sets the default font properties for all CAD objects the caption of the object When an object is created it inherits these font properties unless specific font properties are set for the object either prior to or after its creation See object font later on for a detailed description of the brush properties VB Example Private Sub Command31_Click 173 Set Text Default Mapprol CAD Font Mapprol CAD Font Mapprol CAD Font End Sub Attributes Height 42 Mode 1 Angle 30 CAD GetMarker n Integer LongInteger Method Returns a handle to the n th marker in the built in markers array which can then be used to place a marker on the map using the CAD Marker method VB Example Private Sub Command2 Dim Tmk1 As CadObj 8 Click Tmk2 As CadObj Get the handle of one of the built in markers hmark MapProl Cad GetMarker 2 Now use that handle to paint the marker on the map Set Tmk1 MapProl Cad Marker 92 Select a user defined bitmap to use as Set Imagel Picture Set Tmk2 MapProl Cad Marker 72 Refresh the map MapProl Refresh End Sub hmark a marker LoadPicture
10. button38 enabled false buttonll click end else begin MapProl DataSource ZP5_TIGER Button37 caption Data TIG Label3 Caption Using TIGER Set Data Paths button38 enabled true buttonll click end end DbFile String Property Sets the database file dbf format to be used for displaying pints on the screen Also see the ExecDbImport method DegFormat TxDegFormat Property Sets the format for the string labeling Grid lines displayed on the map 0 or dfDEC Decimal degrees dd fffffff 1 or dfDECMIN Degrees decimal minutes dd mm fffffff 35 2 or df DMS Degrees minutes seconds dd mm ss VB Example Private Sub Command80 Click If i 0 then MapProl DegFormat dfDEC MapProl refresh End Sub DeleteAllitems Procedure Clears all objects from the Object layer the user layer where all user created bitmap items are placed It also clears the cache used to store user bitmaps Note that deleting a single user item does not release the cache space used by it Note See the Setltem and related procedures for information on how to place user created bitmaps on the control surface or other surfaces in the user s application VB Example Private Sub Commandl1 Click MapProl DeleteAlliItems End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml Button8Click Sender TObject begin Delete all user created bitmaps from the displayed map MapProl DeleteAlliItems en
11. Chek to see if the end of the list object has been reached While Rseg lt gt Rseg 1 MapProl OptiRouter RouteParse Leg Rseg Rseg_2 MapProl OptiRouter RouteParse Street Rseg Rseg_3 MapProl OptiRouter RouteParse Distance Rseg Rseg_4 MapProl OptiRouter RouteParse 10 Rseg Listl AddItem Leg amp Rseg 1 amp Street amp Rseg 2 amp Dist amp Rseg 3 amp Time amp Rseg 4 Rseg MapProl OptiRouter GetRouteNExt Wend Close the List object to release MapProl OptiRouter GetRouteClos End Sub OptiRouter RouteType TxRouteType Property Enumerated list of the route type calculation the user is interested in 0 Shortets 1 Fastest 2 Direct 3 Preferred 4 ShortUnbiased VB Example Private Sub Command17_Click Set the route type to use in the calculations MapProl OptiRouter RouteType Direct MapProl OptiRouter Calculate 1 End Sub 218 OptiRouter Speed RoadRec Property Uses a RoadRec record structure to set the speed limits mi hr for the six main road types VB Example Private Sub Command16_Click Set Speed Limits for the various road types MapProl OptiRouter Speed Interstate 65 MapProl OptiRouter Speed Primary 55 MapProl OptiRouter Speed Secondary 45 MapProl OptiRouter Speed Road 30 MapProl OptiRouter Speed Trail 5 MapProl OptiRouter Speed Other 25 End Sub Delphi Example procedure TForml SMPSpEdit3Change
12. File Merge Load a user specified external roads file see further down for file structure Note that this operation will does NOT erase user defined segments currently in memory but merges them with the ones loaded from the specified file File Exit Close the street editing dialog note that this does NOT cancel the street editing mode which can only be done by setting the appropriate MapMode value Options ZoomAll Zooms the view port to the extents ofall User Defined streets currently in memory Options Attach Toggles the display and operation of the attach circle on or off Options Ortho When toggled on only horizontal and vertical street orientations are permitted Name This is the name assigned to the current road segment by the user It s used to label the road segment search for it etc Note When searching for streets these road segments are identified as User Defined in the listbox that appears in the search dialog Road Type Five Road types are allowed The descriptions of these types in the dialog are self explanatory Add Button Adds a newly defined road segment to the list of road segments already in memory Note that these segments are NOT saved unless the File Save command from this dialog is executed Modify Button Replaces the attributes of the currently selected road segment with new ones specified in the dialog Delete Button Deletes the currently selected road segment from the list o
13. VB Example Private Sub Form_Load MapProl ToolbarMode TbFix Set the viewport using the Window method This was implemented to address the start up issues MapProl ViewCmd w 80 45 92 38 End Sub Visible Boolean Property Sets the visibility of the Map object VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click Turn visibility off zoom the map and turn it ON MapProl Visible false MapProl ZoomPan 2 MapProl Zoomin MapProl Visible true End Sub Delphi Procedure TForm2 Button4Click Sender TObject Turn visibility off zoom the map and turn it ON begin MapProl Visible false MapProl ZoomPan 2 MapProl Zoomin OlePmMalp Visible true end Xcord Double Property Returns the Longitude of the current cursor position in decimal degrees VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click Textl text str MapProl xcord D str MapProl ycord End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml MapProlMouseMove Sender TObject 162 Shift TShiftState X Y Integer var xtemp ytemp string 12 begin with MapProl do begin str MapProl xcord 10 6 xtemp str MapProl ycord 10 6 ytemp panel2 caption W xtempt N ytemp end end Ycord Double Property Returns the Latitude of the current cursor position in decimal degrees VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click Textl text str MapProl xcord D str MapProl ycord End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml MapProlMouseMove Sender TObject Shift TSh
14. mark Visible Sets the visibility of markers in the imported point data Private Sub Command127_Click Here a handle is used to get one of the build in marks for demo purposes If just a CAD mark was desirable the user could have simply set the style to 2 as well hmark MapProl Cad GetMarker 2 MapProl Import Mark Handle hmark MapProl Import Mark Style 0 ee e Set the MArk transparency MapProl Import Mark Transparent True Set visibility thresholds MapProl Import Upper 3000 MapProl Import Lower 0 5 Set the color of the pen and the font for the labels MapProl Import Pen Color vbGreen MapProl Import Font Color vbRed Set the Font Size and Style MapProl Import Font Size 11 MapProl Import Font Style 1 Set the font name 225 MapProl Import Font Name Arial Set the label Filter to Polys MapProl Import LabelFilter 4 MapProl Import Font Visible True Set the First field to be used for lab MapProl Import LabelField 1 Import a shape file and the associated DBF file MapProl Import FileName N trius smpmap TGR25001A SHP MapProl Import FileName D Develop undertow maptivate sample source VB country_col_region shp Redraw the map to reflect the imported data MapProl Redraw End Sub Import Name tring Property A name assigned to the imported layer by the user This name appears in the Im
15. A07 A08 A45 A46 A47 A48 A50 A51 A52 A53 A60 A61 A62 A63 A64 A65 A70 A71 A72 A73 Layer 14 A40 A41 A42 A43 A44 Layer 15 Reserved Layer 16 Reserved Layer 17 BOO BO1 B02 B03 B10 Bll B12 B13 B20 B21 B22 B23 B30 B31 B32 B33 B40 B50 B51 B52 Layer 18 00 C10 C20 C30 C31 Layer 19 DOO D10 D20 D21 D22 D23 D24 D25 D26 D27 D28 D29 D30 D31 D32 D33 D34 D35 D36 D37 D40 D41 D42 D43 D44 D50 D51 D52 D53 D54 D55 D60 D61 D62 D63 D64 D65 D66 D70 D71 D80 D81 D82 D83 D84 D85 D90 D91 Layer 20 E00 E10 E20 E21 E22 Layer 21 F00 F10 F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 F20 F21 F22 F23 F24 F25 F30 F40 F50 F60 F70 F71 F72 F73 F74 F80 F81 F82 Layer 22 Reserved Layer 23 HOO HOL H10 H11 H13 H20 H21 H30 H31 H40 H41 H50 H51 H53 H60 H70 H71 H73 H74 H75 H80 H81 Layer 24 H02 H12 H22 H32 H42 H72 Layer 25 Reserved Layer 26 X00 Layer 27 Reserved Layer 28 Reserved Layer 29 Reserved 253 AYE AYE AYE AYE AYE AYE AYE AYE AYE AYER 1 AYER 1 AYER 1 AYER 1 AYER 1 AYER 1 AYER 1 AYER 1 AYER 1 AYER 1 AYER AYE AYE ri AYER 23 1 AYER 24 1 AYER 25 1 AYER 26 1 AYER 27 1 AYER 28 1 AYER 29 1 Al A A
16. Caption Property Holds the caption text associated with each object The attributes for the text in the caption are set through the Object Font interface Note that for Line objects the caption is automatically aligned parallel with the line in the From To direction Any Font Angle set for line objects is added to the automatically calculated angle used for the above arallel placement VB Example Private Sub Command31_Click Dim TTx As CadObj Create a Text Object Set TTx MapProl Cad Text 100 x Font Height x Font Mode 42 Sample Text 42 189 TX Font BackColor vbRed x Font Color vbBlue Tx Font Style Val Text18 Text MapProl Refresh Change the object caption mod will not be seen till nect refresh Tx Caption New Caption for Text Object End Sub objects Font Property Controls the attributes of the text object as well as of the attributes of the Caption of every other CAD object font Align Integer Controls the alignment of the text within the text bounding rectangle Note that the reference point of any text string is the bottom left corner of the string The default vertical aligment is zero which sets the top of the text bounding rectangle aligned with the reference point There are basically 3 primary top alignment options 1 Left 2 Right 3 Center Those options ORed with 4 also provide middle vertical alignment while
17. Feature Class E Physical Feature Physical Feature With Category Unknown Source materials do not allow determination of the physical feature category This code should not under most circumstances be used since the source materials usually provide enough information to determine the major category E00 Physical feature tangible but not transportation or hydrographic The major and minor categories are unknown Fence This major category describes a fence that separates property For example a fence around a military reservation or prison separates the reservation from civilian land thus a fence line is a property line marked by a fence E10 Fence line locating a visible and permanent fence between separately identified property Topographic Feature This category refers to topographical features that may be used as boundaries or as a reference for an area The Census TIGER data base contains topographic features used to define the limits of statistical entities in locations where no other visible feature could be identified E20 Topographic feature major category used when the minor category could not be determined E21 Ridge line the line of highest elevation of a linear mountain E22 Mountain peak the point of highest elevation of a mountain Feature Class F Nonvisible Features Definition Applicable to Nonvisible Features Nonvisible features are used to delimit tabulation entities property areas and legal and ad
18. FileName D TEMP L L9995 MIF 227 Redraw the map to reflect the imported data MapProl Redraw End Sub Import ProximityCheck Boolean Method Determines whether imported objects will be labeled automatically and indiscriminately or a proximity check will be performed and no overlapping labeling will be permitted Import ShowDialog Method Opens up a dialog that allows the user to dynamically specify the data file to be imported as well as the attributes to be used when rendering the dta onto the map Name Filename Mass Polys ZIPS 2525psa mif Browse Upper Lower Opacity Visible jw 2000 EI jo EI hoo E Options Pen Visible Solid v width o E Brush 7 M Visible Solid k Mak jw Visible Reserved E Size D EI Icon en zl Font Visible Arial Sie 12 El Syl Bl Proximity Check Label Filter Label Field Horizontal Vertical Iw Point f Line Polygon None E Let E Top E Cancel Each section of the dialog is briefly described below Visible J7 Upper 5000 fF Lower 5 EI Opaque 100 E Permits the user to set the visibility Upper and Lower visibility thresholds and the opacity of the brush used to fill polygons Pen E IV Visible Solid width lo El Permits the user to set the pen attributes for drawing line objects and the outline of polygon objects 228 Bush D Iw Visible Fore Hatch D Permits the user to set the attributes of th
19. M Road Features JV Primary Roads Iw Secondary Roads jw Local Roads Iw Trails Invokes the Options Screen_Options dialog which is made up of three Water Features Iw Persistant Water Visible Year Round IV Intermittent Comes and Goes M Other Features jw Railroad Tracks Iw Airports and Heliports IV Pipelines Powerlines IV Landmarks IV Park Outlines Layers States Landmarks o States Tab Political Areas gt 1 AL ALABAMA 2JAK ALASKA 4 AZ ARIZONA 5 AR ARKANSAS 6 CA CALIFORNIA g CO COLORADO 3 CT CONNECTICUT 10DE DELAWARE 11 DC DISTRICT OF CC 12 FL FLORIDA D MW Color Scheme Default Colors v New Delete o Landmarks Tab Layers States Landmarks arroyo Change Visibility 49 3 s DISPLAY Invokes the Diaply Options dialog This dialog is comprised of 3 tabs as shown and explained below o Screen Settings Screen Settings Detailed Info Miscellaneous M Main Components p Bdr Area Shading V Show Main Map Iw States Iw Show User Overlay Iw Counties Show USA Underlay Iw MCD s IV Places Other Iw Show Route Shields Iw Show Street Names Iw Show Suffixes ie St Ave Iw Use Selective Labeling o Detailed Info Screen Settings Detailed Info Miscellaneous M Visibility Thresholds miles Other 1 H red c SS Text Size 9 3 Pixels City d ieee joa E Dens
20. MdUser End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml Button4Click Sender TObject begin Set Units to miles MapProl mapmode MdUser end Miles Double Property This property sets the scale of the map control The value of Miles is the number of miles per logical inch of the control This results in much more accurate zooming than that using the Magnitude property VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl Miles 27 End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml ButtonlClick Sender TObject begin Set Scale to 27 miles to the inch MapProl Miles 27 end OnClick Event Issued when a mouse clicks on the control surface VB Example Private Sub MapProl_Click Dim x As Integer x MapProl Lat2Int MapProl Ycord Textl Str x End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml MapProlClick Sender TObject In Click mode Select current location 112 var dc integer begin defx1 MapProl xcord defyl MapProl Ycord str defx1 10 6 xcl str defy1 10 6 ycl Panel2 Caption Selected Point 1 xcl ycl end OnDbIClick Event Issued when a mouse double clicks on the control surface VB Example Delphi Private Sub MapProl_Db1iClick Dim x As Integer x MapProl Lat2Int MapProl Ycord Textl Str x End Sub Procedure TForml ListBox1DblClick Sender TObject var temp string dc j 1 code integer x X1 yl x2 y2 real begin Temp listboxl items listboxl itemindex
21. RegPol GreatCircle False End If End Sub objects GreatCircle Boolean Property Controls whether an object is drawn using a straight line or a Great Circle paradigm 191 objects MoveAbs X Y Double Property Move the object to a new absolute Lon Lat position The anchor reference point is moed to the new location For example for Lines Polylines etc the first point of the object is used whereas for Circles Polygons etc the center point is used VB Example Private Sub Command45 Click Move the first object to a new location MapPro1 Cad Objects 1 MoveAbs 118 22 MapProl Refresh End Sub objects MoveRel X Y Double Property Moves the object to a new location offset by X Y degrees from its current location The first point of the object is used as the reference point for the move VB Example Private Sub Command45_Click Move the first object to a new location 5 degrees west 2 degrees north from its current location MapProl Cad Objects 1 MoveRel 5 2 MapProl Refresh End Sub objects ObjectT ype Integer Property Identifies the type of CAD object The following object types are available in this CAD interface Object Type Line Rectangle Ellipse Polyline Polygon Marker Text Circle 9 Regular Polygon 10 Free Hand oo ASMA PEL te 11 Arrow 12 Bezier 13 Symbol 14 TextBubble 15 Grou
22. USA Dataset USA Dataset Canada Datasets Canada Client Seat Tiger Purchased Only Only w POI Datasets w POI 2000 Data set 1 24 120 00 150 00 180 00 210 00 100 00 25 49 100 00 125 00 150 00 175 00 80 00 Contact Undertow Software Corp for Higher Volume Pricing as low as 20 ea For Applications that DO provide Routing and or Directions capability the following fees shall apply Number of License Cost License Cost License Cost per License Cost Client per Client per Client Client Seat per Client Seat Licenses Seat TANA Seat TANA TANA USA amp TANA USA amp License Cost per Seats USA Dataset USA Dataset Canada Datasets Canada Client Seat Tiger Purchased Only Only w POI Datasets w POI 2000 Data set 1 24 160 00 190 00 220 00 250 00 100 00 25 49 133 00 175 00 183 00 225 00 80 00 Contact Undertow Software Corp for Higher Volume Pricing as low as 25 ea 308 Number of Seats shall mean the number of client seat licenses purchased at one time 2 Premier Licensing Per Mobile Asset being Tracked or Per Transaction Pricing a Tracking Mobile Assets Licensing i If the application is used in house using the 4 client seat licenses provided as part of the Software License to track mobile assets whether these assets belong to LICENSEE or LICENSEE s customers and provided that LICENSEE does NOT charge any monthly or other fees o
23. Vehicle Parameters Routing Method Other Factors i i Open C Loop mph priority points in their respective Interstate 65 aj 5 positions and doing a From To Routing Type eme Se lculation If L 1 tel SR Primary 55 ai n aj panne Hi i da S Seconday 45 3 Bai selected then all points EE ceca rot a aI including Start and Finish are ES fis zu 4 Se z allowed to be reseguenced Trail 5 s f aj Iw Paints Other 20 H 3 Iw Arrows Note Average speed excludes time at stop signs and lights or other factors based on heavy traffic conditions Type Shortest DI Calculate oute Optimize amp Print J Close Finally the vehicle parameters tab shown below permits the user to set local and highway MPG consumption fuel price etc 209 OptiRouter StopPoints Directions Routing Vehicle Parameters Gas Milage City miles per gallon Iw Consolidate Directions Highway 120 miles per gallon Include Time and Distance Increments Cost of Gas Fuel 1 89 per gallon Time Constraints Start Time 12 00 00 hh mm ss Stop Duration 0 Minutes Type Shartest KH Calculate Boute Optimize pn Close OptiRouter GetRouteFirst n integer String Function The calculated Routes are placed in a list object and can then be accessed using a GetFirst GetNext construct This function takes an argument of zero reserved for later as it is assumed that all the required i
24. 32 Tpt 4 x 96 Tet 4 y 38 Tpt 5 x 84 Tpt 5 y 39 Tpt 6 x 80 Tot LEI 38 5 Tpt 7 x 85 Tpt 7 y 34 Draw Polygon with first 4 Points Set Tpgl MapProl Cad Polygon Tpt 1 4 Tpgl Pen Width 2 Tpgl Pen Color vbRed Tpg1 Brush Color vbBlue Draw a second polygon with Points 5 6 and 7 Set Tpg2 MapProl Cad Polygon Tpt 5 3 Tpg2 Pen Width 1 Tpg2 Pen Style vbDash Tpg2 Pen Color vbGreen Tpg2 Brush Color vbRed MapProl Refresh End Sub CAD Polyline Points TRPoint N Long CadObj Method Draws a polyline object of N vertices Points is the staring element in a TRPoints array This allows the user to use the same array of points to define a number of different polylines VB Example Private Sub Command26_Click Dim Tpt 10 As TrPoint Dim Tpg As CadObj Tpg2 As CadoObj Define some points pt 1 x 101 Tpt 1 y 32 Tet 2 x 102 Tpt 2 y 34 Tet 3 x 103 Tpt 3 y 31 Tpt 4 x 116 Tpt 4 y 40 Tet 5 x 113 180 Tpt 5 y 38 Tpt 6 x 86 Tpt 6 y 34 Draw Polyline with first 4 Points Set Tpg MapProl Cad Polyline Tpt 1 4 Set some of the line attributes Tpg Pen Width 6 Tpg Pen Color vbRed Tpg Caption This is the first Polyline Draw another line using points 2 through 6 Set Tpg2 MapProl Cad Polyline Tpt 2 5 Tpg2 Pen Width 2 Tpg2 Pen Color vbYellow MapProl Refresh End S
25. DirectDraw dc offX offY Wd Ht Integer Clear Scale BW Boolean Procedure Draws the map onto the windows display context DC provided by the user When the DirectDraw procedure finishes painting it triggers an OnDirect event prior to resetting the scale that was used to map the OCX control size to the user specified DC size if scale was set to true This allows the user to use Windows API calls to draw to the same output device specified by the DC without having to worry about scaling problems The DirectDraw process works as follows Determines scale needed to map the OCX to the DC Clears the background if specified by the user Triggers the OnDirectBefore event Paints the Map Paints the overlay Triggers an OnDirect event Paints the user layer Resets scale de Device context offX offY The X and Y offsets from the top left corner of the control Wd Ht The width and height of the output in device units Clear A boolean flag that instructs the OCX to clear the control background prior to drawing on it This is very useful when sending output to a printer device generally Clear should be true It might be set to false if the user wants to paint his own background on the control prior to issuing the DirectDraw command Note that the current viewport will be adjusted to fit the specified output dimensions Scale A boolean flag True False which indicates whether the DirectDraw output should be scaled or no
26. EE e Ses Ses DRESS SEE See SE See See Geek RD Re Nes 106 Lon2Int x OLEVariant Integer Funcnon Re Re Re Re ee ee Re ee 106 LonCenter Double Property esse reiii Re aa RA aa ee ee Sa ee 107 LonLatStr x y OLEVariant String Function esse sesse ese Re Re Re Re Re ee Re ee 107 LonLeft Double Property esse Re RA Re Re Re Re ae Re a a a E a ee Re ee 107 EonRight Property AE EE EE EA 107 Magnitude Integer Property eise Re RA Re RA RA Re Re RA Re ee Re ee ee ee 108 MainLay Boolean Property encia i e e E a O a aa a aTa RAT 108 Maptouritsonslnt Property RE SE RE Ee ee Ee Ee Ee RDL Ge GE EG ER ER suas Ee ER Ee See Ee ee eke att 109 Mapmode Integer Property ees ees Re Re RA Re RA RA Re ee RA Re ee ee ee ee ee 109 Map Wnitstinteger vProperty eege ee 112 Miles Double Property esse esse Re Re RA Re Re Re Re ee RA Re ee ee ee ee ee 112 OnClick Event ed ee ee Ee 112 Pole TICK EE o E 113 LO DITAS eN wh EE N EE ere 113 OnDit ctBefore Event EE RE DE a E EAO A E RA on oe aoe 114 OneWayColor Integer Property eeccecesccessceesseeeeseeceeseeeeseeenseeeeeseeeesseeeseeeseneeeessesenseeesaes 114 OneWayShow Bropertv eseseseseeeseeesseossreesseesseessresseesssressressressessrressressressressstesstesseessressrtes 115 OneW ayWses Property EE GENEE 115 onCADChange Current Long Event 115 RL DE EE 116 On Pind E EE 117 OPERIdP Lee Byont Ee RO OG DS DS DS ee 117 On Pits So AO EE OE OE 118 OnMouseDown LEVEN GE RS EG ee ee GE ee
27. If the user wanted to retain the object for subsequent drawings provisions would have to be made for storing it and repainting it on the screen or the user should draw it in the OnPaintAfter event handler xlyl Coordinates of point 1 in Longitude and Latitude x2 y2 Coordinates of point 2 in Longitude and Latitude w Width of the line in pixels cl RGB color of the brush mode Any of the supported Windows raster operations e g R2_CopyPen R2 MAskPen R2_Black The graphic below show the result of a number of Raster Operations with a Red color line From top to bottom they are R2 BLACK R2 COPYPEN R2 MASKNOTPEN RI MASKPEN RI MASKPENNOT RI MERGENOTPEN R2 MERGEPEN R2 MERGEPENNOT R2 NOTCOPYPEN R2 NOTMERGEPEN MUI Giand Sand Keamey Hastings _ Note The drawn line is clipped against the edges of the drawing window 42 VB Example Private Sub Commandl1 Click MapProl DrawLine dc 87 65 41 84 118 24 34 05 W Color Mode End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml Buttonl8Click Sender TObject Draw a line using the control s DrawLine Method var dc w color mode longint begin get the dc for the map object dc getdc MapProl handle set the color to blue Color clblue set the mode to raster operation to R2_MergePen Mode R2_MergePen set the width to 10 pixels W 10 Draw a line from Chicago to LA Note that if the screen is updated th
28. OpCode 00 Special Color Options ee Re RA Re RR RA Re Re ee Re Re 145 OpCode 01 Background Color ees ee Re RA Re RA RA Re ee ee ee ee 146 OpCode 02 Water C olor 1 ED EE EE EE N DE ER Bee EE 146 OpCode s 03 Parks Color Jenisna ge Ee oe ee De ek ed eee A 146 OpCode 10 1F Build in Color Shades 146 OpCode 20 5F State Colors sesse ee AA RA EE ee RA E EEE ee Re ee ee 146 OpCode 80 Major Street Labeling EE N RE ok etree ae e 147 OpCode 81 Minor Street Labeling iese ese see ee ee Re ee Re ee ee ee 147 OpCode 82 Global Street Labeling EE 147 OpCode 83 Street Label Interference cccccscsssesscescesseesceseceseessceseessceseesseseceseesseess 147 OpCode had Hide SUE E 147 OpCode 85 EE EE 147 OpCode 86 User Item Visibility iese sees ee ee Re Re ee ee ee ee 147 OpCode 88 Display Highway Shields sesse sesse ese ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 147 OpC de 89 Display E EE 147 OpCode 8F Display Bounding Polygons iese ese ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 148 OpCode S90 EE 148 OpCode 91 Place Name Text size EG N Re ee ee Ge ee ie ee 148 OpCode 92 Landmark Text size EE RR xiv saw wah san Be ov ans nwo exes ee oe bee bee been 148 Optode 93 Reserved oe Ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 148 OpCode 94 Highway Shield Text S17e EE Ee ees ee es dee ee ee dee nee ke 148 Opt ode 95 TER 148 OpCoge 596 Street Data Threshald ERG SE RE sansa eae 148 OpCode 9
29. Sender TObject Use custom SpinEdit control to set Speeds var t integer begin t tsmpspedit sender tag With MapProl OptiRouter Speed do begin Case t of O Interstate smpspeditl ivalue Primary smpspedit2 ivalue Secondary smpspedit3 ivalue Road smpspedit4 ivalue Trail ssmpspedit5 ivalue 5 Other smpspedit6 ivalue end end end DUO ND FP OptiRouter SaveToFile Future Reserved for possible future expansion of the module s capabilities OptiRouter SavePoints s String Method Saves the currently specified routing points set by the user to the specified text file The text file format is one line per specified point with each line containing Name X Y VB Example Private Sub Command18_Click Save currently defined Points for later use MapProl OptiRouter SavePoints MyTestOptiPts2 pts End Sub 219 ImportLayer Interface An simple interface that enables the user to import a single MID MIF and SHP DBF file pair and overlay it on the MapPro map surface Note that no data translation takes place i e that data is NOT converted to the native MapPro format it is simply painted on the map as an overlay Also note that the data has to be in X Y projection no other projections are supported This interface was implemented in earlier releases and it was left active for compatibility with older products using the MapPro71 OCX In Release 2 a much more powerful interface w
30. Style Font Style 1 Bold 2 Italic 3 Bold Italic font Visible Boolean Sets the visibility of the Itext used to label objects VB Example Private Sub Command127_Click Set the Upper and Lower visibility thresholds MapProl Import Upper 2000 MapProl Import Lower 1 Set the color of the pen and the font for the labels MapProl Import Pen Color vbGreen MapProl Import Font Color vbBlue Set the Font Size and Style 3 Bold Italic MapProl Import Font Size 12 MapProl Import Font Style 3 Set the font name MapProl Import Font Name Arial Black Set the label Filter to Points Lines amp Polys MapProl Import LabelFilter 1 2 4 MapProl Import Font Visible True Set the First field to be used for lab MapProl Import LabelField 1 Import a shape file and the associated DBF file MapProl Import FileName D country_col_region shp Redraw the map to reflect the imported data MapProl Redraw End Sub Import LabelField Variant Property Specifies which field in the database will be used to label the imported objects The field or the field name if known can be used 223 VB Example Private Sub Command17 Click Set the Upper and Lower visibility thresholds MapProl Import Upper 2000 MapProl Import Lower 1 Use the first field to label the objects MapProl Import LabelField 1 Import a
31. TObject Fire an event with a 500 msec delay and increment the eventide begin inc eid MapProl FirePmapEvent eid 500 end procedure TForml MapProlPmapEvent Sender TObject EventID Integer When the event is fired it is trapped here an a string is added 81 to the listbox to let the user know begin ListBoxl items add Fired Event tinttostr Eventid end Font String Property Inherited Property Sets the font Font Name and height font Height to be used for State names Country names Landmarks Major water bodies City names and Highway shields Note If the specified font name is not found on the system the last font used is assumed VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click button to set a new font Font Name Arial Font Height 16 End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml Button3Click Sender TObject begin button to set a new font Font Name Arial Font Height 16 end GeoFind s String Integer Function Returns the number of hits if a StreetAddress Search is done or 1 if a City Search is performed and there is NO unique match to the specified city place Each hit generated by the function trigers a Find OnFind event and the developer can examine the results for each hit by examining the Street property of the OCX in the OnFind event The following fields are returned in the Street property separated by tab characters 9 Street Ci
32. VB Example Private Sub Command31_Click Dim TTx As CadObj Create a Text Object Set TTx MapProl Cad Text 100 42 Sample Text x Font Height 42 Tx Font BackColor vbRed Tx Font Color vbBlue x Font Style 3 MapProl Refresh Change the object caption mod will not be seen till nect refresh TTx Caption New one End Sub CAD TextBubble X Y Double S String Method Creates a TextBubble at the specified Lon Lat location containing the specified string 186 VB Example Private Sub Command49 Click Dim Txb As CadObj Create Text Bubble Set Txb MapProl Cad TextBubble 80 32 Sample Text Bubble MapProl Refresh End Sub CAD TextFloat X1 Y1 Size Float Caption String CadObj Method Creates a CAD text object using the current font attributes The Size of the text is tied to the current scale value and it resizes automatically as the user zooms in out X1 Y1 are the lon Lat coordinates of the reference point for the text object Size is the font size in degrees Note that by definitions this is a dynamically resizable object so this size is tied to the current viewport scale Also take a look at the CAD Helper function ScaleToSize which was specifically developed to help the developer with the use of TextFloat Delphi Example procedure TForml Button1 7Click Sender TObject var tmk1 tmk2 array 1 10 of CadObj i integer x double begin Set 2 TextFloat and 2 Text
33. VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click Use the sample Underlay file on the Precision Mapping Streets 4 0 CD ROM disk assuming that the CD ROM drive letter is D Note that the OCX looks for a file st_louis sat in the same directory as the st louis BMP file The contents of the SAT file in this case are 90 979339 39 013707 90 031627 38 182347 which are the upper right and bottom left coordinates of the area covered by the st_louis bmp image file MapProl UnderlayFile D pmap40 contour st_louis bmp End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml UnderlaySL1Click Sender TObject begin Use the sample Underlay file on the Precision Mapping Streets 4 0 CD ROM disk assuming that the CD ROM drive letter is D Note that the OCX looks for a file st_louis sat in the same directory as the st louis BMP file The contents of the SAT file in this case are 90 979339 39 013707 90 031627 38 182347 which are the upper right and bottom left coordinates of the area covered by the st_louis bmp image file 160 MapProl UnderlayFile D pmap40 contour st_louis bmp end UnderlayTransparent Boolean Property Declares whether the loaded overlay will have a transparent color see OverlayTrColor property or not VB Example Private Sub Command71_Click Open stock dialog to open underlay file CommonDialog2 ShowOpen s CommonDialog2 FileName Set underlay f
34. Xp Yp Double N Integer CadObj Method ee 181 CAD Rotate Xp Yp Angle Double Method 182 CAD SaveToFile S String Method 182 CAD ScaleToSize Value Height Double Double Function esse esse esse Re 183 CAD SelectRange Ns Nn Option Integer Method 183 CAD SelectRect x1 yl x2 y2 Double Option Integer Method 184 CAD SendToBack PropertV esse esse Re RA Re Re RA Re Re ee ee Re ee 185 CAD Symbol X1 Y1 X2 Y2 Double Hnd LongInteger CadObj Method esse eee 186 CAD Text X Y Double s String Method 186 CAD TextBubble X Y Double String Method 186 CAD TextFloat X1 Y1 Size Float Caption String CadObj Method sesse see 187 CAD Reg 187 GAD Uagroup EE Ed EE DE DE De ee ee ee de ee De 188 CAD Visible Melodie DR Ge ie 188 CAD Object Properties AE N Ge tetas EE ene cede Adelie AE 188 objects Brush Property ceeeccccessccesseeesseceesneeesseeceeeeceseeesssecesseeeeeeecsseeesseeeeeseees 188 objects Caption Property esse Re Re Re Re RA Re nae ee Re o ae 189 objects Font Property is rs ee EE ee GE EE ee ee ee ee ee ee EE 190 objects GreatCircle Boolean PrODETHY iis ke Re RA Re Re ee Re Re 191 objects MoveAbs GY Double Dropert sees ees ke AR Re ee Re Re 192 objects MoveRel X Y Double Property esse RA Re RR Re Re 192 objects ObjectType Integer Property eise Re Re RA Re Re ee Re Re 192 objects Pen Bropert Re Re e a ar Re ee Re ee Re AA A A 193 objects Selected B
35. gt Z E D rd i E D Z t E D Z E gt 2 t C D Z EE E E EE ON OO BERE EER EE EE EE EE vs S NOrFOO Oo NOCA U DH D E D Zz LAND 53 1 LAND 54 1 LAND 55 1 LAND 56 1 LAND 57 1 LAND 58 1 LAND 59 1 LAND 60 1 LAND 61 1 LAND 62 1 LAND 63 1 LAND 64 1 LAND 65 1 LAND 66 1 LAND 67 1 LAND 68 1 Layers The visibility flags for Layers 1 29 ar the CFG file indicates invisible based primarily on LAND 69 1 A f lag of 1 indicates visible while a f ag of The 29 layers used are composite layers Tiger typ ntities as identified bel OW stored in this section of OT Note that the composition of each layer may be changed at any time if required Composition of the 29 layers in terms of their Tiger identifiers Consult the Tiger documentation of the Precision Mapping Streets help file for the Tiger classification IDs Layer 1 Reserved Layer 2 Reserved Layer 3 Reserved Layer 4 Reserved Layer 5 Reserved Layer 6 Reserved Layer 7 Reserved Layer 8 Reserved Layer 9 A107 All A12 A13 Al4 A15 A16 A17 A18 Layer 10 A20 A21 A22 A23 A24 A25 A26 A27 A28 Layer 11 A30 A31 A32 A33 A34 A35 Layer 12 A36 A37 A38 Layer 13 A00 A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
36. information from the other available search operations VB Example Private Function MyQFactor As Integer MyOFactor 1 If MapProl GeoFindParse 3 MapProl Street lt gt Then MyOFactor 5 Else If MapProl GeoFindParse l MapProl Street lt gt Then MyQFactor 4 Else If MapProl GeoFindParse 2 MapProl Street lt gt Then MyOFactor 3 Else If MapProl GeoFindParse 5 MapProl Street lt gt Then MyOFactor 2 Else 157 If MapProl GeoFindParse 4 MapProl Street lt gt Then MyQFactor 1 End If End If End If End If nd Function al Synch Boolean Property Determines the rotation of street labeling when the Rotate procedure is called If Synch is false default then the street label rotation is restricted in the eastern guadrants If Synch is true then the rotation of the street labels stays synchronized with the street segment retains original relative orientation around 360 degrees VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl Synch true End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml Synch Sender TObject begin MapProl Synch true end Texture Boolean Property Displays areas that do not contain map data with a gray textured surface VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl Texture Tru End Sub TitlePrint s String Property Sets the title to be printed at the top of the page of the driving directions and the driving map s in MapPro Sets t
37. jJ pos chr 9 temp temp copy temp j 1 length temp j jJ pos chr 9 temp val copy temp 1 j 1 x1 code temp copy temp j 1 length temp j j pos chr 9 temp val copy temp 1 j 1 y1 code temp copy temp j 1 length temp j MapProl gotopoint x1 yl end OnDirect Event Issued when DirectDraw has finished processing the Map the Overlay and the User layer but prior to setting the scale factor used by DirectDraw to map the OCX control surface to the user specified DC VB Example Delphi Private Sub MapProl_Direct ByVal dc As Long Call MapProl DrawScalebar Printer hdc 3 3 End Sub Procedure TForml MapProlDirect Sender TObject dc Integer Processes to be done following a DirectDraw var hp hpen 113 begin hp createpen ps_solid 4 RGB 0 0 255 hp selectobject dc hp Paint Blue line MoveToEx dc 10 10 nil Lineto dc 60 60 deleteobject selectobject dc hp end OnDirectBefore Event Performs the specified Operations immediately before re painting the map by DirectDraw on the user specified surface The painting on the control surface is completed in this order The OnDirectBefore Event is triggered The map is painted The overlay is painted The OnDirect event is triggered The user layer is painted VB Example Private Sub MapProl_PaintBefore ByVal dc As Long
38. major category used when the minor category could not be determined F81 School district tabulation boundary F82 Special census tabulation boundary 271 Feature Class H Hydrography 272 Basic Hydrography H00 H02 This category includes shorelines of all water regardless of the classification of the water itself HOO Water feature classification unknown or not elsewhere classified HO1 Shoreline of perennial water feature HO2 Shoreline of intermittent water feature Naturally Flowing Water features H10 H13 H10 Stream major category used when the minor category could not be determined H11 Perennial stream or river H12 Intermittent stream river or wash H13 Braided stream or river Man Made Channel to Transport Water H20 H22 These features are used for purposes such as transportation irrigation or navigation H20 Canal ditch or aqueduct major category used when the minor category could not be determined H21 Perennial canal ditch or aqueduct H22 Intermittent canal ditch or aqueduct Inland Body of Water H30 H32 H30 Lake or pond major category used when the minor category could not be determined H31 Perennial lake or pond H32 Intermittent lake or pond Man Made Body of Water H40 H42 H40 Reservoir major category used when the minor category could not be determined H41 Perennial reservoir H42 Intermittent reservoir Seaward Body of Water H50 H53 H50 Bay estuary gulf sound
39. mapdata datal MapProl path_data2 d mapdata data2 MapProl path_data3 d mapdata data3 MapProl DataSource 2 end procedure TForml Button7Click Sender TObject var x1 x2 yl y2 factor double dc3 hdc begin dc3 paintboxl Canvas Handle paintboxl Canvas Lock x1 MapProl lonleft x2 MapProl lonright yl MapProl latbottom y2 MapProl lattop factor MapProl miles 0 4 MapProl DirectView dc3 PaintBoxl width Paintboxl height x1l y1l x2 y2 factor PaintBoxl canvas unlock end end Sample DirectView Project Set Paths Zoom ln Zoom Out ScaleBar Toolbar Scale Factors Automatic DirectView Panel lmage Area AutoCreated with Direct i DireciView Scale Seier Ma Click here for Manual DirectView Below 292 Delphi DirectView Project Form 293 APPENDIX M Enumerated Properties amp Record Structures TxDegFormat d DMS 0 dfD dfD TxRasterOps RopBlack 1 RopNotMergePen 2 RopMaskNotPen 3 RopNotCopyPen RopMaskPenNot ROPN 6 Ropxor 7 RopNotMaskPen 8 RopMask 9 RopNotXorPen 10 RopNop 11 HS UI ct a O a O O O RopMergeNotPen 12 RopCopy 13 RopMergePenNot 14 RopMerge 15 RopWhite 16 TxMagnitude MS500_0 M300_0 M200_0 M100_0 M050_0 M030_0 M020_0 MO10 0 M005_0 M003_0 M002_0 MOO1 0 MOOO 5 M000_3 MOOO 2 MOOO 1 OO JOU DUN HO ll oa tat LA H ta CH
40. metaRect 0 0 MapProl width MapProl height d metarect PlayEnhMetaFile paintboxl canvas handle MetaHn d Delete th nhanced format metafile handle DeleteEnhMetaFile metaHn end procedure TForml Button2Click Sender TObject var metadc MetaHn integer d metarect trect begin You could use this to create a memory file if manipulate it as needed you wanted and then MetaDc CreateEnhMetaFile canvas handle nil nil nil Or this one so that you can create an external Create an enhanced meta file canvas and get L MetaFile the de to it MetaDc CreateEnhMetaFile canvas handle Test2 wmf nil nil if Use DirectDraw to draw the image on the metafil Le canvas 287 Note that you need to se that your desired outcome created J se t the appropriate options depending on is This is WITH scaling to show that the LE and thus scaled as a vector output is not grainny MapProl DirectDraw MetaDc 0 0 Close the metafil MetaHn CloseEnhMetaFile Met Set the dimension of the setrect metaRect 0 0 MapProl d metarect PlayEnhMetaFile paintboxl ca Delete th nhanced forma DeleteEnhMetaFile metaHn end procedure TForml MapProlPaintA var i integer x y real begin if SetUSerPoint true then begin inc inn for i 1 begin x 100 i 1 y 40 i 1 MapProl DrawObject dc x en
41. then it becomes the End finish point for the routing calculation If it s the 3 4 point etc then it becomes the end point and the previous end point become a Via point for the routing calculation Note that the points may also be moved up or down in the sequence before performing the actual calculation as explained further down 57 ER Clears the current route and all associated list boxes Load a set of Routing points and user set preferences from a file Save the current Routing points and associated user preferences to a file H E Move the highlighted Routing point to the top of the list i e make it the starting point of the Routing calculation a Move the highlighted Routing point up one position Move the highlighted Routing point down one position Move the highlighted Routing point to the bottom of the list i e make it the Finish point of the Routing calculation x Delete the currently selected Routing point Shortest bias e Options amp Calculate Route amp Print 58 Clicking on the down arrow of this combo box Shortest bias _ allows the user to select the type of routing shortest bias calculation to be performed Opens up the Routing options dialog see below Calculate the route based on the currently selected routing points and options When the calculation is finished the dialog automatically switches to the View Directions tab see below
42. three types of handles a The solid red handle is the Control Handle which allows the user to move an object by clicking on it an dragging the mouse cursor b the square white handle with black border is simply a Vertex that can be used to resize or modify the shape of the object where permitted c the Rotation handle that permits certain objects to be rotated about their control handle 196 If an object or multiple objects are selected and the N user clicks the Right mouse button then a pop up menu a appears giving the user a number of editing options as G shown to the left Most of the commands available are w self explanatory or are explained in the main portion of x the CAD documentation e e Properties opens up the dialog the allows the x user to change the attributes of the selected object s radi e Load and Save permit the user to Load a E Ge 8 CAD file clearing any current objects or save the current CAD objects to disk e Append allows the user to Load a CAD file and append its objects to those currently defined e There is also an extra option that allows the user to load old style CMX OVR files which are f amp Import CMX OYR Exit Select Mode transparently converted to the new CAD format This is button will also invoke the pop up menu described earlier and doesn not require that any objects are selected This is a du
43. ycord 10 6 ytemp Now let s get the coordinates in Deg Min Sec form as well and then place both types on panel2 panel2 caption W xtemp N ytemp DMS xcord DMS ycord end end OnMouseUp Event Issued when the mouse button is released VB Example Private Sub MapProl_MouseUp button As Long shift As Long x As Long y As Long If MapProl Mapmode MdUser And button 1 Then MapProl SetItem 1 MapProl Xcord MapProl Ycord Call OlePmMap SetItemlocalbitmap 1 App Path amp N amp car bmp MapProl SetItemString 1 My car MapProl Redraw End If End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml MapProlMouseUp Sender TObject Button TMouseButton Shift TShiftState X Y Integer Simply displays a message indicating the mouse button has been Released Better illustrated if the right mouse button is pressed and released 5 Re Se AE egin Panel2 caption Mouse Button is Up Released annunciate the buttonup event messagebeep 0 Application ProcessMessages end 119 OnOptiRouterMsg Event This event is fired at various points during the Optimized Route calculation following an OptiRouter Calculate call or the selection the option to perform the calculations from the OptiRouter dialog Code is reserved and not used at this time MsgStr contains one of the following strings identified what part of the calculation the OptiRouter is in e Loading
44. 1 DEFINITIONS 1 1 COPYRIGHTS means the common law Copyrights and the U S Copyright Registrations for the works as described in the attached Exhibit A 1 2 LICENSEE Products or Products means custom applications developed by LICENSEE and any other product utilizing the Software Data Copyrighted Works or any portions thereof during the term of this Agreement 1 3 Licensed Software or Software shall mean USC computer programs data and data files in machine readable object code form for the works listed in Exhibit A and any subsequent updates supplied by USC to LICENSEE pursuant to this Agreement which may be amended from time to time by the parties in writing 1 4 Directions shall mean visual verbal and or textual representation of a Route Itinerary and or Location s 1 5 Location shall mean a point identified by a longitude latitude coordinate used to represent a physical location or the placement of a Mobile Unit etc within the Enhanced Product s Location may be described in visual verbal or textual terms 1 6 Map Display shall mean a visual rendering of any portion of the Product s which may display lines points or polygons that are sourced in whole or in part from the Product s 297 298 17 1 8 1 9 1 10 Mobile Units shall mean any mobile assets such as cars vans trucks boats trailers buses personnel etc equipped with the mobile component of the AVL Appli
45. 34 Pt3X 107 Pt3Y 30 Set Bz MapProl Cad Bezier Pt1X PtlY Pt2X Pt2Y Pt3X Pt3Y Show the Bezier control lines Set Lnl MapProl Cad mLine Pt1X Pt1Y Pt3X Pt3Y Set Ln2 MapProl Cad mLine Pt2X Pt2Y Pt3X Pt3Y Lnl Pen Style 3 Lnl Pen Color vbBlue Ln2 Pen Style 3 Ln2 Pen Color vbBlue The commented alternative would mark the 3 points by getting and then using the handles to the built in markers J sl MapProl Cad GetMarker 2 H s2 MapProl Cad GetMarker 2 s2 MapProl Cad GetMarker 7 We ll use external bitmaps instead Set Imagel Picture LoadPicture d test mappro71 One gif Set Image2 Picture LoadPicture d test mappro71 Two gif Set Image3 Picture LoadPicture d test mappro71 Three gif Set Ptl MapProl Cad Marker Pt1X Pt1Y Imagel Picture Handle Set Pt2 MapProl Cad Marker Pt2X Pt2Y Image2 Picture Handle Set Pt3 MapProl Cad Marker Pt3X Pt3Y Image3 Picture Handle Set some attributes Bz Pen Width 4 Bz Pen Color vbGreen MapProl Refresh End Sub CAD BringToFront Method Brings the currently selected CAD objects to the front i e draws them after on top of all other CAD Objects See the SelectRange and SelectRect methods for selecting CAD objects to operate on VB Example Private Sub Command58_Click Dim Bz As CadObj Ptl As CadObj Dim Lnl As CadObj Ln2 As CadObj As CadObj Pt2 As CadObj rcl As CadObj MapProl Cad Clear Set the coordinates for th
46. A A A A A t ll LOHOO G r D ODINAOBWNE OD H D ll t i i N O H dd ND N ND rt Shades CNTYON TRUE Shade Counties MCDON TRUE Shade MCDs PLCON TRUE Shade Places AUTOQ TRUE AutoQuery flag STATEON TRUE Shade States Fills FILLS FILLS FILLS Shades STSH 1 08000004 STSH 2 508000000 STSH 3 08000000 STSH 4 08000002 STSH 5 08000003 STSH 6 08000003 STSH 7 08000000 STSH 8 08000004 STSH 9 08000006 STSH 10 08000002 STSH 11 08000003 STSH 12 08000002 STSH 13 08000003 STSH 14 08000000 STSH 15 08000000 STSH 16 08000003 254 STSH 17 08000006 STSH 18 08000002 STSH 19 508000002 STSH 20 08000006 STSH 21 08000003 STSH 22 08000002 STSH 23 08000007 STSH 24 08000003 STSH 25 08000003 STSH 26 508000007 STSH 27 08000006 STSH 28 508000006 STSH 29 508000004 STSH 30 508000006 STSH 31 508000003 STSH 32 508000004 STSH 33 508000006 STSH 34 508000006 STSH 35 508000003 STSH 36 508000004 STSH 37 08000003 STSH 38 508000003 STSH 39 508000004 STSH 40 08000002 STSH 41 08000002 STSH 42 08000007 STSH 43 08000000 STSH 44 08000004 STSH 45 08000006 STSH 46 08000004 STSH 47 08000002 STSH 48 S0
47. Call MapProl DrawScalebar Printer hdc 3 3 End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml MapProldirectBefore Sender TObject dc Integer Draw a blue line at the specified Lat Lon coordinates prior to the map being drawn to the dc Note that in order for the line draw here to be visible shading has to be turned off b ma E ET egin Use DrawLine so that the line can be clipped to the viewing window if necessary MapProl Drawline dc 101 34056 34 55798 99 32330 30 676885 4 clblue R2_CopyPen end OneWayColor Integer Property Color to be used for highlighting One way street segments above the double line road zoom levels and the arrows when at double line level A negative value indicates no highlighting will be done Note that because of the need to retain the data structure in older versions of MapPro only colors primary 0 16 may be assigned to this property Delphi Procedure TForml Button29Click Sender TObject Cycle through the 16 colors to highlight one way roads begin MapProl OneWayColor MapProl OneWayColor l Make sure it s limited to 16 114 if MapProl Onewaycolor gt 16 then MapProl onewaycolor 0 MapProl redraw end OneWayShow Property Enables the automatic drawing of arrows for road segments that are one way when the view port is zoomed to the double line road level or the different color lines when zoomed out Delphi Procedure TForml B
48. Color Brush Pattern Color ELLIPSE Element Defined by a center point x1 y1 a point on the circumference x2 y2 and a set of brush and pen attributes The pen and brush attributes are described at the end of the format description prior to the sample file listing Ellipse X1 1 ED E Pen Style Thickness Color Brush Pattern Color 276 BEZIER Element Defined by two end point x1 y1 and x2 y2 an inflection point x3 y3 and a set of brush and pen attributes The pen and brush attributes are described at the end of the format description prior to the sample file listing Bezier X1 Y1 X2 Y2 Koy 3 Pen Style Thickness Color Brush Pattern Color TEXT Element Defined by an X Y coordinate the user specified string or road name when using the label command the text size in degrees latitude multiplied by 1 0E 06 and divided by 64 for internal unit consistency see note below text rotation angle degrees clockwise from due East and a set of brush and pen attributes The pen and brush attributes are described at the end of the format description prior to the sample file listing Note The user should remember that the size given here is for the bounding box including descenders etc For example if the desired text bounding box size height was 0 35 degrees then the CMC entry for the Text element size value would be 0 35 1000000 64 5469 Also note the 0 0 entry folowing the X1 Y1 coo
49. Continue onto 1 495 00 02 24 2 09 65 Drive East for 1 7 miles about 2 mins Segment Travel Time Segment Distance Segment Travel Speed Verbose Directions Road type Segment The actual type of information displayed depends on the options selected by the user The total travel time distance etc are also displayed in a panel below the segment routing information listbox When the user clicks on the options button of the Set Waypoint tab the following dialog is presented allowing the user to set a wide range of routing options 59 The Speed Priorities tab allows the user to set the Priority and the travel speed for each major road type The highest the priority for a certain road type the more preference is given to that road type during the calculations Note that even when the priority is set to zero there is still a non Zero preference used internally in order to avoid a situation of not being able to calculate a route because of priorities Only priority is used when the user selects the shortest route option Road Options EN Speed Priorities Route Hightlight Report Options Road Type Priority Speed S R ad Ee cm ER Major Highways ra ER oa FE Fa Minor Roads 3 Ed e Bg Trails other E E Tum Factor Default ER Turn Factor allows the user to select whether to give preference to a path of fewest turns over other considered pathways 0 5 0 uses no biasing It only has an effect wh
50. Corporation STR RoadName SecondaryFileName Class N xl yl x2 y2 xN yN First Line is an identifying header line STR Keyword used internally RoadName Name specified for the road by the user Used for display and search purposes Note that a secondary name may also be specified using the slash character as a separator Class 50 Interstate 59 Primary Highway 68 Major Road 77 Minor Road 93 Ramp N Number of points for this Road segment xl yl The longitude and latitude x and y coordinates for each of the segments defining this road in decimal degree units It should be noted that streets files created with earlier releases of MAPPRO40 OCX i e without the header line and using internal coordinates may still be read by the OCX transparently VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click Delphi MapProl mapmode MdUser MapProl cursor 17 End Sub Procedure TForml SpeedButtonl0Click Sender TObject begin set default mode MapProl Mapmode mdZoom end Procedure TForml Button4Click Sender TObject begin Set User mode and North South cursor MapProl mapmode MdUser 111 MapProl cursor crsizens end MapUnits Integer Property This property controls the units used in the mapping application of the OCX control If equal to 0 or Mumi then the units are miles If equal to 1 or Mukm the units are kilometers VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl mapmode
51. E NW W etc Position Lon Lat coordinates of segment endpoint It should be noted the first string returned when the event is fired contains the literal Start in the third field while the last string returned at the completion of the route calculation contains the literal Finish in the third field Note For each road segment that is found to be part of the calculated route an OnFindRte Event is triggered The user must then query the Result property in the OnFindRte event handler and store it or otherwise process this value e g add it to a list box The user may also parse the returned string into its appropriate components Since segments of the same road are consolidated for generating the driving directions an OnFindDir event is fired every time a consolidated segment is generated and a tabbed string is passed with it containing the following information RoadName Lon hat Descriptor Direction Distance VB Example Private Sub Command85_Click Add some Via points MapProl AddViaPoint 89 4 43 MyVia MapProl AddViaPoint 112 4 42 12 MyVia2 MapProl AddViaPoint 118 23 35 55 MyVia3 Calculate Route using defined points MapProl FindViaRoute 31 End Sub FindStr const t t2 string add Integer xctr yctr mradius OleVariant const ststr string Initiates a substring search for the specified street and optional cross street optional address center of search lon lat and search rad
52. EE EE EE EE EE EE EE ER OE OE ER 23 Searching for Places amp Geocoding eise esse se ER EEEE EE E EE SE Ge eN EA eg Ee EE Re ee ee de 23 Reverse Geocoding scores sehen EE N Sun EE OE OE hae See eee N SA ERG 23 Displaying Data POINTS r Oe OER NE EE N EE OE OE OE N N 23 Adding ele E SS ES Ed SR AE RR EE EERS EER EK SR ENG SN EER KERN DEE KEER EEN Eve ek 23 Single Instantiation Many Map Views sssesseesssesssesseesssressressrossresssresstesstessesssresseessresseessseessees 24 Distribution Files eege 24 IE dd Ee A OE N E A ae 24 Upgrading from an earlier Version 24 Street Level Data Visibility Problems skeid EER AE 24 Drawing onthe Mapsi EE Er ER Ee cach ns ER De EE De e Ge Ek Se EE Be EL Ve Re ER Gee Ge ee n ee ee ee 25 Routing OE N ara ai OE EN eee ee ee eee 25 Wond Map EXtents da ed ese ee be ee EE EE Eeer 25 MapOCX Pro Licensing ERAS DE N EA Ee Ke N Ee ER ee ed ER Ge ak ee ee Re bee Egan eb gee SE sk Seg ee 25 Techiiieal SUPPOR pe erie ee ED ED ED DE BL DO DE DO RI RED OD Eie 26 Updates tee MEE ME EE EE EE i ee be he 26 OCX Reference Section RR RE DR ME OE EE EE a Sa te 27 AbOUtBOX Proceduf i se ee SE Ee ES Ese DEER GER EE Ee Bee webs Gee GR ee EEE ee be ee belese eo 27 AddViaPoint x y Double s String Procedure sesse esse Re Re RA Re ee Re ee ee 27 AutoConfig Boolean PTODETHY iese ee ee RA RA Re Re ee Re Re ee Re ee ee 27 AutoPaint Boolean Property esse ee RA Re RR RA Re Re ee Re Re ee Re ee ee 28 Auto
53. Enhanced Product shall be under a licensing Agreement between LICEBSEE and LICENSEE s End User that 2 7 1 Includes a provision prohibiting the End User from translating and or converting the data into another data format 2 7 2 Includes a provision stating that if LICENSEE becomes insolvent or otherwise ceases to exist any End User payments and obligations will be directed to USC Includes a provision stating that if this License terminates the End User License shall automatically terminate 12 months thereafter 2 7 4 Includes the following U S GOVERNMENT RIGHTS If End User is an agency department or other entity of the United States Government or funded in whole or in part by the United States Government then use duplication reproduction release modification disclosure or transfer of this commercial product and accompanying documentation is restricted in accordance with the LIMITED or RESTRICTED rights as described in DFARS 252 227 7014 a 1 JUN 1995 DOD commercial computer software definition DFARS 227 7202 1 DOD policy on commercial computer software FAR 52 227 19 JUN 1987 commercial computer software clause for civilian agencies DFARS 252 227 7015 NOV 1995 DOD technical data commercial items clause FAR 52 227 14 Alternates I II and HI JUN 1987 civilian agency technical data and noncommercial computer software clause and or FAR 12 211 and FAR 12 212 commercial item acquisitions as app
54. FD byte Record Type 1 Line Byte Variable 1 CODE Zayed LAYER 4 THICKNESS 5o10 Xc 11 16 YE Liles AA Xa 23 28 Ya 29 34 Xb 35 40 Yb Example of Overlay file 01 00 00 00 95 78 D5 40 4A C7 1B FD C7 94 40 BA FE 00 C4 05 84 01 FD Example of Overlay file 11 00 00 06 95 78 D5 40 4A C7 1B FD C7 94 40 BA FE 00 C4 05 84 01 FD Type Explanation Byte 1 Line Sm Int Color Style etc See a byte Line thickness ID Real Start Pt X coordinate Real Start Pt Y coordinate Real End Pt X coordinate Real End Pt Y coordinate Real Reserved Real Reserved consisting of a single line 00 C8 94 93 42 44 BE 17 95 6B BC 17 84 10 6C 00 43 04 consisting of a single line with a thick line attribute 00 C8 94 93 42 44 BE 17 95 6B BC 17 84 10 6C 00 43 04 Note a When used the LAYER variable holds the following information bits dy bits By bits 8 pits 13 Record Type 3 Circ Byte Variable 1 CODE 2 3 LAYER 4 THICKNESS Srna LO Xc TA eelef Yc TA AA Xa 23 28 Ya 29 34 Xb 35 40 Yb Example of Overlay file 4 Foreground color 8 Background color 12 Fill Style 16 Line Style le Defined in terms of a bounding box Type Explanation Byte 3 Circle Sm Int Color Style etc See a byte Line thickness ID Real Top Left Pt X coordinate Real Top Left Pt Y coordinate Real Bot Right Pt X coordinate Real Bot Right Pt Y coordinate Real Reserved Real Reserved consisting of a
55. Lat Mid Temp 1 InStr 1 Temp Chr 9 1 End If Next X MapProl Miles 0 2 MapProl drawbubble GetDC MapProl handle Lon Lat Street End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml Button49Click Sender TObject 70 Find the closest street to the current viewport roid Search radius is set to 2 miles cent var j dc integer s istring Lon Lat real begin Calculate current viewport centroid Lon MapProl LonLeft MapProl LonRight 2 Lat MapProl LatTop4 tMapProl LatBottom 2 Find the closest street MapProl Findclosest lon lat 2 Application ProcessMessages get the lon lat coordinates from the returned result and draw a bubble at that location j pos chr 9 MapProl result s copy MapProl result 1 j 1 MapProl miles 0 2 dc MapProl drawbubble dc end getdc MapProl handle on lat Closest is Trail FindClosestPlace X Y Rad Pop Opt string Procedure Finds the closest named place from a point in the USA The returned string contains the following information separated by tab 9 characters Place Name X Y Rad Pop Opt VB Example FIPS Lon Lat Code Population coordinates search center point Search radius in miles Population criterion to be used for search Option specifying the type of search 1 Find closest place with populatio
56. Leg or the cumulative time depending on the Option setting 6 Dist The distance traveled for this Leg or the cumulative distance depending on the Option setting 7 Speed Speed for this Leg km hr or mi hr based on Option 8 Bearing Bearing for this Leg Degrees or literal based on Option 10 Lon or X Longitude or X coordinate of Leg start 11 Lat or Y Latitude or Y coordinate of Leg start 12 Street The Street Road name 92 13 Place The local place name For example GetRouteParse 2 GetRouteNext or GetRouteParse Type GetRouteNext would return the CFCC road type of the current Route Leg VB Example Private Function MyQFactor As Integer MyQFactor 1 If MapProl GeoFindParse 3 MapProl Street lt gt Then MyOFactor 5 Else If MapProl GeoFindParse 1 MapProl Street lt gt Then MyQFactor 4 Else If MapProl GeoFindParse 2 MapProl Street lt gt Then MyOFactor 3 Else If MapProl GeoFindParse 5 MapProl Street lt gt Then MyOFactor 2 Else If MapProl GeoFindParse 4 MapProl Street lt gt Then MyOFactor 1 End If End If End If End If nd Function Hi GetViaRouteFirst Consolidate Boolean Options Integer String Procedure Used to perform a routing calculation with Via points and return the results in a list object Consolidate controls whether the similarly named road segments will be consolidated into a continuous se
57. MID MIF pair MapProl Import FileName D TGR24003 MIF Redraw the map to reflect the imported data MapProl Redraw End Sub Import LabelFilter Integer Property Specifies which types of objects to be labeled when imported using a bit position approach so that options can be combined 0 Do not Label anything 1 Label Points for text alignment see the Font interface 2 Label Lines label is parallel to segment at midpoint 4 Label Polygons Polygon centroid is labeled For example setting the value of this property to 3 would label points and lines Note that when points and polygon centroids are labeled the labels are horizontal and there is some collision detection that is performed to eliminate possible interference of the labels Polylines however which are labeled paralled to the segment that the label corresponds to have no collision detection so care should be taken to set approximate Upper and Lower values to eliminate some of the possible labeling clutter Import Lower Property The lower threshold of visibility for the imported data miles km depending on unts that have been selected For example if Lower 2 then when the scale factor is below 2 miles km the imported data is not rendered VB Example Private Sub Command42_Click Private Sub Command125_Click Set the Upper and Lower visibility thresholds MapProl Import Upper 50 MapProl Import Lower 5 Impo
58. Method Rotates any selected objects through an angle specified by Angle about a point specified by Xp Yp VB Example Private Sub Command63_Click Dim mk As CadObj nhd As Integer SEL ytl ang As Double Set the rotation point and Angle xtl 100 ytl 20 ang 15 Get marker and mark center of rotation point nhd MapProl Cad GetMarker 6 Set mk MapProl Cad Marker xtl ytl nhd Select the second CAD object MapProl Cad Objects 1 Selected Tru Rotate the object MapProl Cad Rotate xtl ytl ang MapProl Refresh End Sub CAD SaveToFile S String Method Saves all currently defined CAD objects to a binary CAD file specified by S It shuld be pointed out that when an application using the OCX is started if a file named AUTOLOAD CAD is found in the applications directory it will be automatically loaded VB Example Private Sub Command32_Click Save CAD objects to file MapProl Cad SaveToFile myCadTest02 Clear all Objects from Map MapProl Cad Clear Refresh the map MapProl Refresh End Sub 182 CAD ScaleToSize Value Height Double Double Function This CAD helper function takes Value which is the map scale in miles km that you are interested it and Height which is the font heigh in pixels that you would like at Value scale and returns the Size that you should be passing to TextFloat CAD method Delphi Example procedure TForml Button1 7Click Sender TObject v
59. NetWork The OptiRouter has started the process of loading the Road Node Network which will be used for the routing calculations e A series of data grid ID s specifying which grids are currently loaded e Network Loaded The OptiRouter has successfully loaded the Road Nodes Network e Finished Opti Route xxx mi The OptiRouter has finished its calculations the total travel distance in miles is alco displayed VB Example Private Sub MapProl_OptiRouteMsg ByVal Code As Long ByVal MsgStr As String Display the Status message returned each time the event is fired in a list box Listl AddItem Event fired amp MsgStr End Sub OnPaintAfter Event Performs the specified operations immediately after re painting the map on the surface of the OCX control This takes place immediately after the map is re painted but prior to the user layer being painted on the control surface The painting on the control surface is completed in this order The underlay is painted The map is painted The overlay is painted The OnPaintAfter event is triggered The user layer is painted VB Example Private Sub MapProl_PaintAfter ByVal dc As Long Call MapProl DrawScalebar dc 5 8 End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml MapProlpaintAfter Sender TObject dc Integer begin Draws a scale bar and a text bubble on top of the map surface MapProl drawscalebar dc 5 5 MapProl Drawbubble dc 125 45 Sample end pr
60. ORed with 8 provide bottom vertical alignment Text Bounding 7 Rectangle 11 Text Alignment Options font Angle Integer Sets the angle the text is to be rotated through in degrees Positive direction is counter clockwise font BackColor Integer Sets the background color of the text Note that this has any bearing only when font Mode is set to opaque or when the font Style is set to Outline font Color Integer Sets the foreground Font Color font Height Integer Sets the Font height pixels font Mode Integer Two font modes are available Mode 1 is transparent and Mode 2 is opaque font Name tring font Size Integer 190 Sets the font size in points font Style Integer Three basic font styles are available which can be combined to achieve a compounded affect Style Font Style 1 Bold 2 Italic 8 Outline Setting the style to 1 2 3 will result in a Bold Italic style VB Example Private Sub Command34_Click Dim RegPol As CadObj Making sure we have a clean slate MapProl Cad Clear MapProl Refresh Draw Regular Polygon Set RegPol MapProl Cad RegularPolygon 100 40 80 40 4 RegPol Font Style 8 RegPol Font Align 3 RegPol Font Color vbYellow RegPol Font BackColor vbRed UnFlg Not UnFlg If UnFlg True Then RegPol Caption GC True RegPol GreatCircle True Else RegPol Caption GC False
61. Once the Toolbar is instantiated the following capabilities are available to the us er 195 Cad Tools a x RRP AOAFSLRSOOOTELRLETFE or Note that the user may click on the blue caption area of the toolbar and drag it to a new location In addition to that the user may Right Click on the two vertical handles left side of the toolbar and select the option to Anchor UnAnchor and Close N This is the Selection action button Clicking on it toggles the control from an Object Selection mode when it s depressed the mouse pointer changes as well to a normal mdZoom mode when it is not depressed While in the select mode the user can select objects for subsequent editing action either by clicking and dragging the mouse pointer i e enclosing the objects in the dynamically drawn selection rectangle or by clicking inside or on the object itself When an object is selected it s highlighted in Yellow Holding down the Shift button while selecting individual objects adds them to the already selected list When an object is selected it s control points are made visible In addition to that a red control point is shown for moving the object and a rotate control point is shown for rotation the object The Edit Select mode stays active until the user clicks on the button once again Ckiclinng on the Down Arrow portion of the button invokes the pop up menu see later on When an object is selected it displays
62. Opens up the standard print dialog of the OCX which Options allows the user to print the calculated directions When S gei geg the print dialog is opened from the router dialog it r Get contains additional Print options as shown to the right I Directions Calculate Route MET Set Via Points View Directions T Directions O 231 SUTTON ST NORTH ANDOVER M 0 0 Starting on SUTTON ST head West 00 00 41 0 52 45 Drive West for 0 5 miles about 1 mins 3 Continue onto MERRIMACK ST 00 00 46 0 58 45 Drive West for 0 1 miles about 5 secs 4 4 Turn Left onto RAMP 00 03 46 0 94 5 Drive Southwest for 0 3 miles about 4 mins 5 Continue onto Ramp 00 04 07 1 07 20 Drive Southwest for 0 1 miles about 20 secs 6 Continue onto 1 495 00 11 57 9 67 65 E Drive Southwest for 8 5 miles about 8 mins H Continue onto Ramp 00 12 42 9 71 20 Drive West for 0 3 miles about 1 mins 8 Bear onto MA SH 38 00 12 51 979 50 Drive Northwest for 0 1 miles about 10 secs A en IAIA ET TER ONIS A ANTIE AAAA AA Status Completed Total Miles 11 92 Drive Time 15Min 27 Sec Type Shortest bias DI Options amp Calculate Route amp Print Close The View Directions tab of the dialog automatically appears when the routing calculations are finished and it displays detailed driving directions as well as the calculated distance and travel times for each segment The format of each line is as follows v
63. Re RA Re AR ee ee 69 FindClosestPlace X Y Rad Pop Opt string Procedure esse esse Re AR ee 71 FindItem X Y OleVariant Functions ao oe ee ee ee ee 12 FindFirstltem X Y OleVariant String FUnNCHON sesse ese esse see ee AR Re ee Re Re ee 73 FindNextltem String Funcenon Re Re ee Re Re ee Re ee ee 73 Findltemelose Method Zeg 74 FindRoute Lon1 Lat1 Lon2 Lat2 OleVariant Opt Longlnt Brocedure sesse esse ee 74 FindViaRoute Opt Longlnt Procedure se ee eg ek TT FindStr const t t2 string add Integer xctr yctr mradius OleVariant const ststr string 78 FindZip z Longlnt ett 80 FirePmapEvent EventID Delay Integer Method 81 Font String Property ies oe nee ESE ets dens sok ESEL EUREN EES ee Se Ene 82 GeoFind s String Integer Function esse Re RA Re Re RA Re ee ee Re ee 82 GeoFindArray S strring Method 86 GeoFindClose Procedure ii ER KEER ESEG SEER NEE N GEE EG EER EG Ee GEE Ge EEN EES eN GE EE Ee EE EER EER 88 GeoFindFirst GeofindString String String Procedure ees se Re Re RA Re ee 88 GeoEmdNext String Proc duie EE EE GE GE GE GE GE GE EE GE 89 GeoFindParse Field Result String String Procedure esse esse Re Re RA Re ee 89 GetProductCode String PropertY sesse se Re Re Re RA Re Re ee Re ee Re ee 90 GetRouteFirst x1 y1 x2 y2 double Consolidate boolean Optpon mtegert mg 90 GetRouteNext String Procedure esse Re Re RA Re Re RA Re Re ee Re ee 91 GetRoute lose Procedure ED DE E
64. Redraw End POIMegr Dialog Method Opens up a dialog that allows the user to set the visibility of individual categories set the limits of visibility for the icons and the text identifying POIS etc Show or Hide Points of Interest MV POI layer Visible Symbols Visible at 0 3 mi Labels Visible at 0 1 mi Description v Shop food v Shop food Butcher Convenience store v Shop food Grocery store v Shop food Liduor Wine Beer shop v Shop food Specialty Food v x Other Tourist Attraction v x Other Tourist Attraction Observatory v Place of Worship v Place of Worship Church vw Place of Worship Mosque vw Place of Worship Synagogue Show Al Hide All 1 Cancel v Shop food Delicatessen Delphi Example procedure TForml Button731Click Sender TObject var i integer begin Set the POI layer visibility to true For i 1 to MapProl Visible true Open dialog to set visibility of individual categories Mapprol POIMgr dialog End POIMer FormatHint String Property Defines the information that will be displayes when the mouse cursor rests on one of the POI icons on the map Also see FormatLabel to see how to define the information that is used to label the POI location 241 The format used for defining this property is as follows Is used to concatenate the various parts making up the string defi
65. Street 10 W Main Street 10 W Main St 10 West Main St 10 W Main St 10 W Main St If the suffix is not specified then all Streets Avenues Lanes etc meeting the criteria are returned see Appendix D for suffix abbreviations Double clicking on one of the addresses returned in the listbox will center the viewport around that street segment s Lon lat and will place the following information in the Result variable separated by tabs 9 StreetName Place Block State ZipCode Lon Lat Option 1 Open the dialog with the Place Search tab selected Simple Search Dialog Address Place Zip Phone Lon Lat Place Lemont IL Find Iw Mark Point 62 The user may specify a Place City Town to search for including the state if desired Wildcard characters are permitted in the search The only condition is that the first character of either the Place name or the state CANNOT be a wildcard For example 1 Specifying Lem IL as the search string would return the following hits Lemmon IL Lemont IL 2 Specifying Lee IL as the search string would return the following hits Lee IL Lee Center IL Lee County IL Leeds IL Leesburg IL Leesville IL 3 Specifying Le a T as the search string would return the following hits Leanna TN Levita TX Double clicking on one of the Place names returned in the listbox will center the viewport around its Lon lat and will place the following information
66. Unless shading is turned OFF begin MapProl Drawline dc 115 34056 28 55798 90 32330 49 676885 8 clRed R2_CopyPen Ser kt AE EES end 121 OnResize Event This event is triggered when the height or width of the control is changed VB Example Private Sub MapProl_Resize Dim dc Dim dis dc GetDC MapProl Handle MapProl DrawScalebar dc 5 8 di ReleaseDC MapProl Handle dc End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml MapProlResize Sender TObject var dc integer begin dc getdc MapProl handle DrawObject dc MapProl xcord MapProl ycord 2 clRed releasedc handle dc end OnUnderAfter Event This event is triggered after the underlay specified by the user has been painted VB Example Private Sub MapProl_UnderAfter ByVal dc As Long Dim hp As Long Get the dc to the PmParent h dc GetDC MapProl PmParent Use Windows API MoveToEX he SelectObject h GetStockObject 0 MoveToEx h 200 1 0 Draw Line using Windows APIs from previous point to 100 100 LineTo h 1 200 Release the dc ReleaseDC MapProl PmParent h SelectObject h hp End Sub OnUnderBefore Event This event is triggered before the underlay specified by the user has been painted OnStatus Event This event is triggered during drawing operations and contains a value from 0 to 100 representing the progress of drawing operations This can be used to show a dynamic bar or some
67. a field name as well PHONE approl POIMgr FormatHint Name 2 13 10 Telephone PHONE Mapprol POIMgr Visible true end 243 POIMEer GetCATCode Name Wide String Integer Method Returns the Category Code that corresponds to the specified name A Sub Category Code can also be obtained by appending the sub category name to the category name separted by a piping character Delphi Example procedure TForml Button71Click Sender TObject var i integer s String begin Ji Get the code for the general category Police Station s Police Station 1 Mapprol POIMgr GetCATCode s Listboxl Items add st inttostr i Get the code for the sub category Mexican Restaurant s Restaurant Mexican 1 Mapprol POIMgr GetCATCode s Listboxl Items add st inttostr i end POIMgr GetCA TName CA Tcode Integer string Method Returns the Category Name that corresponds to the specified code If the code is for a sub Category then it s also returned separated from the category name by a piping character Delphi Example procedure TForml Button71Click Sender TObject var i integer s String begin Get the Category name for 570404 1 570404 s mapprol POIMgr GetCATName i Listboxl Items add inttostr i s end POIMer MilesMajor Double Property Specifies the scale miles below which the POI icons will be visible on the map POIMegr MilesM
68. a non visual environment i e ASP It forces the build in map USA with coarse highway network to be loaded and gets the application handle Not using this method may result in non visula applications not displaying any mapping info until after the first need to update the screen due to a zoom operation etc Int2Lat i Integer Double Function Returns a real value of the Latitude given the Y coordinate in screen units Note It only applies to non rotated maps An incorrect coordinate will be returned if the map has been rotated VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click Dim x as Single Dim p as Integer p 345 x MAPPRO1 Int2Lat p Textl Str x End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml Button3Click Sender TObject 97 var Yd string 12 p integer begin p 345 floattstr MapProl Int2Lat p panel2 caption Lat Yd end Int2Lon i Integer Double Function Returns a real value of the Longitude given the X coordinate in screen units Note An incorrect coordinate will be returned if the map has been rotated VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click Dim x as Single Dim p as Integer p 345 x MAPPRO1 Int2Lon p Textl Str x End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml Button6Click Sender TObject var Yd string 12 p integer begin p 412 floattstr MapProl Int2Lon p panel2 caption Lon Yd end IsDrawing Boolean Property When true it indicates that the control is i
69. a road in this category as two distinct lines in this case the road is called separated A10 Primary road with limited access or interstate highway major category used alone when the minor category could not be determined All Primary road with limited access or interstate highway unseparated A12 Primary road with limited access or interstate highway unseparated in tunnel A13 Primary road with limited access or interstate highway unseparated underpassing A14 Primary road with limited access or interstate highway unseparated with rail line in center A15 Primary road with limited access or interstate highway separated A16 Primary road with limited access or interstate highway separated in tunnel A17 Primary road with limited access or interstate highway separated underpassing A18 Primary road with limited access or interstate highway separated with rail line in center Primary Road without Limited Access A20 A28 A road in this major category must be hard surface that is concrete or asphalt and may be divided or undivided and have multi lane or single lane characteristics This road has intersections with other roads usually controlled with traffic lights This major category includes nationally and regionally important highways that do not have limited access as required by major category Al Thus major category A2 includes most U S and State highways and some county highways that connect cities and large
70. a shape file and the associated DBF file This is the only action needed to import the file using the default attributes MapProl Import FileName N TGR25001A SHP Redraw the map to reflect the imported data MapProl Redraw End Sub Import Visible Boolean Property Sets the visibility of the imported data note that the visibility of points lines and polygons individually may also be controlled using the visibility property of the mark pen and brush Also note that this is setting takes precedence over the Upper and Lower settings if it set to false 230 ImportManager Interface An new powerful import interface that enables the user to import multiple MID MIF and SHP DBF file pairs and overlay them on the MapPro map surface Note that no data translation takes place i e that data is NOT converted to the native MapPro format it is simply painted on the map as an overlay Also note that the data has to be in X Y projection no other projections are supported at this point Any attributes in the imported files are ignored and attributes for each such layer may be assigned by the user Importing such data files as layers can be achieved either Programatically by directly calling a sequence of Importer Interface method or g By calling the method ImportMgr ShowDialog and then using the options within that dialog The data from the specified files is not actually loaded into memory but rather is pla
71. and the first time it is instantiated in the end user s environment it starts a timer the gives the end user 15 days to register It also displays a registration dialog that reminds the user of the need to Software Registration Register Today register and gives them an option to Ga bu To ensure we can provide quality customer support it is helpful for us to maintain a record of our licensed users You have a Register Over the Internet or 15 Days to register this application b Register over the Phone or Please choose from one of the following options c Register later within the 15 days It should be pointed out that regardless of the registration Eu option selected or the time of registration one piece of BERE information is always required the Product Code It is a number unique to the computer the product is installed on and it is displayed for the user in the next step of the registration process Note The days left to register the end user application is displayed as well If Register Over the Internet is selected then the following dialog is presented Internet Repistration The dialog clearly indicates the 3 steps that need to be takes to Step 1 complete the registration over the Internet Write down your product code before you attempt to register This is unique to your computer Your Product Code is 1923 8CF700010204 Note that the Product Number which will be asked of the user st
72. around the OCX control in pixels VB Example Private Sub Commandl1 Click MapProl BorderWidth 2 End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml Button3Click Sender TObject begin MapProl Borderwidth 2 end CAD Interface Interface Allows the user access to the CAD interface in order to draw CAD objects on the map surface See later sections in this document for a detailed description of this interface VB Example Private Sub Form_Activate MapProl InitNonVis QrMode 0 Display the CAD toolbar mode MapProl Cad Toolbar Mode TbFix List1 AddItem MapProl PostUnderlay End Sub Center View X Y Integer Procedure Takes the x y cursor position in device coordinates relative to the OCX calculates the Lon Lat equivalent to that position and centers the map about the point with the calculated coordinates at the current scale factor Note The GotoPoint Procedure can be used to locate the viewport using Lon Lat coordinates instead 30 VB Example Private Sub Commandl1 Click MapProl CenterView 20 20 Center the viewport at screen coordinates 20 20 from top left corner End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml Button7Click Sender TObject begin Center the viewport at screen coordinates 20 20 from the top left corner of the control MapProl CenterView 20 20 end ClearExclusion Procedure Clears the current exclusion boundaries from memory These boundaries are used to exclude enclosed road seg
73. be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly served if and when forwarded by registered or certified mail or overnight delivery by Federal Express to such address as shall have been designated by notice from the addressee for addressing of notices to it or if no such designation shall have been made to the address of the party appearing below LICENSOR LICENSEE Undertow Software Corp Attention Licensing P O Box 249 N Andover MA 01845 The failure to act upon any default hereunder shall not be deemed to constitute a waiver of such default The validity legality and enforceability of any provision hereof shall not be affected or be impaired in any way by any holding that any other provision contained herein is invalid illegal or unenforceable in any respect LICENSEE hereby assumes responsibility for obtaining all necessary official governmental approval for the Products produced and sold under this Agreement Dispute Resolution All disputes other than non payment of consideration set forth in Section 4 which arise in connection with performance under this Agreement at USC s discretion may be first submitted to good faith face to face mediation with a qualified mediator chosen by the parties and located in Boston Massachusetts before any party shall be entitled to file any legal action hereunder This Agreement and any mediation arbitration or litigation hereunder shall be governed by the rules and laws
74. bitmap to it The number of unique local bitmaps that may be set is 200 Using more than that may result in the User Item layer not rendering VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl Gotopoint 120 32 MapProl SetItem 1 120 32 call MapProl SetitemLocalbitmap 1 bmpl bmp End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml Button7Click Sender TObject begin MapProl Gotopoint 120 32 MapProl SetItem 1 120 32 MapProl SetitemLocalbitmap 1 bmpl bmp end SetItemString id integer s String Procedure Attaches a descriptive string to the overlay object created by the user Using a CR will act as a line break If no bitmap is selected rather than getting a black frame only the text assigned to the item is displayed centered and enclosed in a black VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click Call MapProl SetItem 1 120 32 Call MapProl SetItemString count Item str count amp chr 13 amp Break End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml Button7Click Sender TObject begin MapProl SetItem 1 120 32 MapProl SetItemString count Item inttostr count end 143 Setltem Vis Procedure Sets the attribute for the specified user created object to visible when flag is true or invisible when Flag is false VB Example Private Sub Command39 Click Set the Visibility of the yellow cars to True dim locnum as integer for LocNum 9 to MaxCarLoc If caronscreen true then if Locnum
75. by clicking on the O K button a new configuration file MapPro71 CFG containing the new options is saved to the disk Furthermore if any of the properties controlling the map view port are modified from the object inspector the control is updated and a new MapPro71 CFG file is written to the disk Properties Methods Events Only Properties Methods and Events explicitly documented in this manual are supported and controlled by the OCX Other inherited Properties Methods and Events are available to the user through the control depending on the development environment used However these are not controlled by the OCX and as such support for them is beyond the scope of this document There are also Reserved Methods that although sometimes visible are not supported for user access through the OCX Internal Data Structure The data file structure of the map data overlays underlays configuration files and other support files used are proprietary The format of some of these files is described in the appendices to this document Default Mouse Actions Left Click Re centering Pressing the Left mouse button while in the default mode mapMode MdZoom pans and repositions the map so that the clicked point is in the center of the ViewPort Right Click Zooming Out Pressing the Right mouse button while in the default mode mapMode MdZoom zooms the map out by a factor of 2 Left Click amp Drag Zooming In Pressing the Left mou
76. caption Found tinttostr listboxl items count Application ProcessMessages end OnFindRte Event For each road segment found when the FindRoute method is used an OnFindRte event is triggered The user must then query the Result property in the OnFindRte event handler and store it or otherwise process its value e g add it to a list box parse Note For details on what the Result string contains see the documentation for the FindRoute method g VB Example Private Sub MapProl_FindPlace List1 AddItem MapProl Result End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml MapProlFindRte Sender TObject begin 1istbox2 items add MapProl result end OnMouseDown Event Issued when the mouse button is held down on the control surface VB Example Private Sub MapProl_MouseDown button As Long shift As Long x As Long y As Long Dim dc Dim dis dc GetDC MapProl Handle MapProl DrawObject dc MapProl Xcord MapProl Ycord 3 vbRed di ReleaseDC MapProl Handle dc End Sub OnMouseMove Event Issued when the mouse moves over the control surface VB Example Private Sub MapProl_MouseMove button As Long shift As Long x As Long y As Long Forml Caption lat amp MAPPRO1 Ycord amp Lon amp MAPPRO1 Xcord 118 End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml MapProlMouseMove Sender TObject Shift TShiftState X Y Integer var xtemp ytemp x2 y2 string 12 begin with MapProl do begin str xcord 10 6 xtemp str
77. d test mappro71 test bmp CAD GetMetaObj s String LongInteger Imagel Picture Handle Method Returns a handle to the windows metafile specified by the user primarily to be used with the MetaObj object This method works both with metafiles and enhanced metafiles VB Example Private Sub Command60_Click Dim Wml As CadObj Mhnd As Long Get handle to user s metafil Mind MapProl Cad GetMetaObj d test mappro71 One wmf Use handle to set Meta0bj Set Wml MapProl Cad MetaObj 100 MapProl Refresh End Sub 80 36 Mhnd CAD GetSymbol index Integer LongInteger Method Returns a handle to the built in symbols windows metafile specified by the user primarily to be used with the Symbol object The vailable range of values for index are 1 95 VB Example Private Sub Command60_Click Dim Wml As CadObj Mhnd As Long Get handle to built in symbol Mhnd MapProl Cad GetSymbol 5 Use handle to set Symbol 174 Set Wml MapProl Cad Symbol 100 30 80 36 Mhnd MapProl Refresh End Sub CAD Group Method Groups the currently selected CAD objects into a composite object that can then be modified as a single entity Grouped CAD objects can be broken down to the components using the CAD Ungroup method VB Example Private Sub Command66_Click Ungroup selected COmplex Object MapProl Cad UnGroup Update to show new objecs Mode to show handles MapProl MapMo
78. dc iXl iYl nil LineTo dc iX2 iY2 deleteobject selectobject dc hp end LLMode Integer Property Sets the format to be used when displaying the coordinates in the toolbar area Also sets the format for the Grid line labels LLMode can take the following values 0 LLDMS Display format DD MM SS 1 LLDEG Display format DD xxxxxx 2 LLInternal Display internal coordinate LongInt 101 3 LLScreen Display screen coordinates Note The user may also cycle through these different display formats by clicking in the coordinate display area when the toolbar is visible Delphi Example Procedure TForml Buttonl5Click Sender TObject var x double begin x MapProl LLMode 1 end Load_Air Boolean Property When true enables loading of the airport data layer The layer remains visible all the way down to the detailed Tiger data level lt 2 mi VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl Load_Air Not MapProl Load_Air End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml Buttonl5Click Sender TObject begin MapProl Load_Air not MapProl Load_Air end Load_City Boolean Property When true enables loading of the city place and county names data layer It remains visible all the way down to the detailed Tiger data level lt 2 mi VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl Load_city Not MapProl Load_city End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml Button1l5
79. ee 151 OpCode SEEEB Routing Band Width 65 cccctecacecadscecsascesecanenesacncetesatersdsarccansatedacedacatarans 152 OpCode EEEC Routing Highlight Resolution sesse ese ese esse ee se ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 152 OpCode EEEE FindClosest Options ccccccccccsscsscesscsscesscesceseceseceeesecsscesecsseesseseesseeas 152 Shade Cnty Boolean Property ccececcssccsssecesseceesseeeeseeceeeeeseecesseeesseeceeseeesseeesssesesseeeseaes 154 Shade MCD Boolean Property ee 154 Shade Plc Boolean Property cecececcccsssccssseeeeseceesseceeseeesseeeeeseeeesseeesseeeeeseeeestesessseeenseeeeeaes 155 Shade State Boolean Property EE ER EER ER eek bebe Saka ER DER EG ER DEE ee 155 ShowAllltems Procedures is DE ge Ge ee De ge EE ee Ee eg ee ge Ge eg De ee EE hes 155 Show FoolBar Proce Quire se EE EE deeg 156 StartView S String Propert esse anatata Re a ee ee aa ee Re NaS 157 Streetstring Proper V sessies ese Se ee eN SE Ee SE ee Se AE Ee Ee ee Ge N ee SE el ee SE Ge Ee Ee Gee 157 Synch Boolean Property ES EE EEUE EE Ee be EE Ee EL EE EE De EN Gee ER Re ER OE Ee Ge Ee Ee NE Ee Ee 158 Texture Boolean Property ccc ccescccsssccesssceesneeeesneeeeseeeeseeesseeeeeeeeeseeenseeeeeseeeesteeesseeeesseeeess 158 bt eko tring Property ME ence 158 TitleUser s String Property sesse ee Re RR Re Re Re ee Re Re ee Re ee ee Re ee 159 ToolBarMode lnteger Property sesse Re Re ainia ee a Re a ee a e 159 Underlay Boo
80. end of each road segment in the route Rt PrtMap 1024 No Effect Rt PrtDir 2048 No Effect Rt NoERR 4096 Suppresses error dialog from display if no route is found Rt NoDlg 8192 No Effect Rt Degree 16384 Return the bearing as degrees instead of literal This function returns the first entry in the routing calculation array containing information about the first route segment as a string made up of a number of fields delimited by the tab character Here is the information fields returned Leg Integer identifying the of this segment of the trip Type The CFCC Code for this road segment Instructions Literal instructions for this Leg Locale The local place amp road name Time The time required for this Leg or the cumulative time depending on the Option setting Dist The distance traveled for this Leg or the cumulative distance depending on the Option setting Speed Speed for this Leg km hr or mi hr based on Option Bearing Bearing for this Leg Degrees or literal based on Option Lon or X Longitude or X coordinate of Leg start Lat or Y Latitude or Y coordinate of Leg start Street The Street Road name Place The local place name It should be noted the first string returned when the event is fired contains the literal Start in the third field while the last string returned at the completion of the route calculation contains the literal Finish in the third field GetRouteNext Stri
81. file dialog and allows the user to select a MIF 235 ora SHP file to add as a layer D Delete the currently highlighted layer o Clear Delete All layers D Open Load a previously saved Import Layers configuration ILM file H Save the current Layer s Definition It opens up a stock windows dialog and allows you to save the current Import Layers configuration to a file with the extension ILM that can be opened loaded at a later time Properties Opens the Properties dialog see Import Dialog and allows the user to set the properties for the currently selected Layer 7 Global Visiblity Sets the visibility of ALL layers in the list Takes precedence over the Upper Lower visibility settings of individual layers Ok Saves all changes and closes the dialog Cancel Cancels any changes made during this session and closes the dialog Delphi Example procedure TForml Button7Click Sender TObject begin Display the Import Layers Manager Dialog Mapprol importMgr ShowDialog end ImportMger Visible Boolean Property Sets the visibility of the Layer Manager interface 1 e all imported layers AmportMer ZoomLayers N Integer Method Zooms out to an imported layer extents i e so that the extents of the specified imported Layer N fill up the viewport If it is called with an agument of N 1 it zooms in out so that ALL imported layers are visible in thme viewport Delphi Exam
82. file format is used to export import user designed overlays from to Precision Mapping Streets Ver 4 0 and 5 0 and the MAPPRO40 0CX v4 00 03 and MAPPRO50 0CX mapping control from Chicago Map Corp The format consists of a header and a series of keyword elements with the required information for each element as described below Please note that text between the dashed lines below is only for information purposes and not part of the CMX file format HEADER Information Required text at the beginning of the file It describes the type of data file Files created by subsequent releases of the program would possibly use a slightly modified header CHICAGO MAP EXCHANGE FORMAT v40 REAL DATA LINE Element Defined by two end points x1 yl1 and x2 y2 and a set of brush and pen attributes The pen and brush attributes are described at the end of the format description prior to the sample file listing Line X1 Y1 X2 Y2 Pen Style Thickness Color Brush Pattern Color PLINE Polyline Element Defined by a number of contiguous straight line segments two end points each and a set of brush and pen attributes Up to 100 line segments may be joined If X1 Y1 and Xn Yn are identical the Pline forms a closed polygon that may have a fill pattern based on the Brush attributes The pen and brush attributes are described at the end of the format description prior to the sample file listing Pline N X1 Y1 KAY Xn Yn Pen Style Thickness
83. hr X Y Start Point coordinates separated by a comma Since routing between multiple points is performed during these calculations at the begigning of the routing from each point this function returns 0 Start just like the GetFirstRoute to indicate that a new segment between two points is started When the end of the list object has been reached the function returns a blank string VB Example Private Sub GetFirstNext_Click Calculate the optimized route using already defined points MapProl OptiRouter Calculate 0 Get the segments and populate the Listbox Rseg MapProl OptiRouter GetRouteFirst 0 Chek to see if the end of the list object has been reached While Rseg lt gt Listl AddItem Rseg Rseg MapProl OptiRouter GetRouteNext Wend Close the List object to release MapProl OptiRouter GetRouteClos End Sub OptiRouter GetRouteClose Function Closes the OptiRouter list object containing the routing information and releases all resource used by the list object to the system resource pool It is important to remember that unless this function is called those resources will not be released OptiRouter CostPerGallon Double Property The cost per gallon which is used to calculate the cost for the Optimized Route 211 OptiRouter ExRadius Double Property The search radius about the Optirouter points for which the network is loaded The default is 5 miles Care should be taken not t
84. is not set then the last three bytes are the RGB color remember they are reversed For example an entry of STSH 17 08000003 indicates that the 17th state IL uses the 3rd color in the above table whereas an entry of STSH 17 000000FF would indicate that the 17th state uses the color red It is recommended that if any sort of bitmap is used with the OCX these 16 colors be part of its palette to avoid any palette conflict problems 249 APPENDIX C Configuration File CONFIGURATION CFG FILE This Appendix contains a copy of a typical CFG file that is created every time an application using the OCX terminates normally or when the Map object properties change at design time It is read every time the application is started Note that the information written out to the CFG file is for general reference only Directories CDSTATE D pmap40 states CDDATA1 D pmap40 datal CDDATA2 D pmap40 data2 CDDATA3 D pmap40 data3 CDOVR CDLIB CDCONT CDHELP BMP OVR LIB Registration NAME Reserved IDTYPE Reserved a Visible UNDER TRUE Underlay Visibility flag OVER TRUE Overlay Visibility flag MAIN TRUE Mainlay Visibility flag DBASE TRUE T Modules ASP 1 000 BRATIO 4 000 TIGER 2 CSPC 5 PMODE 1 BKPNT FALS 7 Overlays LMATN TR LHYDRO HNET TRU STATESTR LCITY TR LAIR TRU R R mai
85. is required under this License USC shall have the right upon prior notice to LICENSEE to have the correctness of any Royalty Report audited at its expense by an independent certified public accountant chosen by USC who shall examine LICENSEE s business records only on material pertinent to this Agreement In the event the royalties reported and or paid by LICENSEE are underreported by more than 5 as determined by the audit report then LICENSEE shall immediately pay the balance owed plus audit expenses and an additional 20 of the amount owed as a penalty for said underreporting The results of any audit shall remain confidential to the parties USC shall have the right to terminate this Agreement if after audit LICENSEE has underreported royalties for any two months in a 12 month period Royalty based records of LICENSEE shall be kept available by LICENSEE for at least a period of time as such records are maintained in the ordinary course of business by LICENSEE after termination of the calendar year in which they are made LICENSEE shall pay USC interest at the rate of sixteen percent 16 per annum compounded monthly on any payment that is more than thirty 30 days overdue from the date such payment is due to the date of payment This interest payment shall be in addition to any other remedy provided USC by law or this Agreement 5 PROTECTION OF SOFTWARE Sid SS BD 5 4 Proprietary Notices LICENSEE agrees to respect and
86. location of Zipcode data is specified in the OCX property path3 The areacode in the returned Result is the one associated with the centroid of the ZipCode Note that an OnFind event is not triggered by this procedure The Result property should be checked immediately after the call to it If ZipCode in Result is the same as that specified by the user for the search then the requested Zipcode was found if the Zipcode returned is different that that specified then no exact match occurred and the closed match next higher ZipCode was returned VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl findzip val Textl text listl additem MapProl Result End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForm2 Button4Click Sender TObject var z code longint begin val edit3 text z code MapProl findzip z label7 caption MapProl Result end FirePmapEvent EventID Delay Integer Method Fires a generic event added to the control at the user s will and discretion The Event is fired by calling the FirePmapEvent method with the following parameters The Event can be fired for multiple operations using a unique EventID specified and managed by the user and the Delay before the event is fired is in milliseconds When the method is called the event PmapEvent is fired with the form MapProlPmapEvent Sender TObject EventID Integer The user needs to manage this event themselves Delphi Example Procedure TForml Button6Click Sender
87. mod 2 0 then MapProl SetitemVis LocNum true else MapProl SetitemVis LocNum false end if else If the cars have not been drawn display a message Call MsgBox No cars drawn on the map vbCritical No Cars MapProl refresh Exit Sub SetOption OpCode Option LongInt LongInt Function Allows the user to change a number of OCX properties as identified by the OpCode and Option values given below in hex notation It returns a Long Integer which contains useful information depending on the OpCode Helpful Hint for VB Users Users have reported problems with setting these OpCodes in VB For example when specifying an OpCode of EEEE the amp HEEEE Vb representation by basic positional values math is supposed to be 14x16 14x16 14x16 14x16 61166 However in VB this evaluates to 4270 because for some reason VB Does not appear to use Unsigned values for Hex operations Users may implement their own workarounds but here is a VB function that can help Public Function ConvertSigned2Unsigned N As Long As Double If N lt 0 Then If N lt amp H8FFF Then ConvertSigned2Unsigned 2 32 N Else ConvertSigned2Unsigned 2 16 N End If Else ConvertSigned2Unsigned N End If End Function If you call SefOption Convert igned2Unsigned amp HEEEE 1 you should get the desired results 144 Note that you can use this function for any SetOption and any other situation wher
88. not to remove obliterate or cancel from view any copyright trademark confidentiality or other proprietary notice mark or legend appearing on any of the Software or output generated by the Software and to reproduce and include same on each copy of the Software Specifically LICENSEE agrees to 5 1 1 Have a prominent way for the End User to access the About API provided with the Software from the LICENSEE s End User interface 5 1 2 Prominently display the information and any marks required and presented in Exhibit A to this Agreement No Circumvention or Reverse Engineering LICENSEE agrees not to modify reverse engineer circumvent any technological measure used to control access to the copyright work disassemble or decompile the Software or any portion thereof Ownership LICENSEE further acknowledges that all copies of the Licensed Software and Copyrighted Works in any form provided by USC are the sole property of USC and or its suppliers LICENSEE shall not have any right title or interest to any such Licensed Software or Copyrighted Works or copies thereof except as provided in this Agreement and further shall secure and protect all Licensed Software and Documentation consistent with maintenance of USC s proprietary rights therein Unauthorized duplication and or Distribution LICENSEE agrees not to be involved in any duplication and or distribution of the Licensed Software or Copyrighted Works or any part th
89. of the State of Massachusetts Termination for non payment of consideration under paragraph 4 shall entitle USC to seek immediate relief from the court in accordance with the terms of this Agreement Jurisdiction If the parties are unable to resolve any dispute by good faith negotiations or mediation as set forth above the parties agree that the exclusive venue for all actions relating in any manner to this Agreement shall only be brought in the courts of the Commonwealth of 305 Massachusetts and each party consents and submits to the personal jurisdiction of such courts and of the appropriate appellate courts in any such action or proceeding and irrevocably waives any objection to venue laid therein Process in any action or proceeding referred to in the preceding sentence may be served on any party anywhere in the world 13 7 This Agreement and the terms thereof shall be construed interpreted applied and enforced under and pursuant to the laws of the State of Massachusetts 14 INTEGRATION This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties and revokes and supersedes all prior agreements between the parties and is intended as a final expression of their Agreement It shall not be modified or amended except in writing signed by the parties hereto and specifically referring to this Agreement This Agreement shall take precedence over any other documents that may be in conflict therewith The LICENSEE warrants and r
90. on the transportation system or the intermodal connection facility between transportation systems 268 D50 Transportation terminal major category used alone when the minor category could not be determined D51 Airport or airfield D52 Train station D53 Bus terminal D54 Marine terminal D55 Seaplane anchorage Employment Center D60 D66 This major category is for a location with high density employment D60 Employment center major category used alone when the minor category could not be determined D61 Shopping center or major retail center D62 Industrial building or industrial park D63 Office building or office park D64 Amusement center D65 Government center D66 Other employment center Tower D70 D71 D70 Tower major category used alone when the minor category could not be determined D71 Lookout tower Open Space D80 D85 This major category contains areas of open space with no inhabitants or with inhabitants restricted to known sites within the area D80 Open space major category used alone when the minor category could not be determined D81 Golf course D82 Cemetery D83 National park or forest D84 Other Federal land D85 State or local park or forest Special Purpose Landmark D90 D91 Use this category for landmarks not otherwise classified D90 Special purpose landmark major category used alone when the minor category could not be determined D91 Post office box ZIP Code R 269
91. only if the application is not already registered 316
92. pmap21 Redirty end SetExclusion IDString string x1 y1 x2 y2 double Procedure Adds the bounding box defined by the user specified string and the two corners x1 y1 and x2 y2 to the memory based routing exclusion list units are in degrees Note that any such exclusions are lost when the application is terminated unless they have been previously saved to a file using the SaveExclusion method The X1 Y1 and X2 Y2 coordinate pairs specify a bounding polygon for the exclusion Road segments with both end nodes within the exclusion polygon are excluded from the routing nodes list Gg e NG ETA SS uttons cone BR Z e E N Na Sutton Pond pS bradstrest EN Surtd Pond pd N DEgeod Pond Original Calculated Route Calculated Route after Exclusion red rectangle is set 4 E good Pond Delphi Example procedure TForml Button32Click Sender TObject Add two exclusion polygons to the current exclusions list var id string begin ExcludeRt true exxl strtofloat edit6 text eyyl strtofloat edit7 text exx2 strtofloat edit1l3 text T 139 eyy2 strtofloat edit14 text id edit15 text MapProl SetExclusion idt 1 xxl yyl XX2 yy2 Set another exclusion slightly offset from first one MapProl SetExclusion id 2 exx1 0 002 eyylt0 002 exx2 0 002 eyy2 0 002 MapProl ZoomWindow exx1
93. returns a string identifying the first in the list Note thet the bitmap associates with the item and the bounding polygon for the string associated with the item are used in a point in polygon calculation to determine what to return as a valid hit The string contains the following information separated by a tab character Item_ID 9 Item_X Coordinate 9 Item_Y Coordinate 9 Item_String This is one of a set of 3 fuctions that work together also see FindNextltem and FindltemClose The developer needs to make sure that once finished they call the FindItemClose method to close the list object and return any used resources to the resource pool Delphi Example procedure TForml Buttonl1lClick Sender TObject var s string begin Find User Items within 8 pixels from specified point s Mapprol FindFirstItem 76 10011 42 0001 while s lt gt do begin listbox2 Items Add s s mapprol FindNextItem end mapprol FindItemClose end FindNextItem String Function Once the FindFirstItem function has been called and the list of found objects is created this function returns the next item in the list A null string is returned if no more objects are in the list The string contains the following information separated by a tab character Item_ID 9 Item_X Coordinate 9 Item_Y Coordinate 9 Item_String This is one of a set of 3 fuctions that work together also see FindFirstltem and FindItemClose The developer needs to make
94. sea or ocean major category used when the minor category could not be determined H51 Bay estuary gulf or sound H53 Sea or ocean Body of Water in a Man Made Excavation H60 H60 Gravel pit or quarry filled with water Nonvisible Definition Between Water Bodies H70 H74 The Census Bureau digitizes nonvisible definition boundaries to separate named water areas for instance an artificial boundary is drawn to separate a named river from the connecting bay H70 Nonvisible water area definition boundary used to separate named water areas and as the major category when the minor category could not be determined H71 USGS closure line used as maritime shoreline H72 Census water center line computed to use as median positional boundary H73 Census water boundary international in waterways or at 12 mile limit used as area measurement line H74 Census water boundary separates inland from coastal or Great Lakes used as area measurement line H75 Census water boundary separates coastal from territorial at 3 mile limit used as area measurement line Special Water Feature H80 H81 Includes area covered by glaciers or snow fields H80 Special water feature major category used when the minor category could not be determined H81 Glacier Feature Class X Not Yet Classified X00 Classification Unknown or Not Elsewhere Classified X00 Feature not yet classified 273 APPENDIX H Underlay File Format
95. shown below Also see the dfFile property Link to Dbase e The user may click Ser to navigate to the File desired dbf file d develop undertow mappro O samp _Select Records 15 Fields Reset The fields in the Show panel are populated with ETER EE the autodetected fields to be used for Lat Lon and Black Rectangle N na labeling but the user may select from any of the C Red Rectangle i available fields in the drop down list 7 S g EE sl e The user may select the type of marker to use Gees Label Desc M select the upper visibility scale in miles and Visible Below select whether to display a marker the label 1000 and or both Iw Markers V Text ExecLonLat Procedure Presents user with a dialog that permits the input of Latitude and longitude coordinates and upon confirmation places the viewport around the point specified by the user Move to Specified Coordinate Coordinate Longitude Latitude Zoom km 1 el Goto Help Cancel VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl ExecLonLat End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml Street3Click Sender TObject begin MapProl ExecLonLat end 47 ExecMem X LongInteger LongInteger Function Returns the amount of RAM available on the system in bytes Furthermore if the amount of memory detected is less than the number specified in the function call then the OCX will display a message warning box indi
96. sure that once finished they call the FindItemClose method to close the list object and return any used resources to the resource pool Delphi Example procedure TForml Buttonl1lClick Sender TObject var s string begin Find User Items within 8 pixels from specified point s Mapprol FindFirstItem 76 10011 42 0001 while s lt gt do begin listbox2 Items Add s s mapprol FindNextItem end mapprol FindItemClose end 73 FindItemclose Method Once the FindFirstltem and FindNextltem have been used to find all desired user objects at a specified location this method needs to be called to close the list object and return any used resources to the resource pool This is one of a set of 3 fuctions that work together also see FindFirstltem and FindItemClose FindRoute Lon1 Lat1 Lon2 Lat2 OleVariant Opt LongInt Procedure Performs a calculation between the points identified by Lon Lat and Lon2 Lat2 Only enabled if RoutingActive is set to True see info on the RoutingActive property Opt Long Integer that can accept either an integer value or one of the enumerated constants described below or any combination i e sum of the values of these options Enumerated Constant Value Action Rt_Clear 0 Clear the highlighted route Rt_Spots 1 Mark the Begin and End point of the calculated route Rt_Hatch 2 Highlight the calculated route using the current user selected hatch pattern the hatch pat
97. that registers with Undertow Software Corp even though your application may not need use it Upgrading from an earlier Version e If you are upgrading from an earlier version of the control you should be aware that the MapPro71 OCX uses a new CLSID and can therefore co exist with prior versions of the control installed on the same system This does not apply to MapPro71 OCX Release 1 and Release 2 that have the same CLSID and they look as the same control to the Operating System e If you are replacing an instance of an older version of the control in one of your projects with this one you should note that depending on your IDE you may have to re link all events in your project Note that in most IDEs in order to have a new control interface registered the IDE has to be shut down first as it will not permit a new OCX file to replace an existing one and or to be registered if an instance of the control is currently being used e If you are replacing an old build of MapPro71 OCX with a more recent one it is recommended that you re import the interface to make sure that any new interface additions to the control are properly registered Street Level Data Visibility Problems One of the most common problems developers encounter is that the OCX appears to work as expected only when they zoom in there is no street level data visible 99 of such problems reported it turns out to be a data path issue If you experience such problems befo
98. that the number of possible solutions that need to be examined even for 6 pint can quickly get very high G gen add amp UNION amp 2 BATAN C ERIE ST ba D SS eS EI Lo of DT Sg mees 2 KI Possible Routing Combinations for 6 points ORS result for the same point The ORS is implemented as a collection of Interfaces Properties and Methods as described below Its capabilities can be selected both programmatically or by invoking the RouteOptimizer built in dialog OptiRouter AddPoint s String x y Double Method Adds the specified point to the optimization routing points list Note that the points currently defined may also be accessed at any time using the StopPoints array where s Any string identifying the specified point x y The x y Lat Lon coordinates of the point Points are appended at the end of the list of any points that have already been added Also see the MovePoint DeletePoint and Insert point methods of the OptiRouter interface VB Example Private Sub Command3_Click Dim slb As Double slc As Double s2b As Double s2c As Double Dim s3b As Double s3c As Double s4b As Double s4c As Double Do some address look ups and add the points returned MapProl GeoFind 231 sutton Street North Andover MA 01845 sla MapProl GeoFindParse 1l MapProl Street slp Val MapProl GeoFindParse 7 MapProl Street slc Val MapProl GeoFindParse 8 MapProl Street 204 MapProl OptiRouter AddP
99. the search radius Search is faster for smaller search radii and the State default is which signifies search ALL states within the specified radius Find Street Search Info Constraints Street State Zip Code Zoom DN DI e Cross Street IF Any Radius s E Find Cancel i VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl ExecStreet End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml Street1lClick Sender TObject begin MapProl ExecStreet end 65 ExecZipcode Procedure Presents user with the standard Precision Mapping Streets zipcode search dialog Once a ZipCode is specified and the search is completed the user is presented with a listbox containing the retrieved matches Selecting one of the listbox choices presented by double clicking will center the viewport at the Lon Lat of the selected ZipCode centroid Locate Zip Code Zip Code Zoom mi DI e Goto Cancel VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl ExecZipcode End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml ZipcodelClick Sender TObject begin MapProl ExecZipcode end FindAcEx temp String Procedure Searches the Area Code Exchange data base FONE BIN and returns the area code exchange and other data closest to the query value in the Result string Result is a variable length string formatted as follows Areacode 9 Exchange 9 City 9 State 9 Lon 9 Lat The argument Temp can be 3 or 6 dig
100. the Tab Delimited String to a Comma Delimited and places it ina list Remember to clear the list before calling FindStr every street segment located by Dim Tstr ListStr Tstr MapProl Street Put the street results in a temp var ListStr TabDelStr Tstr Street Name ListStr ListStr amp amp TabDelStr Tstr City ListStr ListStr amp amp TabDelStr Tstr Address range ListStr ListStr amp amp TabDelStr Tstr State ListStr ListStr amp amp TabDelStr Tstr Zip ListStr ListStr amp amp TabDelStr Tstr Longitude ListStr ListStr amp amp TabDelStr Tstr Latitude ListStr ListStr amp amp TabDelStr Tstr Distance Listl AddItem ListStr End Sub Private Sub MapProl_paintAfter ByVal DC As Long This event is where much of your application drawing activity can be handled Lines will be drawn over streets This example shows several WinApi calls Dim Lp As POINTAPI Dim hp As Long Dim tmpXLoc tmpYLoc diff As Double Call MapProl DrawScalebar DC 1 10 Place the scale bar on the map MagEd Text MapProl Magnitude Report some properties to user ScaleEd Text MapProl Scale MileEd Text MapProl Miles 259 AspEd Text MapProl Screen_Aspect hp CreatePen 0 1 0 Pen used to draw with WinApi hp SelectObject DC hp With MapProl
101. the Underlay transparency mode MapProl UnderlayTransparent True Set the Underlay Transparent color MapProl UnderlayTrColor RGB 255 255 255 Redraw the Map MapProl Redraw End Sub Private Sub Command70_Click Set the underlay visibility to True MapProl Underlay True Set the Underlay painting Sequence MapProl PostUnderlay 2 MapProl Redraw End Sub QueryObj x y Double Property Searches the current viewport and if it finds an object within 8 pixels of the specified x y Lo Lat coordinate it pops up a dialog with attributes about that object No action is taken if no object is found within the 8 pixel tolerance Attributes of Selected Object Details Other Attributes No 10 43 Name SPRING ST Place CALAIS County Washington State 23 Country Zip 04619 North 688 Both Attributes of Selected Object Details Other Attributes Feature A4 Local neighborhood and rural road city street unseparated From 67 16 41 45 70 59 1051220 705987 To BF16 33 4511107 1051186 706023 Str291 Layer 78 Type 1 Code 2644 Redirty Procedure Updates the dirty rectangles and the new changed objects without repainting the complete map surface Usually called after a user drawn bitmap is moved Can provide significant time savings if used following user item movements rather that using Redraw which would regenerate the map or ev
102. to annotate a map surface by drawing desired objects on a user layer superimposed on the map These objects and their attributes can be set and edited either programmatically or through the built in toolbars off the CAD interface as described later in this section Objects are stored in an indexed array and can be randomly accessed and modified through that array The map control needs to be refreshed following the creation of these objects for them to be rendered on the map surface User drawn objects can be saved to an external binary file with the default extension CAD and can then be loaded from such a file either replacing any currently defined objects or being appended to them All objects defined in the CAD interface have the following properties methods CAD Object Brush CAD Object Caption CAD Object Font CAD Object GreatCircle CAD Object MoveAbs CAD Object MoveRel CAD Object Objecttype CAD Object Pen CAD Object Selected CAD Object Tag CAD Object Visible Details of these properties methods are included at the end of the CAD interface definition New mdCAD mode CAD objects can be created in a number of ways a Programatically by directly calling a CAD Object method and specifying all the appropriate parameters b By setting the appropriate mapMode value mapMode mdCAD and the desired CAD ObjectType and then interactively drawing the object specified by ObjectType or c By opening
103. usually confined to a local area that is separate from other ground transportation C30 Other ground transportation that is not a pipeline or a power transmission line The major category is used alone when the minor category could not be determined C31 Aerial tramway monorail or ski lift Feature Class D Landmark Definition Applicable to Landmark Landmark is the general name given to a cartographic or locational landmark a land use area and a key geographic location A cartographic landmark is identified for use by an enumerator while working in the field A land use area is identified in order to minimize enumeration efforts from where people are restricted or nonexistent A key geographic location is identified in order to more accurately geocode and enumerate a place of work or place of residence TIGER Line TM files contain only cartographic landmarks or land use areas if identified within the county area but not key geographic locations Landmark With Category Unknown D00 Source materials do not allow determination of the landmark category This code should not under most circumstances be used since the source materials usually provide enough information to determine the major category DOO Landmark major and minor categories unknown Military Installation D10 Base yard or depot used by any of the armed forces or the Coast Guard 267 D10 Military installation or reservation major category used alone Mul
104. 0 002 eyy1 0 002 exx2 0 002 eyy2 0 002 panel6 visible false end SetItem id Integer x y OleVariant Procedure Creates an overlay object with the specified ID at the lon lat coordinates If an item of the same ID already exists the item is repositioned to the new coordinates These items sometimes also refered to as user items can be used in a variety of application e g displaying movement of an automobile on a map as shown in the VB example below Note The Setltem procedure needs to be executed PRIOR to using the SeltemLocalBitmap procedures The maximum number of elements is 32 000 but the maximum value of id has to be less than a word VB Example End Sub Private Sub Command110_Click Cycle through the various mapmodes when mapmode is 1 then click on the map to record positions to temporary array MapProl MapMode MapProl MapMode 1 If MapProl MapMode gt 4 Then MapProl MapMode 0 Command110 Caption Mode amp MapProl MapMode End Sub Private Sub MapProl_Click If the mapmodes is MdUser then add the coordinates of the point that is clicked on to a temporary two dimentional array needs to hav If MapProl MapMode MdUser Then ipos ipos 1 pos ipos 1 MapProl Xcord pos ipos 2 MapProl Ycord Else End If End Sub Private Sub Commandlil Click Set the starting index Iposstart 0 Set the timer interval Timerl Interv
105. 0 opens up and lest the user select the brush background colo Size Alianment D zl Je zl Mode The user may select either a transparent or an opaque pen C Bold lae E Dutine mode applies to the background color Angle The user may specify an angle that the Text is to be rotated Sample through in degrees positive is counter clockwise Size The font size in points Alignment The user may select one of the following text alignments relative to the text reference point specified TopLeft TopRight TopCenter Left Right Center BotLeft BotRight BotCenter Styles The available styles may be combined as desired by the user The currently selected pen attributes are reflected in the bottom portion of the dialog CAD Attributes Dialog Misc Tab Attributes Pen Brush Font Caption Tag Caption The user may enter the default caption to appear for any subsequently created object Polygon Sides Clicking on one of the predefined buttons sets the number of Regular Polygon sides or the user may enter the number of desired sides Tag An extra identifier that can be used by the user Great Circle Line Drawing Great Circle Line Drawing If selected affected objects are drawn with Great Circle Lines instead of straight lines Polygon Sides Dk Cancel 202 CAD Attributes Cross Reference Table Although all CAD objects seem to include all available attribut
106. 08 then the number is an index to the built in shading color definition Option 80 84 Returns the value of the corresponding street labeling option see OpCodes 80 84 below for a detailed description Option 89 Returns the value corresponding to the current visibility state of the PMAP built in coarse layer see OpCode 89 below for description Option 100 N Returns the value corresponding to the current visibility state of layer N see OpCode 100 N below for layer description Option EEE2 145 Returns an integer indicating the current graphics bitmap mode see the description for OpCode EEE2 later in this section for a description OpCode 01 Background Color Change the background color Canada Mexico etc to that specified by Option The default is yellow e g SetOption 01 00FF00 would set the color to green OpCode 02 Water Color Change the color of the water ocean to that specified by Option The default is blue e g SetOption 01 00FF00 would set the color to green OpCode 03 Parks Color Change the color of the park areas to that specified by Option The default is green e g SetOption 01 00FF00 would set the color to green OpCode 10 1F Build in Color Shades Set the identified color used for shading states and county areas to that specified by Option Up to 16 dithered colors are used for the shading For example SetOption 10 00FF00 would s
107. 1 ScaleX ScaleY Name FileName WMF RotationAngle Pen Style Thickness Color Brush Pattern Color GROUP Element Simply specifies that the preceding N elements are grouped together in a composite element Group N Pen Style Thickness Color Brush Pattern Color Note that the Pen and brush information for this element is redundant and has NO effect on the ndividual Group Elements Pen Style Thickness Color Pen Style An index number pointing to line styles array shown below Solid Dash Dot Dash Dot Dash Dot Dot Clear Inside Frame SO ene DS Pen thickness 0 15 pixels Pen Color 0 15 system colors Brush Pattern Color Brush Pattern Index pointing to fill pattern array Clear Solid Horizontal VErtical Forward Diagonal Backward Diagonal Horizontal Cross Diagonal Cross EES EECH Brush Color 0 15 system colors 278 Internal Meta file name The symbol library distributed with Precision Mapping PMAP LIB contains a total of 92 symbol meta files The names of the files are 001 WMEF to 092 WFM in the order in which they appear in the toolbox when invoked in Precision Mapping streets For example 009 WMF would refer to the symbol of the worker with the shovel 018 WMF would be the hi rise building etc Sample CMX File 1 CHICAGO MAP EXCHANGE FORMAT v40 REAL DATA Pline 5 88 485504 41 917952 88 485504 41 910848 88 477824 41 910848 88 477824 41 917
108. 1 y1 x2 y2 double Consolidate boolean Option integer String A List object added to the control to facilitate the calculation of routes in non visual environments that do not support event driven operations Three methods were added to access this list object GetRouteFirst GetRouteNext and GetRouteClose Where x1 y1 are the coordinates of the starting point x2 y2 are the coordinates of the endpoint Consolidate a flag that specifies whether to return each individual segment or consolidate segments with the same name Option is an integer that specifies a variety of options to be used for the calculation see FindRoute for a description of the same variable It should be pointed out however that certain Option values that are available as part of the FindRoute method have no effect when using the GetRoute methods as hown below Enumerated Constant Value Action Rt_Clear Clear Current Route 0 Rt_Spots 1 Mark the Start and End points Rt Hatch 2 Highlight the calculated route Rt Zoom 4 No Effect Rt_ Short 16 Calculate the Shortest route Rt_Fast 32 Calculate the Fastest route Rt_Direct 48 Calculate the most direct route least of turns 90 Note that this is a combination of Rt Short and Rt Fast Rt Hours 64 Return the calculated time as a fraction of hr min not hr min sec Rt_km 128 Return the calculated distances in kilometers not miles Rt_ Total 512 Display total cumulative distance and time at the
109. 3 sbBottomLeft 4 sbBottomRight Screen_Aspect Double Property Defines the aspect ratio used when drawing to the OCX control This is the ratio of Width to Height VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl Screen_Aspect 2 End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml ButtonlClick Sender TObject begin MapProl Screen_Aspect 2 end SetDirtyRect LeftX TopY RightX BottomY Procedure Permits users to add their own rectangle to the dirty rectange list which can then be updated with the ReDirty method VB Example Private Sub Command6_Click Set a small rectangle of current screen to be preserved MapProl SetDirtyRect 2 2 100 100 Get the dc and paint the main screen dc GetDC MapProl Handle hp SelectObject dc GetStockObject 0 Rectangle dc 1 1 700 500 SelectObject dc hp Issue the redirty command The added rectangle should be retained while the rest of the screen is white MapProl Redirty End Sub Delphi procedure TForml Button6Click Sender TObject var hp hbrush dc integer 138 begin Set a small rectangle of current screen to be preserved pmap21 SetDirtyRect 2 2 100 100 Get the dc and paint the main screen black dc getdc Pmap21 handle hp selectobject dc getstockobject black_brush windows rectangle dc 1 1 700 500 selectobject dc hp Issue the redirty command The added rectangle should be retained while the rest of the screen is black
110. 5 if flags 0 then Panel5 caption Palette Setting Failed else Panel5 caption Palette Setting Successful If the operation was successful redraw the map to reflect the new color if flag 0 then MapProl redraw a end procedure TForml Buttonl7Click Sender TObject Example using SetOption to query the map control var QResult opt longint begin Convert the input entered by user in editbox 3 to a value val edit3 text Opt code Use SetOptions to query the property specified by the user QResult MapProl SetOption 0 Opt Echo the returned result as the panel5 caption panel5 caption inttostr opt inttostr QResult a end Shade_Cnty Boolean Property If set to True the polygons defined by the County outlines are shaded If set to false they are not shaded but instead assume the generic background color VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl Shade_Cnty false End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml ButtonliClick Sender TObject begin MapProl Shade_Cnty true end Shade_MCD Boolean Property If set to True the polygons defined by the MCD outlines are shaded If set to false they are not shaded but instead assume the generic background color VB Example 154 Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl Shade_MCD false End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml Buttonl0Click Sender TObject begin Ma
111. 5 Savestre ts s String Procedure ER GE GR EE EG DE es ae 136 SavetoBitmap s String Drocedure esse EE E E RA EEE Re ee ee ee ee ee 136 SavetoGit s Steing Procedure us VERSE GEEL NS EE SES NEEN e 136 Save Viahile s String Property SEE See SE EE Ge ee NENNEN 137 Save View Boolean POET ie Es EE RE ec Se etn E dee GE ER ON 137 Scale Property Be EE EE EE EE EE ER EE ets 137 ScaleBar Integet Properties EE EES RE De OD EG Ee hake 138 Screen Aspect Double Property ccccecscccsesscessseeeeseceeseeeeseeeesseecsseeenseeceeeeeesteeessseeenseeesaes 138 SetDirtyRect LeftX TopY RightX BottomY Procedure esse ss ees ee see ee Re RA ee 138 SetExclusion IDString string x1 y1 x2 y2 double Procedure esse esse ees ee ee ee 139 SetItem id Integer x y OleVariant Procedure sesse ss ee Re Re Re Re ee Re ee 140 SetItem2Back id Integer Procedure esse esse ei e RA Re ee Re Re Re E ee 141 SetItem2Front id Integer Procedure esse ee Re RR RA Re RA Re Re ee Re ee 141 SetItemAngle id integer x Double Procedure sesse ss ee RA Re Re RA Re ee 141 SetItemBitmap id integer handle integer Procedure sesse ee Re Re RA Re 142 SetItemLocalBitmap id integer s String Procedure esse esse ese RA Re RA Re ee 143 SetItemString id integer s String Procedure esse Re RA RA Re Re Re ee 143 10 Setltem Vis Proc dure rE ee Ge RSG GEES ee ee GE Ge ais 144 SetOption OpCode Option LongInt LongInt Function esse esse ee se RA Re RA Re 144
112. 540202 Doctor Specialist 540210 Dental Surgeon Dentist N 540220 Veterinarian N 540400 Emergency Medical Service N 540500 Fire Station N 540700 Hospital Polyclinic N 540800 Police Station N 540801 Police Station Municipal 540803 Police Station State 550100 Art Gallery N 550200 Arcade N 550300 Casino N 550400 Cinema N 550500 Museum N 550600 Night Life N 550601 Night Life Discotheque 550700 Stage N 550703 Stage Cultural center 550706 Stage Theater 550800 Winery amp Brewery N 237 560100 Fast food N 560200 Bar N 560201 Bar Microbrewery Beer Garden 560202 Bar Cocktail Bar 560300 Ice cream parlor N 560400 Pizzeria N 560500 Restaurant N 560501 Restaurant Asian other 560502 Restaurant American 560503 Restaurant Barbecue 560504 Restaurant CafA amp Espresso 560505 Restaurant Chinese 560506 Restaurant Continental 560507 Restaurant Creole Cajun 560509 Restaurant French 560510 Restaurant Greek 560511 Restaurant Indian 560512 Restaurant Italian 560513 Restaurant Japanese 560515 Restaurant Mexican 560516 Restaurant Seafood 560517 Restaurant Steak Houses 560518 Restaurant Thai 560519 Restaurant German 560520 Restaurant Spanish 560521 Restaur
113. 6 colors or less 16 color bitmaps should be used see Appendix B otherwise the bitmap palette might interact with the background or the OCX control palette There is a limit of 200 unique bitmaps that can be used by the item caching system Attempts to use more than that may result in the User Items layer not rendering VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl SetItem 1 100 32 Set bitmap from existing handle MapProl Setitembitmap 1 Imagel Picture handle e End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml Button7Click Sender TObject begin MapProl SetItem 1 100 32 Set bitmap from existing handle MapProl Setitembitmap 1 Imagel Picture Bitmap handle Draw on the bitmap surface with Imagel Picture bitmap canvas do begin pen color clred Moveto 0 0 Lineto 20 20 end end 142 SetItemLocalBitmap id integer s String Procedure Causes the specified bitmap file s to be loaded into memory and attaches the bitmap handle to the overlay object A mask concept is used for bitmaps If SetItemBitmap or SetItemLocalBitmap are passed a negative id they do NOT mask the bitmap they simply paint the square bitmap on the screen All the user has to do is to simply negate the item If the ID is positive it will mask the color that is used in the first pixel top left This allows for a transparant background Note The Setltem procedure needs to be used to set an item ID before this procedure is called to assign the
114. 7 CO 00 95 CD 94 00 Jk Lids 23 29 10 16 22 28 20 variable 02 5B 41 99 CO C8 C1 24 00 41 Record Type Ya QCOUNT 49 F8 00 73 00 39 94 T7 FD C8 CA 52 F8 80 SCT DC ES BE CC 80 41 00 F8 B1 41 22 24 B3 17 FE 82 BE 00 a a Grouped 14 Group Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved No of elements max 100 QCOUNT number of records each record consistent with the format given above object made up of a line a circle and a polyline 58 F8 BO 00 00 01 00 00 95 CD OC 24 00 00 02 5C 94 00 00 75 17 04 00 95 66 F9 FE C7 33 B3 3A BB 03 00 00 01 33 F3 32 FD CO 00 00 00 SA 01 FD OB eet 00 94 17 95 C7 00 APPENDIX B Color Palette COLOR PALETTE The color palette used in the OCX unit s is a 256 color palette The palette uses the 20 system colors plus 16 colors defined for shading with the rest of the colors in the palette being undefined The 16 colors used for shading are as follows in RGB hex notation DFDFDF BACIBC B4CFCA D1DAD5 CACABB BBC8C8 CSBECS DDCECE B5CECE 10 CSBEBE 11 A0B8C5 12 ABCCCF 13 B8BECB 14 C7C6BC 15 B3C2C6 16 COE2E2 VD G A CL P GA A ra The user should be aware that the entries in the Shades section of the CFG file may be of two different types If the high bit is set then that entry is simply an index to the above table and not a real color If the highbit
115. 7189 287189 371500 371500 347433 347433 327326 327326 138598 138598 805239 805239 973937 170738 387646 387646 170738 2170738 676755 672795 066321 066321 492064 281 APPENDIX K Street Editing Mode STREET EDITTING MODE A mode was created in the OCX for adding deleting or editing user defined street segments The mode is invoked by setting MapMode 2 f g h 1 282 When the mode is invoked the cursor changes to a plain cross hair that can be used to locate vertices of a new street segment As the cursor moves around a circle of snap or attach influence can be seen tracking the cursor movement always being on an existing road segment If the cursor is inside this influence circle when the left mouse button is clicked then the current vertice will attach snap to the existing road point in the circle The user may continue to press the left mouse button and define new vertices belonging to the same street polyline at will When the desired number of vertices have been defined the user may press the right mouse button to signify completion of the current street polyline definition It should be noted that when the Street editing mode is invoked all user defined road segments become cyan for better quicker identification When the right mouse button is pressed a dialog appears that permits the user to specify the name for the created segment as well as to assign the de
116. 8000006 STSH 49 S08000006 STSH 50 508000002 STSH 51 508000004 STSH 52 508000000 STSH 53 508000004 STSH 54 508000006 STSH 55 508000003 STSH 56 S08000002 STSH 57 SOODFDFDF STSH 58 SOOB5CECE STSH 59 SOOBAC9BC STSH 60 SOOC5BEBE STSH 61 SOOB4CFCA STSH 62 SOOAOB8C5 STSH 63 00D1DAD5 STSH 64 SOOABCCCF STSH 65 SOOCACABB STSH 66 SOOBSBECB STSH 67 SOOBBC8C8 STSH 68 SOOC7C6BC STSH 69 SOOCSBECS STSH 70 SOOB3C2C6 STSH 71 SOODDCECE STSH 72 SOOC9E2E2 Route PRIOR 1 65 5 PRIOR 2 50 4 23593 256 PRIOR PRIOR PRIOR 5 HTYPE 2 HCLR 65535 TFACTOR 5 RTERAD 10 APPENDIX D Abbreviations in Searching ABBREVIATIONS IN SEARCHING When searching for a street the following abbreviations may be used Suffix Abbreviations Lane Ln Street St Place Pl Drive Dr Trail Tr Avenue Ave Parkway Pkwy Circle Cir Highway Hiway Hwy Terrace Ter Court Ct Turnpike Tpke Road Rd For example Searching for Linda Dr or Linda Drive should return the same results Prefix Abbreviations West W East E North No N South So S For example searching for West Main or W Main should return the same results 231 APPENDIX E Visual Basic Sample Code Visual Basic Sample Code This Appendix contains sample Visual Basic code using various aspects of MapPro OCX General Basic Examples Note Declarations Events and Functions have been included to illustrate how M
117. 9 City Label SPASIES OG GE EE 148 OpCode 100 N Layer Visibility SEG adeno GR alee eee Ge 148 OpCode 200 State Polygon Shading iese sees se Re ee ee ee ee 150 OpCode 201 County Polygon Shading Nee SR es Reese En Gee Ne ee ge ee eg 150 OpCode 202 MCD Polygon Shading iese sesse ese ee ee Re ee ee ee ee ee ee 150 OpCode 203 Place Polygon Shadmg 150 OpCode 301 State Boundary e E 150 OpCode 302 County Boundary Color 150 OpCode 303 MCD Boundary Colors RS EE EG Ee Gee 150 OpCode C001 Debug Mode sek N Re ke ke ek ek Ge Ge ge ke ge we 150 OpCode C002 Render Time Ge ole MiNi eed ee ee ee eg tee 150 OpCode SC 003 Load Data Tini RR E 150 OpCode EDOM rE teins EE 150 OpCode DOO1 Memory Ulee ss EE BEER SES EER EER ERNS ER Ge Ee GANG EES 150 OpCode D002 Memory Page Size ie Es AA EE SN AA AA SEA RAS NA ee ke kk eo ee Ke De NE ek ee 150 OpCode D003 Free Memes ee ee es ee oo eS 151 OpCode D004 Max Memor 151 OpCode D005 One Way Arrow EE 151 IEN DRENKEN EE 151 OpCode D008 Grid File Memory Usage 151 OpCode EEE2 Internal Bitmap Mode sees seeks Gee Gees ee es Re See se DNE AE ase 151 OpCode EEE4 User Item Paint Order 151 OpCode EEE9 Double Lined Roads iese esse esse esse ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 151 OpCode EEEA Routing Local Radius sesse esse esse esse ee ee ee see ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee
118. 9 310528 ANDOVER CA 120 256384 39 301952 ANDOVER CT 72 370816 41 737216 ANDOVER IL 90 291968 41 293888 ANDOVER IA 90 251648 41 979136 ANDOVER KS 97 136128 37 713920 ANDOVER ME 70 751680 44 635584 ANDOVER MA 71 137472 42 658304 ANDOVER MN 93 291136 45 233344 ANDOVER MO 93 894976 40 564992 ANDOVER NH 71 823872 43 436928 ANDOVERINJI 74 742528 40 985856 ANDOVER NY 77 795840 42 156416 ANDOVER OH 80 572480 4 1 606656 ANDOVER PA 78 084160 39 946368 ANDOVER SC 82 205824 35 079168 ANDOVER SD 97 902208 45 4 10304 ANDOVER VT 72 697216 43 277248 ANDOVER VA 82 796672 36 923584 ANDOVER ESTATES MD 76 504704 38 168640 ANDOVER GOLF ESTATES FL 80 208640 25 963904 ANDOVER JUNCTIONINJI 74 746112 40 996928 ANDOVER LAKESOUTH ESTATES FL 80 202240 25 965824 ANDOVER NORTHI GA 84 302528 34 09446 The program recognizes that a search for a place City town etc is being performed but since there is no state or Zip code information it does a sub string search and returns all places found that contain the string Andover in them N GeoFind Andover 01810 Returns N 1 ANDOVER MA 01810 71 155800 42 648700 The ZipCode is used for the search N GeoFind Andover MA 02117 Returns N 1 BOSTON MAJ02117 71 060300 42 358300 The ZipCode is used for the search The correct coordinates Boston are returned and the city state s
119. 952 88 485504 41 917952 Pen 0 0 0 Brush 4 0 Ellipse 88 473460 41 913998 88 469620 41 917838 Pen 0 0 9 Brush 7 12 Pline 4 88 464128 41 88 468608 41 88 463104 41 88 464128 41 Pen 0 0 0 Brush 0 0 Bezier 88 460350 41 910745 88 458773 41 917842 88 462322 41 918334 Pen 0 0 0 Brush 0 0 Pline 4 88 455424 41 88 452864 41 88 452096 41 88 449280 41 Pen 0 0 0 Brush 0 0 Text 88 489428 41 905521 0 0 0 0 Str Sample Text Entry 25 0 Pen 0 0 0 Brush 0 0 Text 88 477173 41 902645 00y 0460 Str SampleTextObject 0 0 Pen 0 0 0 Brush 0 0 Meta 88 467349 41 920996 36 62551 25 55604 Name 003 WMEF 339 Pen 0 0 0 Brush 0 0 Meta 88 460646 41 921094 48 22439 46 78055 Name 002 WMEF 0 Pen 0 0 0 16672 12896 10912 16672 OOOO VO L2896 18848 13216 17440 OOOO 279 Brush 0 0 Line 88 482478 41 924345 88 478421 41 921235 Pen 0 0 9 Brush 5 12 Line 88 491596 41 914885 88 484105 41 920996 Pen 0 0 0 Brush 0 0 Pline 5 88 498368 41 924096 88 498368 41 918016 88 491776 41 918016 88 491776 41 924096 88 498368 41 924096 Pen 0 0 9 Brush 7 12 Pline 4 88 495040 41 918080 88 497984 41 912960 88 492096 41 912960 88 495040 41 918080 Pen 15 0 11 Brush 5 15 Group 3 Pen 6 1 0 Brush 5 0 Sample CMX File 2 280 CHICAGO
120. A O N Ge Ge ee ee ee ee 118 OrMotuseMove Event deiere Seeerei ee 118 OnM seUp oi EE OE EE EE ed 119 OnOptiRouterMss Event es bee gere es ses De oe se ee ee EER Re Re se es be ee EE 120 OnPaintAfter Event sissano se ER ee ee ee SE Re Re RR SR Re ea Ea a ee ee Re 120 OnPmapEvent Event n n N EE Ed Ee E Ee See ER eg N ee ed EN Ke eke Dee EER ER eke Ee ae 121 OnPatutBeiore EVER EO EE AR ee OG N Ge ee Re ee ee ee ee n ed es es dee 121 E ed id RA RA RA RA MA dad dad dad dad dad MA EA 122 OnUnderAfter E ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 122 O U derBefore TE VER Es Es EG ee vues vas ws E Poe nao ns a tas a vs ua buns ED SE SR Ee 122 NNEN 122 OpenOverlay s String Procedure esse Re RA Re RA Re Re ee Re ee ee Re ee 123 ptRouterlImtertacer Lu E RE DE DE EE EE ee DE DE N ee 123 OptiRouterBtn Boolean Property esse esse ee RA Re RR Re Re Re Re Re ee Re ee 123 OptiPathOnTop Boolean Property sesse esse Re Re RR RA Re ee Re Re Re ee ee Re ee 124 Overlay Boolean PrODerty Ee Ne se EE Me ee ee ee gee see ee ee see ee ee ee se ee ee see ee Ee De ee 124 Path Datal Property N eh GE Ss Ge EE ee ge ee as 124 Path Data2 Proper zemne e e T eT Ee ARE AR DE EE Ee tints 124 Path Data Property esse ee RA RA Re Re Re Re ee Re ee ee ee Re ee ee ee ee 125 Path Datad gt Property sine hes te E 125 Path Library Property se Eer SEDES Ee Se ee Eb ee DE Ee ee eg EES ES 125 Path States String Property Ee RR OR ER ER ER SR ER ER ER SR ER ee SR ER k
121. A31 93 A63 17 B50 141 D34 165 D80 189 F24 213 H30 46 A05 70 A32 94 A64 18 B51 142 D35 166 D81 190 F25 214 H31 47 A06 71 A33 95 A65 119 B52 143 D36 167 D82 191 F30 215 H32 48 A07 72 A34 96 A70 120 C00 144 D37 168 D83 192 F40 216 H40 49 A08 73 A35 97 A71 121 C10 145 D40 169 D84 193 F50 217 H41 50 A10 74 A36 98 A72 122 C20 146 D41 170 D85 194 F60 218 H42 51 All 75 A37 99 A73 123 C30 147 D42 171 D90 195 F70 219 H50 52 A12 76 A38 100 BOO 124 C31 148 D43 172 D91 196 F71 220 H51 53 A13 77 A40 101 B01 125 DOO 149 D44 173 E00 197 F72 221 H53 54 A14 78 A4l 102 BO2 126 D10 150 D50 174 E10 198 F73 222 H60 55 A15 79 A42 103 BO3 127 D20 151 D51 175 E20 199 F74 223 H70 56 A16 80 A43 104 B10 128 D21 152 D52 176 E21 200 F80 224 H71 57 ALT 81 A44 105 B11 129 D22 153 D53 177 E22 201 F81 225 H72 58 A18 82 A45 106 B12 13 0 D23 154 D54 178 FOO 202 F82 226 H73 59 A20 83 A46 107 B13 131 D24 192 Dax 179 F10 203 HOO 227 H74 60 A21 84 A47 108 B20 132 D25 156 D60 180 F11 204 HO1 228 H75 61 A22 85 A48 109 B21 133 D26 157 D61 181 F12 205 HO2 229 H80 62 A23 86 A50 110 B22 134 D27 158 D62 182 F13 206 H10 230 H81 63 A24 87 A51 111 B23 135 D28 159 D63 183 F14 207 H11 231 X00 64 A25 88 A52 112 B30 136 D29 160 D64 184 F15 208 H12 149 OpCode 200 State Polygon Shading Shade State Province Polygons Shading is performed using the curr
122. AIR ZPX Airports points file mCITY ZPX City Place Points File mCNTY ZPX Shaded County Polygons below 2 mi scale mCNTY03 ZPX Shaded County Polygons below 2 mi scale Canada MCNTYL ZPX Shaded County Polygons above 2 mi scale mHWY ZPX USA Interstate State and Local highways used for rendering mHYDRO ZPX Hydrographic features file mPARK ZP Park polygons above 2 miles mRTE ZPX USA Interstate and State Highways file used for routing mRTE03 ZPX Canada Interstate and State Highways file used for routing and rendering mSHORE ZPX World Shoreline boundary high definition mSTATE ZPX State and County shaded polygons above 2 mi scale mWORLD ZPX High resolution shaded country polygons VCRSHWY Very Coarse Hiwhay Network used by Optirouter Data2 Directory of Distribution CD ROM DVD mLAND ZPX USA Landmarks file used for rendering mLANDO3 ZPX Canada Landmark files used for rendering Data3 Directory of Distribution CD ROM DVD cities BIN Old USA binary cities index file used for searching cities03 BIN USA and Canada binary cities index file used for searching fon bin Old USA binary phone area code index file used for searching place ZPX Additional Names Places Polygon file zip BIN Old USA binary ZiCode index file used for searching zip03 BIN USA and Canada binary Zip Postal Code index file used for searching States Directory of Distribution CD ROM DVD nnonnnnnn ZPG A series of state and Province files containing the high resolution Street
123. AreaCode amp Exchange Lon Lat Option 4 Open the dialog with the Lon Lat Search tab selected Simple Search Dialog x Address Place Zip Phone Lon Lat Coordinate 88 00 41 67 Format Examples 1 87 66342 41 99654 DEG DDD 2 87 35 22 41 59 332 DEG MIN MM 3 87 35 13 41 59 18 DEG MIN SEC Find Iw Mark Point Cancel The user may enter a Lon Lat coordinate separated by comma see the Coords property for changing the input to Lat Lon Pressing ENTER or clicking Find centers the viewport around the specified point 64 VB Example Private Sub Command39 Click MapProl ExecSearch My Search Dialog 4 End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml Button4Click Sender TObject Search for a street begin MapProl execsearch Searching for a Street 0 end Procedure TForml ButtonlClick Sender TObject Search for a Place begin MapProl execsearch Searching for a Place 1 end ExecStreet Procedure Presents user with a street search dialog similar to that in Precision Mapping 4 0 Once a street is specified and the search is completed the user is presented with a listbox containing the retrieved matches Selecting one of the listbox choices presented by double clicking will center the viewport at the Lon Lat of the selected street segment Note that a cross Street may also be specified in the search Also note that the user can specify
124. Array Count IStreetsArray Items IStreetsArray Streets of hits Indexed array of the unparsed strings that are usually returned by GeoFind Indexed list o f Parsed records of returned hits Record Type IStreetRec Delphi Example Sample Code Delphi procedure TForml GeoFindHitsClick Sender TObject New Method GeoFindArray takes identical arguments to those used by GeoFind and returns an IStreetsArray IStreetsArray Count of hits IStreetsArray Items Indexed array of the unparsed strings that are usually returned by GeoFind EA IStreetsArray Streets ndexed list of Parsed records of returned hits Record Type IStreetRec IstreetRec Nam Street Nam IstreetRec Address Block SIstreetRec City City Name IstreetRec State State Name IstreetRec ZipCode ZipCode IstreetRec AreaCod Telephone Area Code for Future use Ef IstreetRec X Latitude IstreetRec Y Longitude or in terms of the indexed array Streets n Nam Street Nam Streets n Address Block Streets n City City Name Streets n State State Name Streets n ZipCode ZipCode Streets n AreaCod Telephone Area Code for Future use Streets n X Latitude Streets n Y Longitude var SearchStr string i integer gHits IstreetsArray begin SearchStr editl text if length SearchSt
125. BE CC 85 04 3C FE CH B5 CO 17 95 78 D5 40 94 BE CC 17 95 72 00 95 53 BB 247 Example of Overlay file consisting of 248 87 24 FD C7 94 40 BA 6B BC 17 FD Record Type Byte 1 22a 4 D D 11 16 Tee 22 23 28 29 284 12 S Bubble Example of Overlay file DC E7 65 73 F7 18 00 00 14 35 35 A3 18 18 14 02 14 00 05 20 14 FF TE 00 00 1D F8 44 40 TE TE 00 14 1D 00 CD 53 1D FF 35 co 00 98 18 19 DF 35 35 04 1D 10 01 Ee 61 EC FF B4 CO 00 00 TE TE 24 AA EC 25 20 00 Record Type 50 94 70 El 00 TE 02 00 00 CE 58 18 00 37 24 27 1D 14 15 38 85 4F 6C 65 24 DE 52 4E 35 14 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 14 19 7F TE 35 00 01 22 FF F8 18 25 DEF DC 00 consisting of a text 00 23 35 24 4 D 00 00 00 D 35 7F Real string 256 C8 C1 70 58 CA 00 00 00 80 59 FF 35 94 17 DC 18 D4 00 00 00 00 DF 4c 00 A4 18 08 93 OD Ha Ha 00 00 29 14 00 12 Bubble Reserved Reserved Reserved Color Style Bubble string is the actual length of the string 42 44 BE 17 42 75 62 62 35 AA 05 00 35 BE 05 37 27 25 DF 24 00 8E OD 30 7C 2A 14 1D 00 14 00 01 01 00 14 1D 00 00 2C 19 00 C6 00 88 E0 18 7F 35 El 24 DF 24 00 AB 01 68 37 22 04 02 bubble etc See a Bubble X coordinate Bubble Y coordinate First byte 1E F8 95 CT DC 1
126. Cd UnderTow Cd Software MapOCx Pro v7 1 Release 2 Reference Manual Undertow Software Corp POBOX249 N Andover MA01845 Ph 978 794 9377 Fx 978 688 6312 www undertowsoftware com Undertow Software Corp PO Box 249 N Andover MA 01845 U S A World Wide Web http www undertowsoftware com MapPro OCX ActiveX Mapping Control for Windows Version 7 1 Rel 2 User s Manual Copyright 2006 by Undertow Software Corp All rights reserved Printed in the United States of America Except as permitted under the Copyright Act of 1976 no part of this publication may be reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means or stored in a database or retrieval system without the prior written permission of the publisher TABLE OF CONTENTS INEEODEETION Re ee ER SE RR Ge EG tere ee EE Ge EG GR Re ie 15 Map BY LE EE 15 Stock Dialogs Toolbars EE GE GE IE SE ee ee EE 15 fe CT ER OE SE EE RR EO N AE AE belt 15 Underlays Q Overlays sesde ve ede se ee doves n ee ee Ge ee GEE RE ERG EE 16 Geocoding and Reverse Geocodmg Re Re Re Re ee Re Re ee 16 Route OptimizatiOn EE EER tees ees E E eee ee EE GE EE ee GE ee eee 16 USE IRC ois tre tO Mee ee eae te AE ED EE ED EE DE LE ER 17 What s Included in the Developers Toolkt RA Re RR RA Re Re ee ee 17 Minimum Requirements Ee EE ee Meester wae EE ER Ee GE GR eee 17 Coordinate System nsir unnn nnan EnEn Ee NR DER ER N N SR ER ER ER ER ER SNR AR RENE ARENA Dek Ee Ee ee aged see eks Re sek s
127. Circle C8 94 93 42 44 BE 17 95 C4 17 23 04 F1 00 43 04 03 00 00 01 95 50 15 38 00 FB 46 OA FD C7 94 93 42 A4 FE 00 C4 05 84 01 FD Record Type 6 Bezier Byte Variable d CODE Di LAYER 4 THICKNESS Die kl Xc VAL eG Yc d 22Z Xa 23 28 Ya 29 34 Xb 35 40 Yb Explanation 6 Bezier Color Style etc See Line thickness ID Start Pt X coordinate Start Pt Y coordinate End Pt X coordinate End Pt Y coordinate MidPoint X coordinate MidPoint Y coordinate Example of Overlay file consisting of a Bezier 95 50 15 38 00 C8 94 44 C2 32 BE 17 95 C7 94 8F 3A 7D BC 17 95 D6 OA E5 FD CH 06 00 00 01 72 87 24 FD 94 D3 CF 34 C1 17 FD Record Type 8 Text Byte Variable 1 CODE Zed LAYER 4 THICKNESS ene Xc 11 16 Yc T722 Xa 23 28 Ya 29 34 Xb 85 L ISHS ZIL S 8 Text Color Style etc Line thickness ID See Lower Left X coordinate Lower Left Y coordinate Reserved Reserved Reserved Length of String Text 00 OF 37 37 00 00 THICKNESS Xc Ye Xa Ya N 11 17 za L6 EE E EE 29 30 variable Example of Overlay file 10 Polyline Color Style etc Line thickness ID Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved No of points max 100 N number of X Y coordinate pairs consisting of a 3 segment Polyline OA 00 78 D5 00 C8 85 CO 00 40 94 17 01 95 00 C8 93 42 95 EB 72 87 24 94 52 BS 44 BE 17 CF 05 FF FD 93 95 C7 C7 94 BB 17 60 8C 94 52
128. Click Sender TObject begin MapProl Load_City not MapProl Load_City end Load_County Boolean Property When true enables loading of county area information so that it may be shaded Visibility of this layer is turned off at the Tiger data level lt 2 mi 102 VB Example Private Sub Command39 Click MapProl1 Load county Not MapProil Load county End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml Button5Click Sender TObject begin MapProl Load_county not MapProl Load county end Load Highway Boolean Property When true it enables loading of the National Highway Network data layer Visibility of this layer is turned off at the Tiger data level lt 2 mi VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl Load_highway Not MapProl Load_highway End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml Button9Click Sender TObject begin MapProl Load_highway not MapProl Load_highway end Load_Hydro Boolean Property When true it enables loading of the USGS major water bodies and rivers layer Visibility of this layer is turned off at the Tiger data level lt 2 mi VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl Load_hydro Not MapProl Load_hydro End Sub Load_Landmark Boolean Property When true it enables loading of the landmark data layer Visibility of this layer is enabled only below the Tiger data threshold lt 2 mi Note Depending on the map scale landmarks are displayed as a 2x2 bit color
129. E GR ee ee ED ena es 92 RouteParse Fld Variant s string String Procedure esse esse ese Re Re ee Re ee ee 92 Get ViaRouteFirst Consolidate Boolean Options Integer String Procedure esse esse 93 GetViaRouteNext Strine Procedure iss RE SEE SEE KERK ESE RE N ESE GE RD wees 94 GetViaRouteClose String Procedure oo sesse E EEE EE EE EEEE ee Re ee 94 GotoPoint x y OleVariant Procedure esse esse Re ee Re Re RA Re Re ee Re ee 94 Grid Boela ED EE EE DE GE EG GE EG i Ea 94 Handlesnteger Property SG ER caret te an RS ee GR RR Ede 95 HeadsUp x1 y1 x2 y2 OleVariant longint Function ee ee esse esse esse see eke ee ee ee Re ee 95 HelpPath string Property c44e oe eee otek ee Eeer ee De r ee ee AE ee 96 Eelere reest ee See 96 Import ImportLayer Propert esse sesse esse dee ee AA ee neaei ae a Ea Eaa EE ee 97 ImportMer ImportManager Property iss esse esse ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 97 Init NOW IS E E ss ee EEEE EE EEEE EEEE Meier eRe E E aak 97 int bat Integer Double Functor sissi EN OE De De EE Ge De e Ge ged 97 Int2Lon i Integer Double EURGHOR SE op Sates Re Ee Sava end Seve ow ee Ge ee 98 IsDrawing Boolean Property esse esse ee Re Re RA Re Re ee Re Re ee Re ee 98 TtemFontSize Integer Property esse esse Re RA Re Re RA Re Re RA Re Re ee Re ee 99 Kis Property Double ss SERE ER EE GEE DE DE Ee Settee te DE De Ee OG Ee 99 Lat2Int x OLEVariant Integer meeste eeh ee Dee be ee eu ee Re Des n se 99 LatBottom Double Properties
130. ER EE RE Ee e Ee ER Ge LERE Ee RE EE Ee ek 100 LatCenter Double Property esse ese Re RA Re Re RA Re ee RA Re ee ee ee Re ee 100 Latlop Double Eer ER RA EE ER E ER RE ed 100 LL2INT x y OLEVariant LongInt Funcnon Re Re Re ee Re ee 101 ELMode Integer Property Es ERA ER SR heb RE ED OE EE ee De Ee Ee EE De Ee ER EE Ge EE Ie 101 Load Air Boolean Property eise Re RA Re Re RA Re ee RA Re ee Re ee ee Re ee 102 Load City Boolean Propertys esse Ee DE EERDER ke EDE GEROER Ee EE De ES EEEE ESEESE aas 102 Load County Boolean Property eise ese aenta Re ee RA Re ee Re ee ee Re ee 102 Load Highway Boolean Property sesse esse ee Re Re Re Re ee Re Re ee ee ee Re ee 103 Load Hydro Boolean Property zsrsr T Ee DERE LE ESE eset EED ER GER E E a GELE RE Ee Ee ee 103 Load Landmark Boolean Property eise se Re RA Re RA RA Re ee ee Re ee 103 Loge Park Boolean EE e 104 Load Shore Boolean Property esse ee Re RA Re RA RA Re RA Re Re ee Re ee ee ee ee 104 Load State Boolean Property 22225 Ee Se ER EL 2225 PROE ER OE ER ee 2a ke BR AR ESE ROL R SE 104 Load World Boolean Property sesse RR RA Re RA RA Re ee Re ee Re ee 104 LoadConfig path String Procedure ss ees ee Re RA Re Re RA Re Re ee Re ee 105 beaded Boolean Method EE EE EG Ge ea 105 LoadExclusion filename String Procedure esse Re Re RA Re Re ee Re ee 106 LoadStreets s String Procedure sesse Re Re RA Re E Re ELE ee Re ee 106 LoadViaFile s iStrine Procedure
131. Forml Buttonl8Click Sender Calculate screen center coordinates var Centerx Centery double begin CenterX MapProl lonleft MapProl lonright 2 CenterY MapProl lattoptMapProl Latbottom 2 end Magnitude Integer Property This property controls the scale of the map in the viewport When the magnitude property is set the value of the internal Scale property changes as well Magnitude is an enumerated variable that can take the following values Note that the scale of Magnitude is approximate See the Miles property for more accurate scaling O M500_0 500 mi to the inch 1 M300_0 300 mi to the inch 2 M200_0 200 mi to the inch 3 M100_0 100 mi to the inch 4 MO50 0 50 mi to the inch 5 MO30 0 30 mi to the inch 6 M020_0 20 mi to the inch 7 MO10_0 10 mi to the inch 8 MO05_0 5 mi to the inch 9 MOO3 0 3 mi to the inch 10 MOO2 0 2 mi to the inch 11 MOO1 0 1 mi to the inch 12 MOOO 5 0 5 mi to the inch 13 MOOO 3 0 3 mi to the inch 14 MOOO 2 0 2 mi to the inch 15 MOOO 1 0 1 mi to the inch Note Although the largest enumerated magnitude 15 corresponds to approximately 0 1 mi inch internally the maximum scale limit is 0 025 mi inch So setting a magnitude of 15 would zoom in however further zooming might be possible using the mouse Also setting the Scale property to a value greater than 10 would result in maximum magnification VB Example Private Sub Comma
132. Lot Cancel The Registration is complete If Register Later is selected then the dialog disappears and does not come up until the next time the application is started It is important to remember however that after the 15 day evaluation the registration dialog that appears has the Register Later option disabled and the only thing the user can do is register either over the phone or over the Internet If the user exits the dialog it will reopen every time the user attempts any map manipulation until such time when they register the application 2 If for some reason the automatic registration process does not fit the requirements of the developer s application the developer can invoke the registration dialog at will by calling the routine ExecRegister 0 If the application is already registered then calling this routine has no affect at all otherwise the standard registration dialog displayed above is invoked This may be useful for example when developing applications that do not use the surface of the OCX to paint the map but a user defined control surface instead in which case the dialog cannot be displayed on its own and the developer has to make provisions for invoking the dialog themselves Note that even in this specialized case the application will stop working if the 15 day grace period is exceeded 3 A third way to initiate the registration process and invoke the registration dialog 1S though the About MapPr
133. MAP EXCHANGE FORMAT REAL DATA Line 132 926549 57 492981 57 271921 13 989185 Pen 0 5 0 Brush 0 0 Line 132 831146 13 989185 57 176518 57 302175 Pen 0 5 0 Brush 0 0 Ellipse 94 956130 35 645680 89 518178 41 083632 Pen 0 3 12 Brush 0 0 Text 95 433146 26 582389 0 0 0 0 Str Sample Text Yellow 23851 0 Pen 0 3 14 Brush 5 0 Pline 5 110 411426 39 080190 110 411426 32 688185 103 351600 32 688185 1034351600739 080190 110 411426 39 080190 Pen 0 3 14 Brush 5 0 Meta 80 264059 36 504308 29533 955 6331956 29900 Name 009 WMF 0 Pen 0 3 14 Brush 5 0 Line 113 220141 53 805239 105 702091 46 Pen 0 0 0 Brush 0 0 Line 105 702091 46 101 525397 55 Pen 0 0 0 Brush 0 0 Line 101 525397 55 96 408946 45 Pen 0 0 0 Brush 0 0 Line 96 408946 45 91 501330 54 Pen 0 0 0 Brush 0 0 Line 91 501330 54 87 A29052 45 Pen 0 0 0 Brush 0 0 Line 87 A29052 45 81 894932 53 Pen 0 0 0 Brush 0 0 Line 81 894932 53 77 509403 45 Pen 0 0 0 Brush 0 0 Pline 5 134 312449 4 134 312449 2 118 858679 4 134 312449 Pen 0 0 0 Brush 0 0 Line 127 420903 43 127 420903 24 Pen 0 0 0 Brush 0 0 Bezier 119 171931 41 134 416866 41 134 312449 27 Pen 0 0 0 Brush 0 0 Group 3 Pen 8 1 13 Brush 4 10 1 7 118 858679 27 1 1 28
134. MapProl Path_data3 d pmap40 data3 End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml FormCreate Sender TObject begin MapProl Path_data3 d pmap40 data3 end Path_Data4 Property Identifies the location of the Points of Interest POI database files Also note thet the POIOA SIG file needs to be present in this location for the POI data to be accessible and visible on the map Delphi Example procedure TForml Button81Click Sender TObject begin Mapprol path_data4 c mapdata pmtana0601 data4 end Path_Library Property Identifies the location of the metafile symbols that are accessed through the CAD toolbar VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl Path_library d pmap pmap 1lib End Sub Path_States0 String Property Identifies the location of States Street data files The Path States0 is checked first then the Path States data directory is checked If the system finds the data file in the States0 directory it uses that file If it doesn t find it in the States0 it moves on the the States This allows the user to have some data on the hard drive and some on CD It is also useful when updates are made to certain state files Also note that in version 6 0 and above a XXXXXX SIG file must be present in the States data directory based upon the use of either Tiger or TeleAtlas data VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl Path_States0 d pmap40 states End Sub 125 Delphi Procedure TForml FormCr
135. NDIX E Visual Basic Sample Code cccccccscccssssceessceeenecessseeeeseecsseeeseeeeseeessseseneeeesteeessaees 258 APPENDIX FCP CE DEMONE ee ee ee ee ie ee n ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee be ie ee se 262 APPENDIX H Underlay File Format 274 APPENDIX I Autoload Cty File Format 275 APPENDIX J CMX File ee osse Mee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee Ge ee ee ee Ge ee Gee Gie 276 APPENDIX K 2 Street Editing MOJE ri er Se EE ees Vee Se Gee ee Oe Dek Dee GEE EE 282 APPENDIX L Delphi Code Examples 0 ccccccccccsssscesseeessneeeeseeesseeeeeeeeseeesseeeseseeeesseeenseeeesneeensaaes 286 Printing to A printer Using DirectDraw ccsscssscseceesssenscotseeesscnssenseseessonscensesenneoes 286 Saving to DEN OU 287 Using Direct Views EE ee EE Bante 288 APPENDIX M Enumerated Properties amp Record Structures 294 APPENDIX N SAMPLE LICENSE AGREEMENT sesse osse se esse sees se seed ese ee ese ee de ee ee ese ese 207 APPENDIX O DEPLOYING APPLICATIONS DEVELOPED WITH THE MapPro71 OCX Release2 SID risers EG RE AE GR GR RE RR De NG ino ee anu vgn eins a a aeaa Se e EEE 312 14 INTRODUCTION MapOCX Pro sometimes also referred to as MapPro is a complete programming toolkit for incorporating detailed maps and spatial information in the Microsoft Windows environment The self contained ActiveX control was designed for quick and simple integration of high quality detailed map displays into any Windows visual environment and facil
136. Note that this behavior is available only when the map is zoomed in to the point where local streets are visible i e 2 mile scale No Name Alternate Place State Zip Attributes of Selected Object Details Other Attributes r 1 71 ENFIELD ST LOWELL 25 01852 South 21675 Two Way County Middlesex Country Cancel Attributes of Selected Object Details Other Attributes Feature AAN Local neighborhood and rural road city street From 1113748 666238 To 1113732 666218 1113748 666238 1113732 666218 Cancel It should be pointed out that a number of other mouse click behaviors are also available when the map is not in its default mode i e MapMode lt gt mdZoom but those are described in the individual sections where the MapMode options are discussed 20 Files in this package This section summarizes the various files distributed as part of the MapOCX Pro v7 1 developer s package with short description of their contents Please note that these files are subject to change without notice as data gets modified updated For the latest files available at any given time you may want to visit the Undertow Software web site at www undertowsoftware com Root Directory of Distribution CD ROM DVD MapPro71 0CX The main mapping Active X control Data1 Directory of Distribution CD ROM DVD CRSHWY ZPX Coarse Hwy Network file used by Optirouter m
137. Pen Styl Ln2 Pen Colo sl MapProl s2 MapProl s3 MapProl Set Ptl Ma Set Pt2 Ma Set Pt3 Ma Ptl Caption Pt2 Caption Pt3 Caption Set some a Bz Pen Width Bz Pen Color Create ac Set rel Ma rel Caption Set rc2 Ma re2 Caption Set the fi With MapProl Objects Objects SendToBac End With MapProl Refr End Sub Ptl As CadObj Ln2 As CadObj Pt2 As CadObj Obj rcl As CadObj Clear ordinates for the three points Prol Cad Bezier Pt1X Bezier 1 ezier control lines pProl Cad mLine PE1X Line 2 pProl Cad mLine Pt2xX Line 3 e 3 r vbBl e 3 r vbBlue Cad GetMarker 2 Cad GetMarker 4 Cad GetMarker 7 pProl Cad Marker PE1X pProl Cad Marker Pt2X pProl Cad Marker Pt3X point 4 point 5 point 6 ttributes 4 vbGreen ircle and a triangle pProl Cad mCircle 100 Circle 7 pProl Cad RegularPolygon 100 Triangle 8 rst and last object to invisible Cad 0 Visible False Count 1 Visible k Ptly Pt2X PLAY PE1Y Pt3X Pt3Y Ser PL2Y PtSxX BEAY ue Ptly Pt2Y Pt3Y s1 s2 s3 30 7805 383 22 30 90 False esh Pt3 As CadObj rc2 As CadObj Pt3X Pt3Y 36 3 Visual CAD Toolbar Interface The CAD capabilities in MapPro are also accessible though the control s built in CAD toolbar which is invoked through the CAD Toolbar interface
138. Query Boolean Dropert eise esse ee RA Re Re RA Re ee Re ee Re Re ee Re ee ee 28 Bevellnn r Integer Property EE De Ee EE Ee RE Ee EE ee See ese Ek ee ene See een ee sen ee see ee ee ee 29 BevelOuter Integer Property esse Re Re Re RA Re Re RA Re ee Re ee Re ee 29 Bevel Width lnteget ROESER 30 BorderWidth Integer PropertY sesse ese RA Re ee RA Re Re RA Re ee ee Re ee 30 CAD I tetfa ce nee DE ee oe 30 CenterView X Y Integer Procedure sesse Re RA Re Re RA Re Re ee Re ee 30 ClearExclusion Procedure EE EE EE SR Re ed Gee Ed Ge ee E ed sd ct 31 Clearstreets Procedure EE Es ree eg es Gee Sines devon ee n eve see Se es Dee gee HE 31 ClearOverlay ve es EE RE EE EE EE ees 31 ClearViaPoints i Procedure EER REG EE DEE Ee 32 ClrstrBubble Procedure ection ae 32 Color Integer or enumerated ColorName Property iese AR Re Re Re ee 32 Coords Integer Property ceeccecesscesssceesseceeseecessecessseeeesceeeseecssseseeeeeesesesseeeenseeessesesseeeesseees 32 Cursor Integer PIPE EE EE EE RE PL oes DER ROLE ERA IE 33 Custom Integ r Property SEENEN a Ee DES ee Ee EA SR ER sean Se Gee DE ee bee ge ek sb Ee ee ges eg 34 DataSource txDataSource Property ecececcccesscesssecesseeeessecessseceeseeeeseeessseeesseeeesesesssesensaeeeaes 34 DbFile String Property esse esse Re Re RA Re Re Re Re Re ee AR ee Dr ee Re Sa ia 35 DegFormat TxDegFormat Property sesse ee RA RR ee RA ee RA RA ee Re ee Re ee ee 35 Dele
139. Sender TObject Shift TShiftState X Y Integer procedure Button4Click procedure Button5Click procedure Button6Click procedure Button7Click private Private declarations Procedure WmDoWindow var msg tmsg message wm Usertl public Public declarations Procedure DoWindowl image timage f double Procedure MakeSkin scanvas tcanvas s trect dcanvas tcanvas d trect end nder TObject nder TObject nder TObject nder TObject Se Se Se Se var Forml TForml implementation SR DFM Procedure Tforml DoWindowl image timage f double var dc integer bmp tbitmap x1l yl x2 y2 double sf double sbefore_after string begin if image picture bitmap width 0 then begin bmp tbitmap create bmp width imagel width bmp height imagel height image picture bitmap bmp end image picture bitmap canvas lock 289 dc image picture bitmap canvas handle with MapProl do begin xl lonleft x2 lonright yl latbottom y2 lattop end sf MapProl miles f sbefore_after format S6 2f x1 MapProl DirectView dc imagel width imagel height x1l yl x2 y2 sf sbefore_after sbefore_after format 6 2f xl label6 caption In Out tsbefore after imagel picture bitmap canvas unlock imagel Refresh end Procedure Tforml WmDoWindow var msg tmsg begin DoWindowl imagel scr
140. String Lemont Event Triggerred OnFindPlace Number of hits Returned 1 Property Used for Hit s Result Hit s Returned LEMONT IL 88 002 41 674 WildCat Search FindCity Search String Lemont Event Triggerred OnFind Number of hits Returned 3 Property Used for Hit s Result amp Street Hit s Returned EMONT IL 88 002 41 674 EMONT IA 94 469 41 333 EMONT PA 77 819 40 811 VB Example Private Sub Command113_Click List1 Clear This wll return all Essex e g Essex County Essex Falls etc in MA Listl AddItem Wildcard Essex in MA MapProl FindCity Essex MA This will return ONLY Essex County in ALL states Listl AddItem Essex County in ALL States MapProl FindCity Essex County End Sub TM CM Delphi Example Procedure TForm2 Button5Click Sender TObject begin MapProl findCity edit4 text label7 caption MapProl Result end FindClosest X Y Radius OleVariant Procedure Searches the Streets data bases within the specified radius and finds the street segment that is closest to the user specified point X Y Lon Lat The radius miles is useful in restricting the search operation which if not bound could take a considerable length of time The procedure performs an exhaustive search and calculates the distances to every street in the grids within Radius even if only portion of such a g
141. Tiger Data or 1 Gb for TeleAtlas of space is required Coordinate System The coordinate system used in the data accompanying the OCX is a Lon Lat x y Cartesian coordinate non projected map system The system treats longitude and latitude as a simple rectangular coordinate system 17 Scale distance area and shape in such a projection are all distorted with the distortion increasing as one moves toward the poles Installing and Using the Control 18 The steps required to install and use MapPro71 OCX control are briefly described below 1 Create a folder subdirectory and copy the MapPro71 OCX and associated files from the distribution disk to the folder It is recommended that you retain the structure of the data directories e g Datal Data2 which makes it easier to troubleshoot problems should they arise later on 2 Although some IDEs may transparently take care of this it is recommended that you register the OCX with Windows To do so you may go to the command line navigate to the folder where you installed MapPro71 0CX and REGSVR32 EXE and Type REGSVR32 EXE MAPPRO71 0CX And press ENTER 3 Start your Development environment If your IDE requires it such as Delphi or Visual Basic for example then make sure you install the component in that environment Refer to your IDE s documentation on installing components if necessary 4 Create a new form and place the control on it 5 Before you can c
142. Triangle 8 Send the last object ToBack With MapProl Cad Set set Set Garcle yy Pt2 As CadObj rcl As CadObj MapProl Cad mCircle 100 MapProl Cad RegularPolygon 100 i e Pt3 As CadObj re2 As CadoObj Ptly Pt2X Bt Pt3x Pt3y PELY PEBYX BEZ PL2Y PtSxX Pt3yY the built in markers Ptly Pt2Y Pt3Y s1 s2 s3 30 re 38 2 30 90 36 8 below the other objects Objects Count 1 Selected Tru 185 SendToBack End With MapProl Refresh End Sub CAD Symbol X1 Y1 X2 Y2 Double Hnd LongInteger CadObj Method Draws a symbol within the specified bounding rectangle using the built in symbol metafile specified through the Hnd parameter i e using its handle The metafile for the selected build in symbol is automatically scaled to fit within the bounding rectangle and is then played on the screen VB Example Private Sub Command60_Click Dim hndl As Long SymO As CadObj Get a built in meta symbol handle hndl MapProl Cad GetSymbol 2 USe handle to create object Set SymO MapProl Cad Symbol 100 30 120 41 hndl Set some symbol attributes SymO Pen Width 4 SymO Pen Color vbBlue MapProl Refresh End Sub CAD Text X Y Double s String Method Creates a text object with the caption specified by S and at the specified coordinates Note that the precise placement of the text is also affected by the Font Align value
143. UNDERLAY FILE FORMAT Each underlay image 256 color BMP file must have an associated SAT file that contains the reference coordinates for the image The ASCII text file contains the northwest corner coordinates followed by the southeast corner coordinates The SAT file must be saved with the same name as the graphic image but with a SAT extension e g hoover bmp would require a hoover sat The SAT file layout is DD dddd format imported as a double UpperLON UpperLAT LowerLON LowerLAT 274 APPENDIX Autoload Cty File Format FORMAT OF AUTOLOAD CTY An external file AUTOLOAD CTY may now be used to locate user defined place names on the map to add places that may not be in the GNIS database used in our data This is a plain ASCII file two lines per place with the structure described below Line 1 CTY PlaceName State Population Elevation Line 2 Longitude Latitude The quotes around PlaceName and State are optional however they are required if the PlaceName definition contains multiple words separated with spaces commas etc State is the proper two letter state abbreviation This file needs to be in the same path as the application and it gets loaded automatically when the application is started The data becomes visible at scales below 2 miles and is included in the search used by the ExecDialog FindPlace and FindClosestPlace methods of the OCX 213 APPENDIX J CMX File Format CMX FILE FORMAT This
144. Upon starting the application if true this property restores the view of the map that was visible when the application was last executed the coordinates are taken from the CFG file VB Example Private Sub Form_Load MapProl SaveView True End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml FormCreate Sender TObject begin MapProl SaveView True end ScaleProperty Double This property is an internal scaling factor and ONLY makes sense when used in a relative scale manner Its value changes when the Magnitude or Miles properties are set When the scale value is set the control determines the closest enumerated value of Magnitude A redraw is issued when the value of this internal scale factor changes Note Note that the maximum value that can be set for this property is 10 which results in maximum magnification Cannot Use in Visual Basic Use PMScale VB Example Cannot Use in Visual Basic Use PMScale Delphi Example Procedure TForml Button8Click Sender TObject begin echo current value and reduce scale by 50 labell caption floattostr mapprol scale mapprol scale mapprol scale 0 5 Mapprol Redraw echo new scale value label2 caption floattostr mapprol scale end 137 ScaleBar Integer Property An easier way to display the scale bar without the need to use the DC and a specific offset location The available enumerated values for this option are 0 sbNone 1 sbTopLeft 2 sbTopRight
145. Visual Basic etc this message is handled by or replaced with an OnResize event VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl ResizeCtl MapProl width MapProl height End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml PmMaplResize Sender TObject begin MapProl ResizeCtl PmMapl width PmMapl height end Result Property This string is used as a general purpose way to return the result of city areacode and zipcode searches 131 Note A different variable Street is used for Street searches as they are based on totally different models 1 e Street searches return multiple hits Refer to the documentation for each of the search operations to see the prospective contents of Result VB Example Private Sub Command39 Click Delphi Display the Result from a ZipCode search in a panel MapProl findzip val textl text label7 caption O01PmMap1 Result End Sub Procedure TForm2 Button4Click Sender TObject Display the Result from a ZipCode search in a panel var z code longint begin val edit3 text z code MapProl findzip z label7 caption MapProl Result end RoadOption Option Atrib LongInt Procedure Permits the user to set options to be used for the routing calculation without using the dialog described in the ExecRoadOption method The parameters Option and Attrib are described below a When Option 1 6 then the value of Attrib sets the travel speed mph for the road type identified i
146. Xmin MapProl OptiRouter PointExtent Ymin MapProl OptiRouter PointExtent Xmax MapProl OptiRouter PointExtent Ymax End Sub OptiRouter Priority RoadRec Property Uses a RoadRec record structure to set the priorities for the six main road types The allowable priority values are 1 lowest to 6 highest no provision exists to completely exclude a type of road because in some situations that may be the ONLY road type available The RoadRec Structure is shown below RoadRec Record Structure This is a record structure that is used to hold the speed and priority settings see OptiRouter Interface properties for the various road types There are 6 such road types supported by the system at this point Interstate LongInt includes all CFCC A10 classification Roads i e Interstate and limited access highways some US highways are classified as limited access Primary Longlnt includes all CFCC A20 classification Roads US Highways that are NOT limited access Secondary Longlnt includes all CFCC A30 classification Roads Road LongInt includes all CFCC A40 classification Roads Trail LongInt includes A51 A52 and A53 classification Roads Other LongInt includes all A61 A62 A64 A73 and A74 classification Roads For example OptiRouter Speed Interstate 65 would set the speed limit for the Interstate highways while performing the OptiRouter calculations to 65 mi hr OptiRouter Speed Priority I wou
147. ad segments are NOT visible at scales above the Tiger Street level scale i e about 2 miles Also the editing mode ahould not be activated if the current scale is not at the Tiger street level scale or lower The number of road segments that can be loaded at any given time is 50 000 User defined road segments may be searched for using the standard searching techniques of MAPPRO by specifying the assigned street name 283 o While in the street editing mode road segment vertices may be moved by placing the mouse cursor on them and holding down the control key and the left mouse button This action engages the vertex which may them be dynamically moved to a new location When the mouse button is released the new location of the vertex become permanent User Created Street file format plain text where Sample File 284 Street Fi STR RoadName SecondaryFileName Class N EA E xN y1 y2 yN le Chicago Map Corporation First Line is an identifying header line STR Keyword used internally RoadName Name specified for the road by the user Used for display and search purposes Note that a secondary name may also be specified using the slash character as a separator Class 50 Interstate 59 Primary Highway 68 Major Road 77 Minor Road 93 Ramp N Number of points for this Road segment xl yl The longitude and latitude x and y coordinates for each of the segments defining this
148. ain Map h Stop Points r Size in Paper 8 00 x 10 67 Map 7 50 x 10 17 Preview E Pin Setup Close Close Close the OptiRouter dialog The Directions tab of the Optirouter dialog contains the calculated routing directions and relative information distance cost etc as whown below OptiRouter Note that the headers are resizeable Placing the cursor on one of the vertical dividers and dragging while holding T Directions Time Mile Mph Gas Cost down the left mouse key EER EE 1200 00 allows the user to resize the Depadt Heading WER on 120002 0 03 column and display more less W Oak StChicago information Tum Left S 12 01 13 0 72 N Larrabee St Chicago Tum Right wW 12 01 37 0 97 W Chicago Ave Chicago Turn Left Ww 12 02 25 1 57 N Ogden Ave Chicago Continue W 12 04 01 277 W Ogden Ave Chicago Continue W 12 04 36 3 20 5 Ogden Ave Chicaao Type Shortest D Calculate Sep Optimize Eb Print i Close A StopPoints 3 Routing Vehicle Parameters Optimizing OPEN Route nsville PA 1 00 00 04 0 04 The Routing Tab shown below allows the user to set a number of the OptiRouter Options in particular regarding the look of the Stop Points the calculated route etc OptiRouter Eg Note that the default method Open does an optimization calculation holding the user specified Start and Finish StopPoints Directions Routing
149. al 200 ebnable the timer Timerl Enabled True been predefined Private Sub Timerl_ Check to see if a Timer the points have been plotted If Iposstart gt ipos Timerl Enabled 140 Then False Else If Not set the item to the next set of coordinates Iposstart Iposstart 1 MapProl SetItem 101 pos Iposstart 1 pos Iposstart 2 MapProl SetItemLocalBitmap 101 d test mappro71 CarIcon bmp MapProl SetItemString 101 Iposstart MapProl Refresh End If End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml Button7Click Sender TObject begin MapProl SetItem 1 120 32 MapProl SetItemLocalBitmap 1 BMP1 BMP end SetItem2Back id Integer Procedure Sets the user created object with Id to be painted on the screen first when a screen update takes place VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl SetItem2Back 12 End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml Button4Click Sender TObject begin MapProl SetItem2Back 12 end SetItem2Front id Integer Procedure Sets the user created object with Id to be painted on the screen last on top when a screen update takes place VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl SetItem2Front 12 End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml Button4Click Sender TObject begin MapProl SetItem2Front 12 end SetItemAngle id integer x Double Procedure Allows the user to rotate clockwise a user bitmap placed on the
150. al action button Clicking on the brush portion sets the default brush pen color to that displayed at the bottom portion of the button If any objects are selected then the pen brush color of those objects is set to that color as well Clicking on the down arrow portion of the button opens up a color selection dialog that allows the user to set the pen brush color that will be used for any subsequent Objects Note that if any objects are selected then the pen brush color of those objects is set to that color as well It should also be pointed out that the pen brush color for selected objects may also be modified by opening the Attributes dialog see description later on This is a dual action button Clicking on the fill bucket portion sets the default fill color to that displayed at the bottom portion of the button If any objects are selected then the fill color of those objects is set to that color as well Clicking on the down arrow portion of the button opens up a color selection dialog that allows the user to set the fill color that will be used for any subsequent Objects Note that if any objects are selected then the fill color of those objects is set to that color as well It should also be pointed out that the fill color for selected objects may also be modified by opening the Attributes dialog see description later on This is a dual action button Clicking on the brush portion sets the default font color
151. ant Vietnamese 560523 Restaurant Korean 560524 Restaurant Jamaican 560525 Restaurant Hawaiian 560526 Restaurant Polish 570200 Court House N 570400 Government Office N 570401 Government Office Municipal 570402 Government Office County or equivalent 570403 Government Office State 570404 Government Office National 570405 Government Office Supra National 580100 Camping N 580200 Bed Breakfast N 580300 Hotel N 580500 Recreational Camp N 580600 Youth Hostel N 590100 Travel agency N 600100 Amusement Park N 600300 Fairground N 600500 Park N 600550 ZOO N 600551 ZOO Aquarium 600600 Stadium N 600604 Stadium Horse racing 600610 Stadium Motor Sport 600700 Thematic Sport N 238 600701 Thematic Sport Bowling alley 600702 Thematic Sport Golf Course 600703 Thematic Sport Skating rink 600705 hematic Sport Swimming pool 600706 Thematic Sport Tennis court 600707 hematic Sport Yacht Basin Marina 600708 Thematic Sport Squash court 600709 hematic Sport Billiard Parlor Pool Hall 600800 Thematic Outdoor Sport N 600804 Thematic Outdoor Sport Ski resort 600900 Fitness Club N 610100 Library N 610200 Post Office N 610400 Tourist Information Of
152. apPro can be used with Visual Basic The following declarations are required in order to use the WinApi calls provided in the examples Public Type POINTAPI x As Long y As Long End Type Dim LPoint As POINTAPI Declare Function MoveToEx Lib gdi32 ByVal hdc As Long ByVal x As Long ByVal y As Long LpPoint As POINTAPI As Long Declare Function LineTo Lib gdi32 ByVal hdc As Long ByVal x As Long ByVal y As Long As Long Declare Function CreatePen Lib gdi32 ByVal nPenStyle As Long ByVal nWidth As Long ByVal crColor As Long As Long Declare Function SelectObject Lib gdi32 ByVal hdc As Long ByVal hObject As Long As Long Declare Function DeleteObject Lib gdi32 ByVal hObject As Long As Long Declare Function Ellipse Lib gdi32 ByVal hdc As Long ByVal X1 As Long ByVal Y1 As Long ByVal X2 As Long ByVal Y2 As Long As Long Declare Function SetROP2 Lib gdi32 ByVal hdc As Long ByVal nDrawMode As Long As Long Declare Function GetDC Lib user32 ByVal hwnd As Long As Long Declare Function GetDeviceCaps Lib gdi32 ByVal hdc As Long ByVal nIndex As Long As Long Declare Function ReleaseDC Lib user32 ByVal hwnd As Long ByVal hdc As Long As Long Public Function CommaDelStr ByRef CommaStr As String If CommaStr contains a comma delimited string Then CommaDelStr returns all characters up to but not including the first c
153. ar tmk1 tmk2 array 1 10 of CadObj integer x double begin Set 2 TextFloat and 2 Text objects For i 1 To 2 do begin Get the value to use for 12 pixel height at 5 mile scale x mapprol cad scaletosize 5 12 tmk1 i MapProl1 Cad Textfloat 110 i 0 02 30 i 0 02 x Item inttostr 1 tmk1 i Font color clblue tmk2 i MapProl1 Cad Text 110 i 0 04 30 i 0 04 Item inttostr i end mapprol GotoPoint 110 30 mappro1 miles 5 end CAD SelectRange Ns Nn Option Integer Method Sets the Selected property of a user specified number of CAD objects Ns The starting index of the Objects to be acted on Nn The Last index of the object to be acted on Option It can have the following values 0 De Select all objects in Selection rectangle i e set their Selected property to False 1 Select all objects in Selection rectangle i e set their Selected property to True 2 Toggle the Selected property of all objects in the selection rectangle VB Example Private Sub Command52_Click Dim Bz As CadObj Ptl As CadObj Pt2 As CadObj Pt3 As CadObj 183 Dim Lnl As CadObj Ln2 As CadObj Sbl As CadoObj MapProl Cad Clear Set the coordinates for the three points Pt1X 100 Pt1Y 30 Pt2X 105 Pt2Y 34 Pt3X 107 Pt3Y 30 Set Bz MapProl Cad Bezier Pt1lX PtlY Pt2X Pt2Y Pt3X Pt3Y Show the Bezier control lines Set Lnl MapPr
154. arch on the place was done instead N GeoFind North Andover MA 01810 Returns N 1 ANDOVER MA 01810 71 155800 42 648700 Results based on ZipCode search N GeoFind Andover NH 1045 Returns N 1 85 ANDOVERINHII 71 824000 43 437000 Invalid ZipCode so a City State search was performed instead N GeoFind N andover MA Returns N 1 INORTH ANDOVER MA 71 136000 42 699000 N GeoFind Lawrence NH Returns N 1 LAWRENCE CORNER NH 71 523904 42 847232 A substring search on the city within the specified state was performed N GeoFind Lawrence MA 01845 Returns N 1 INORTH ANDOVER MA 01845 71 117900 42 687600 Results based on ZipCode search N GeoFind Lawrence MA 02117 Returns N 1 IBOSTON MA 02117 71 060300 42 358300 GeoFindArray S strring Method It takes the same argument as the GeoFind routine The results are returned through an interface StreetsArray through a record structure IStreetRec This approach was incorporated to primarily accommodate developers not using visual environments and therefore not being able to handle events fired by the OCX in order to examine the Street property for hits generated from GeoFind IStreetRec record Name string Address string City string State string ZipCode String AreaCode String X double Y double end 86 The IStreetsArray Interface object has the following properties amp methods IStreets
155. as added that allows the importing of multiple MID MIF and or shape files See the section on the ImportMgr interface for more details Any attributes in the imported files are ignored and a single set of Pen Brush Mark and Font attributes are assigned to all elements in the imported file by the user Importing such data files can be achieved either d Programatically by directly calling a sequence of Import Interface methods or e By calling the method Import ShowDialog and then using the options within that dialog The data from the specified file is not actually loaded into memory but rather is played onto the map when the map is redrawn thus allowing much larger external data sets to be rendered The methods and properties that are available through the Import interface are explained in this section Note that instead of using ImportLayer as the root in the examples given below the property off the main control Import is used since that s how it would be called from the application Import Brush Property Holds the brush definition that is used to paint fill the interiors of polygon objects circles etc The Default brush is Solid White Opaque brush BackColor N A This property was kept in the brush interface to keep it consistent with other brush structures used in the control eg the CAD brush structure but has no effect at this time brush Color Defines the brush color brush Mode N A This pr
156. at the likelihood of routing failure will increase when road types are totally excluded i e when travel preference priority is set to 0 for one or more road types VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click Change Some Routing options change the color of the Routing highlight Hcolor Hcolor 16 MapProl RoadOption 48 Hcolor Set faster driving options MapProl RoadOption 1 80 MapProl RoadOption 2 75 MapProl RoadOption 3 65 Set Road priorities to avoid Limited Access Highways and preferably use secondary roads Delphi Procedure TForml Button8Click Sender TObject Change Some Routing options begin change the col Hcolor Hcolor lor of the Routing highlight t 16 MapProl RoadOption 48 Hcolor Set faster driving options MapProl RoadOption 1 80 MapProl RoadOption 2 75 133 MapProl RoadOption 3 65 Set Road priorities to avoid Limited Access Highways and preferably use secondary roads MapProl RoadOption 17 1 MapProl RoadOption 18 2 MapProl RoadOption 19 2 MapProl RoadOption 20 5 end MapProl RoadOption 17 1 MapProl RoadOption 18 2 MapProl RoadOption 19 2 MapProl RoadOption 20 5 End Sub Rotate x Double Procedure Rotates the map X degrees about the centerpoint of the view port Place and Landmarks text remains horizontal Street label text is automatically rotated so that it aligns itself with the
157. at this time There is no Need for the ROP since the Opaque property of the Import interface achieves the same result pen Style Set the style of the pen used to draw the lines of fill patterns Note that this style is meaningful ONLY when the pen width is set to 0 pen visible lo Solid 1 Dash 2 Dot 3 Dash dot 4 Dash dot dot 5 Invisible le Inside solid Sets the visibility of the pen therefore of the line objects painted by the pen pen width Pen width in pixels Note that pen widths other than 1 do not support any of the pen styles only solid VB Example MapProl Impor MapProl Impor MapProl Impor MapProl Impor Set visibili MapProl Impor MapProl Impor Set the col MapProl Impor MapProl Impor MapProl Impor Set the Fon MapProl Impor MapProl Impor Set the fon MapProl Impor Set the lab MapProl Impor MapProl Impor Import a MI MapProl Impor GE Gh ER EE EK Ce of O Ch EI ct ep AD reke ck SE CFE er et ct Private Sub Command127_Click Mark Style 2 Mark Size 10 Mark BackColor vbBlue Mark Color vbYellow y thresholds Upper 3000 Lower 0 5 r of the pen and the font for the labels Pen Color vbBlue Pen Width 4 Font Color vbRed Size and Style Font Size 11 Font Style 1 name Font Name Arial 1 Filter to Polys LabelFilter 7 Font Visible True MIF pair
158. atate DR DE DE 125 Path Statesl String PrOpETHY eise ee RA Re Re RA Re ee Re Re ee Re ee ee Re ee 126 Phan Re gliifo Reen KE 126 PmPalette Integer Property ees ees Re RA Re RA RA Re Re RA Re ee Re ee ee Re ee 126 PmParent Integer Property sesse ees RR RR RA RA ee Re ee ee RA ee RA ee ee Re ee 127 Pinscal Double Property EES EED Ee Ee Ee EE ER ee che the acte Ee Ee ee ER cts EE EELER 127 POlIMEer Interface Property oo esse RA Re Re RA Re ee RA Re ee Re ee ee Re ee 127 PopUpRoute Boolean Property sesse Re Re aaa ee aea Re EA ee ee Re ee 128 PostUnderlay Integer Property ccc sesse ese RA Re Re RA Re ee RA Re ee Re ee ee Re ee 128 QueryObs x y Double PTODETLY ES SES ER SEER EER ER ER DR SEER DER EG ER De EG DE ee 129 Redirty Proc durei EED Ge Ge ws ge Ge he oe eee ee he ees 129 Redraw Wet eo de EA N N Or 130 Refresh TEE 131 ResizeCtl dx dy Integer Drocedure ees ee RA Re Re RA Re EE Re ee 131 Result e E RES EE ER EE ED OR RAP AAR teh Ee if 131 RoadOption Option Atrib LongInt Procedure esse esse RR Re RA Re ee 132 Rotate x Double Procedure sesse AR Re RA Re Re Re Re EEEE EE Re ee 134 RouteProgresslcon FineName string Boolean Procedure ees ee RA RA 134 RoutingActive boolean Property sesse esse ee Re Re Re Re ee ee ee ee Re ee ee Re ee 134 SaveContig Proceduren ESE Sk RED even Ee Ee se AS Dee gee Se ee eek Dk sg gee ge ee Dee 135 SaveExclusion sString Proc dures EERS N ER SE Dk Bee EE Ge De SEG N GEEN Se ee Ee Ee eg 13
159. ate Sub Command39_Click Dim x as Double x MapProl LatTop End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml Buttonl5Click Sender TObject var x double begin x MapProl LatTop end 100 LL2INT x y OLEVariant LongInt Function Take the lon x and lat y coordinates and return a packed long integer containing the rotated screen coordinates lon x in the high word and lat y in the low word Note The user does not have to perform the calculation transformation For example if the user was drawing a line from unrotated coordinates x1 y1 to x2 y2 then in Delphi xy 1 MapProl LL2INT x1 y2 xx1 loword xy1 yy 1 hiword xy1 xy2 MapProl LL2INT x2 y2 xx2 loword xy2 yy2 hiword xy2 xxl yyl and xx2 yy2 would be the rotated screen coordinates corresponding to x1 y1 and x2 y2 VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click Dim x as Integer x MapProl LL2Int MapProl ycord Textl Str x End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml MapProlpaintAfter Sender TObject dc Integer var testingl testing2 i j ix1l iyl ix2 iy2 longint hp hpen Dinteger integer begin i MapProl LL2int MapProl LonLeft MapProl LatTop j MapProl LL2int MapProl LonRight MapProl LatBottom 1X1 i div 65536 1Y1 i Mod 65536 1X2 j div 65536 1Y2 j Mod 65536 val edit2 text MyBlue code hp createpen ps solid 5 RGB MyRed MyGreen MyBlue hp selectobject dc hp MoveToEx
160. attach influence can be seen tracking the cursor movement always being on an existing road segment If the cursor is inside this influence circle when the left mouse button is clicked then the current vertice will attach snap to the existing road point in the circle The user may continue to press the left mouse button and define new vertices belonging to the same street polyline at will When the desired number of vertices have been defined the user may press the right mouse button to signify completion of the current street polyline definition It should be noted that when the Street editing mode is invoked all user defined road segments become cyan for better quicker identification When the right mouse button is pressed a dialog appears that permits the user to specify the name for the created segment as well as to assign the desired road attribute The options available in this dialog are File New Clears all currently defined segments from memory make certain you have saved any road segments you want prior to selecting this command File Open Load a user specified external roads file see further down for file structure Note that this operation will erase ALL user defined segments currently in memory before loading the specified roads file also see File Merge File Save The user may save the currently defined street segments to a file the extension STR is automatically appended 109 110 a b c d
161. b POIMer Interface Property Allows access to the interface that can be used to manage the Points of Interest POI database See POIMgr interface section in this manual Note that access to the POI data requires explicitly licensing of the POI dataset from UnderTow Software 127 PopUpRoute Boolean Property Permits the user to pop up a routing selection menu by pressing the left or right mouse button while holding down the shift VB Example Delphi PostUnderlay Integer Property Private Sub Form_Load Disable the popup menu for routing MapProl PopUpRoute False End Sub Procedure 1 begin Disable the popup menu for routing MapProl PopUpRoute false end Forml FormCreate Sender TObject Defines when the Underlay will be painted in the map drawing sequence The default mode PostUnderlay 0 operates as in early versions of MapPro i e the Underlay is painted the water polygons are painted and then all the other data is oainted When PostUnderlay 1 the order is the water polygons are painted then the underlay is painted and then all the other data is painted When PostInderlay 2 then the all the map data is painted and the Underlay is painted last before the OnPaintAfter even is fired VB Example 128 Private Sub Command71_Click Open stock dialog to open underlay file CommonDialog2 ShowOpen s CommonDialog2 FileName Set underlay file MapProl UnderlayFile s Set
162. bar is clicked VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl helppath d cmap40 help pmap hlp End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml FormCreate Sender TObject begin MapProl helppath d cmap40 help pmap hlp end HideAllItems Procedure Sets the attribute for all user created item objects to invisible VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MAPPRO1 HideAlliItems End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml Button9Click Sender TObject begin MapProl HideAllitems end 96 Import ImportLayer Property Allows the user to access the IImportLayer interface and enables them to load a layer of information from a MID MIF or a SHP file Please see the section Import Interface of this document for more details VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click Load a shape file as a new layer MAPPRO1 import Filename f Mydata Sample shp End Sub ImportMer ImportManager Property Allows the user to access the IImportManager interface and enables them to load and manage a collection of layers of information from numerous MID MIF or a SHP files Please see the section ImportManager Interface of this document for more details VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click Load a shape file as a new layer MAPPRO1 ImportMgr items 0 filename Sample shp End Sub InitNonVis Procedure It is recommended that this new method is called right after the object is created in
163. ber of licenses so that they can get a discount It also is preferred because it allows the end user to register themselves without any interaction by the vendor being required c Pre Pay Register by Vendor Same as option d above but the registration can be done ONLY by the vendor if vendors require such control by signing onto the UnderTow registration servers using their vendor code and vendor accounting password d Trial Version Sell it This is probably the simplest implementation from the developer vendor standpoint The vendor develops and deploys their application and at the time of the client seat registration either the end user or the vendor can pay for it at that time using our on line purchase system they will be prompted and be directed to our site s shopping cart 313 Why the Need for Registration Every copy of your end user application that uses the OCX and or the data supplied by UnderTow Software needs to be registered with the UnderTow Software registration servers One of the main reasons is that we need to account for all copies of the dataset licensed to end users as part of our contractual obligations to our data providers Ways to Register End User Client Licenses The registration process may be realized in a number of different ways 1 The OCX attempts to take care of this registration process without the need for intervention from the developer It detects when it is in end user mode
164. by service vehicles A stair and walkway may follow a road right of way and be named as if it were a road This major category includes foot and hiking trails located on park and forest land A70 Other thoroughfare major category used alone when the minor category could not be determined A71 Walkway nearly level road for pedestrians usually unnamed A72 Stairway stepped road for pedestrians usually unnamed A73 Alley road for service vehicles usually unnamed located at the rear of buildings and property Feature Class B RAILROAD amp Ground Transportation Railroad With Major Category Unknown BOO BO3 Source materials do not allow determination of the major railroad category These codes should not under most circumstances be used since the source materials usually provide enough information to determine the major category BOO Railroad major and minor categories unknown BO1 Railroad track not in tunnel or underpassing major category used alone when the minor category could not be determined B02 Railroad track in tunnel BO3 Railroad track underpassing 265 266 Railroad Main Line B10 B13 A railroad in this major category is the primary track that provides service between destinations A main line track often carries the name of the owning and operating railroad company B10 Railroad main track major category used alone when the minor category could not be determined B11 Railroad main track not in tun
165. c MapProl handle set the color to blue Color clblue set the mode to raster operation to R2_MergePen Mode R2_MergePen set the width to 10 pixels W 10 Draw a line from Chicago to LA Note that if the screen is updated the line is not redrawn unless it s tied to the OnPaintAfter event MapProl DrawLine dc 87 65 41 84 118 24 34 05 W Color Mode finally release the dc releasedc handle dc end HeadsUp x1 y1 x2 y2 OleVariant longint Function Given the coordinates of two points Lat Lon it returns the angle degrees that the map must be rotated by in order for the PointOne to PointT wo direction to be UP Note that the zero degree angle is due North and the positive rotation is counterclockwise Useful for developers that need to always display direction of movement for example always up 270 90 95 VB Example Private Sub Command39 Click Use two points on horizontal line which should rotate the map by 90 degrees Dim x as Long x MapProl Headsup 101 56 48 12 101 43 48 12 MapProl Rotate x End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml Buttonl Sender TObject var x longint begin Use two points on horizontal line which should rotate the map by 90 degrees x MapProl Headsup 101 56 48 12 101 43 48 12 MapProl Rotate x end HelpPath String Property Specifies the help file path to be used by Winhelp when the question mark icon on the tool
166. cating that the amount of memory available may be not enough to execute the application effectively For example here is the error message dialog that would appear with the call ExecMem 505000000 on 512 Mb system MEMORY Warning Minimum of 24 MBytes of Physical Memory is recommended STOPI Memory 510 Mbytes Ignore Future Warning Delphi Example procedure TForml Button5Click Sender TObject var i j LongInt begin Check to see that at least 92 MB RAM is found 1 92 1024 1024 j PMAP21 execMem i end ExecMethod s String Procedure Invokes dialogs based on the standard dialogs of Precision Mapping Streets 4 0 1 s CONFIG Invokes the File Config dialog which permits the user to set the data paths either by simply typing them in or by navigating through their system navigate by clicking on the ellipses next to each data path Configure Data Paths Primary Path to Streets States c mapdata pmapgdtO4q1 akstates we Secondary Path to Streets States1 c mapdata pmapadt04q1 a states E Map Overlays Datal c mapdata pmapadt04q a data Landmarks Data2 c mapdata pmapadt04q a Search Files Data3 c mapdata pmapadt04qla POI Files Data4 c mapdata pmapgdt04q1 a Ok Cancel 48 2 s LAYER different tabs as described below Layers States Landmarks Political Boundaries Iw State Borders Iw County Borders o Layers Tab IV City Borders
167. cation The mobile units need not be attached to the mobile asset or be self propelled or motorized Route shall mean the use of the Enhanced Product s to determine a logical means of progression from one Location to another Transaction shall mean a single distinct use of the USC Product to determine Location Map Display Route or convey Directions to a user Premier License shall mean a license to use the Product s as incorporated into the Enhanced Products a in AVL Applications Routing scheduling and dispatch applications or route optimization applications any of which are used for the management of fleets of twenty five 25 or more Mobile Units or b the developer receives periodic service fees from End Users or c the application is delivered over the Internet or is server based TANA or TANA Data shall mean third party data licensed by USC from Tele Atlas North America Inc as detailed in Exhibit A to this Agreement Enhanced Product shall mean the Licensed Software together with any product s and or service s provided by the LICENSEE and using the Licensed Software or parts thereof End User s shall mean purchaser s of licenses to use the Enhanced Product for their own use and not with a view to the resale thereof End User is further defined as a single non concurrent user of the Enhanced Product The Enhanced Product is to be installed on a specific workstatio
168. ch layer was found Delphi Example procedure TForml Button8Click Sender TObject var n integer s string begin Delete a named Lyer s Second Layer n mapprol ImportMgr DeleteNamedLayer s if n 1 then labell caption st was not found else labell caption s Deleted Open dialog to confirm mapprol ImportMgr ShowDialog end ImportMer Items n ImportLayer Property Array of loaded Layer interfaces The user can access any of the Layers through this indexed array Delphi Example procedure TForml Button7Click Sender TObject begin Get the Layers Count If count gt 1 then access and modify the second laye attributes If Mapprol ImportMgr Count gt 1 then begin Mapprol ImportMgr Items 1 Pen color clyellow Mapprol ImportMgr Items 1 Pen width 6 Echo the number of object in this imported file Label2 caption inttostr Mapprol ImportMgr Items 1 count end end ImportMer LoadfromFile Fname String Method Loads a previously saved import layer configuration file ILM Delphi Example procedure TForml Button9Click Sender TObject 234 begin load Layers import config file mapprol ImportMgr LoadFromFile Mysample ilm end ImportMer SaveToFile Fname String Method Saves the current Import layer configuration to an external file with the extension ILM that can be loaded later on if desired Delphi Example procedure TFor
169. changed and only other items painted on the map have been modified using Refresh instead or Redraw would be much faster Note If the users have their own paint handler then it s better to use the Refresh method if background drawing is enabled VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click 130 MapProl Redraw End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml UpdatelClick Sender TObject begin MapProl redraw end Refresh Procedure Causes the map to update its surface with the background bitmap which is saved when background drawing is enabled Note This is different from ReDraw as the screen refresh is done with an image that s already created and doesn t involve the loading of any data VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl Refresh End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml SpeedButton6Click Sender TObject begin MapProl Refresh end ResizeCtl dx dy Integer Procedure Modifies the internal scale factor and viewing window coordinates to account for changes in the size of the control Dx and Dy represent the new size that the control adopts after a windows resize operation Note The OCX control may be set to automatically resize to the client window size in which case the ResizeCtl call might not be required It is recommended that a call to this procedure occur in response to a Wm size message which is issued every time a window control form etc changes size Ina visual development environment like Delphi
170. cified lon lat coordinate in decimal degrees The screen is updated after this command Note that no change of the scale takes place VB Example Private Sub Commandl1_Click Call MapProl GotoPoint 110 42 Or MapProl GotoPoint 110 42 End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml Button7Click Sender TObject begin MapProl GotoPoint 110 42 end Grid Boolean Makes visible the lon and lat grid lines on the map with appropriate scale labeling The labeling depends on the value of the property LLMode which also controls the display format in the coordinate area of the toolbar An alternative way to control the baleling of the Grid lines is through the use of the property of degFormat Note It should be noted that when LLMode 3 the grid labels are in Deg DecimalMinutes as it would make no sense to label them with screen coordinates VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click Button to display gridstatus MapProl Grid 1 94 End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml Button8BClick Sender TObject begin Button to display gridstatus MapProl Grid 1 end Handle Integer Property Windows Handle of the OCX container Used by Windows API calls to manage the control VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click dc getdc MapProl handle End Sub Delphi Example Draw a line using the control s DrawLine Method var dc w color mode longint begin get the dc for the map object dc getd
171. coded marker at about 2 mi scale b 12x12 bit color coded rectangle with a landmark number at about 0 5 mi scale see Precision Mapping Help for landmark identification numbers c 12x12 bit color icon and the actual landmark name where available at less than 1000 ft scale see Precision Mapping Help for landmark identification icons and numbers 103 VB Example Private Sub Command39 Click MapProl Load_landmark Not MapProl Load_landmark End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml Button7Click Sender TObject begin MapProl Load_landmark not MapProl Load_landmark end Load_Park Boolean Property When true enables loading of the parks data from the mparks zpx file VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl Load_state Not MapProl Load_state End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml Button5Click Sender TObject begin MapProl Load_state not MapProl Load_state end Load_Shore Boolean Property When true enables loading of the shoreline data from the mshore zpx file in the DATA1 folder Note that this is the shoreline data that becomes visible below the 200 mile threshold It has no effect on the course world outline that is bound to the OCX Load_State Boolean Property When true enables loading of the state and county political border data VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl Load_state Not MapProl Load_state End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml Button5Click Sender TObject be
172. d DeleteItem ID Integer Procedure Deletes object with a given ID from the object layer Note See the Setltem and related procedures for information on how to place user created bitmaps on the control surface or other surfaces in the user s application VB Example Private Sub Command1_Click Call MapProl DeleteItem 5 Or MapProl DeletelItem 5 End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml Buttonl1Click Sender TObject begin Deletes the fifth item created by the user MapProl DeleteItem 5 end 36 DeleteItemRange ID1 ID2 Integer Procedure Deletes all user created items from id1 to id2 Id1 must be less than id2 If idl is greater or equal to id2 no action takes place Note See the Setltem and related procedures for information on how to place user created bitmaps on the control surface or other surfaces in the user s application VB Example Private Sub Commandl_Click Call MapProl DeleteAlliItemRange 3 11 Or MapProl DeleteItem 3 11 End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml Button3Click Sender TObject begin Deletes items 3 to 11 inclusive created by the user MapProl DeleteAllItemRange 3 11 end Delete ViaPoint ID Integer Procedure Deletes specified Via point from the routing list Also see the AddViaPoint method and the Routing dialog for adding deleting Via points interactively VB Example Private Sub Command101_Click Delete Via point 1 n
173. d listboxl Items add inttost floattostr x floattostr SetUserPoint false end end to inn do procedure TForml Button3Click begin SetUserPoint true MapProl redraw end Using DirectView unit Unit newl interface uses Windows Messages SysUtils ExtCtris StdCtrls OleCtrls type TForml class TForm Panell TPanel Panel2 TPanel Panel3 TPanel Panel4 TPanel MapProl TPmap6 Panel5 TPanel 288 ER is vector MapProl width 2 MapProl height 2 true true false aDc PaintBox so you can play the metafile width 2 MapProl height 2 nvas handle MetaHn d metafile handle fter Sender TObject dc Integer y 2 Cclblue r i t DC tinttostridc t x y y Sender TObject Classes Graphics Controls Forms Dialogs MapPro61_TLB r Buttonl TButton Imagel TImage ScrollBarl TScrollBar abell TLabel abel 2 TLabel Image2 TImage abel3 TLabel abel4 TLabel Button4 TButton Button5 TButton Button2 TButton Button3 TButton abel5 TLabel Button6 TButton abel6 TLabel Panel6 TPanel Image3 TImage Button7 TButton PaintBoxl TPaintBox Image4 TImage procedure ScrollBarlChange Sender TObject procedure MapProlPaintAfter Sender TObject dc Integer procedure ButtonilClick Sender TObject procedure Button2Click Sender TObject procedure Button3Click Sender TObject procedure MapProlMouseMove
174. d edge pan behavior to operate When active this mode changes the cursor appearance when within 8 pixels from the frame edges When the left mouse button is pressed the viewport pans in the indicated direction VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl EdgePan True End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml Button2Click Sender TObject begin MapProl EdgePan True end EdgePanAmount Double Property The fraction of the viewport to advance during an EdgePan operation For example if EdgePan 0 5 then a pan operation will result in 50 of the viewport being panned VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click Set EdgePan to 25 of viewport MapProl EdgePanAmount 0 25 End Sub EdgePanWidth Integer Property The number of the pixels from the edge defining the EdgePanZone When the cursor is within EdgePanWidth pixels from the edge and EdgePan is turned on the cursor changes to the Edgepan mode and clicking it pans the map in the indicated direction VB Example Private Sub Command92_Click MapProl EdgePanAmount 0 5 MapProl EdgePanWidth Val Text26 Text 45 MapProl EdgePan Not MapProl EdgePan End Subb Enabled Boolean Property Inherited property determines whether the OCX control will be able to receive mouse and keyboard messages VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl Enabled True End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml Button2Click Sen
175. d41_Click Dim RegPol As Set default MapProl Cad MapProl Cad MapProl Cad MapProl Cad CadObj Brush Proper Brush Color Brush BackCo ties for all CAD objects vbRed lor vbBlue Brush Mode Brush Style vbTransparent vbCross Draw a polygon to test settings Set RegPol MapProl Cad refresh the map to see object MapProl Refresh End Sub RegularPolygon 100 40 80 40 4 CAD Clear Method Clears all CAD objects currently defined in memory Note that unless you have saved your CAD objects to an external file you will not be able to recover them following the issuance of Clear command Also remember to refresh the map object following the Clear call 171 VB Example Private Sub Command38 Click Clear all CAD objects but first save them to an external file MapProl Cad SaveToFile MyTestCadFile MapProl Cad Clear MapProl Refresh End Sub CAD Count Integer Property Holds the count of the total CAD objects currently defined in memory Note that the Objects array is zero based so 1f CAD Count 5 for example the Objects array is represented by Object 0 Object 4 VB Example Private Sub Command42_Click List the types of all current objects note array is zero based List1 Clear For i 1 To MapProl Cad Count List1 Additem Item amp i amp Type amp MapProl Cad Objects i 1 ObjectType Next i End Sub CAD Delete Int
176. de MdCad MapProl Cad ObjectType 0 MapProl Refresh End Sub CAD ImportFileQ Method Imports a CMX or OVR file older overlay file format and appends the objects to any objects currently defined Note that at the end of the Import process the elements in memory have been converted to the native CAD format and can be modified using the CAD interface This is different than the OpenOverlay method which simply opens the older overlay files without altering their format VB Example Private Sub Command108_Click Import an older type OVR overlay file Objects in it get converted to CAD objects MapProl Cad ImportFile d test mappro71 desmgrms ovr MapProl OpenOverlay d test mappro71 desmgrms ovr Zoom to the extents of the Overlay MapProl ZoomOverlay End Sub CAD LoadFromFile s String Option Integer Method Loads the CAD object in the specified external file Note the map control needs to be refreshed following the file loading for the CAD objects to be painted on the map surface If Option 0 then the existing CAD layer is cleared before the file is loaded If Option 1 then the CAD objects in the file are appended to any CAD objects currently defined VB Example Private Sub Command33_Click Load CAD objects from file Clear objects first MapProl Cad LoadFromFile myCadTest01 cad 0 refresh the map to see the objects MapProl Refresh End Sub 175 CAD Marker X Y Double hnd In
177. de bevel of the OCX control and is used to create 3D effects The value of this property may be set from the properties editor when designing the application or at run time Valid states are 0 BvNone 1 BvLowered 2 BvRaised VB Example Private Sub Commandi_Click MapProl BevelInner 1 or MapProl BevelInner BvLowered could be used End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml Button5Click Sender TObject begin MapProl BeveliInner 1 or MapProl BevelInner BvLowered could be used end BevelOuter Integer Property Sets the state of the outside bevel of the OCX control and is used to create 3D effects The value of this property may be set from the properties editor when designing the application or at run time Valid states are 0 BvNone 1 BvLowered 2 BvRaised VB Example Private Sub Command1_Click MapProl BevelOuter 0 or MapProl BevelOuter BvNone could be used End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml Button6Click Sender TObject begin MapProl BevelOuter 0 or MapProl BevelInner BvNone could be used end 29 Bevel Width Integer Property Sets the width of the inner and outer bevels of the OCX control in pixels VB Example Private Sub Commandl1 Click MapProl BevelWidth 2 End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml Button7Click Sender TObject Begin MAPPRO1 bevelwidth 4 End Border Width Integer Property Sets the width of the border
178. der TObject Display a fixed anchored toolbar begin MapProl toolbarmode 1 end Underlay Boolean Property Controls visibility of the bitmap underlay file if present True state sets the underlay to visible Note Underlays do NOTprint VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click 159 MapProl Underlayfile C pmap40 contour pmap pcc MapProl underlay true End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml UnderlayCN1Click Sender TObject begin MapProl Underlayfile C pmap40 contour pmap pcec MapProl underlay true end UnderlayFile s String Property Specifies the name of the underlay bitmap file You can use a wildcards for the software to dynamically check all similar files and load the appropriate image if it is located in the view port Version 7 1 of MapPro will load files of BMP GIF or JPG format Also see the PostUnderlay property that determines the sequence in which the underlay is drawn Note A full file name specification including path is required e g drive Folder FileName BMP It should be emphasized that the OCX will also look in the specified directory for a file FileName SAT This file contains the top left and bottom right Lon Lat coordinates separated by comma Using the OCX method ZoomUnderlay after loading the file will relocate the viewport to the location described by the SAT file The SAT file layout is as follows UpperLON UpperLAT LowerLON LowerLAT double
179. der TObject begin MapProl Enable True end ExecClosest Procedure Presents the user with a dialog that permits the user to search and display the 10 street segments closest to the current view port center point its coordinates displayed in the dialog Double clicking on one of the 10 names will reposition the viewport around that point at the Zoom scale specified by the user Find Street Screen Center Constraints z Zoom Radius 77 08 58 42 22 51 DI e 1 e Street Block Fountain Ter CAMBRIDGE Huron Ave CAMBRIDGE Fountain Ter CAMBRIDGE Holworthy St CAMBRIDGE Huron Ave CAMBRIDGE Cushing St CAMBRIDGE Fountain Ter CAMBRIDGE VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl ExecClosest End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml Street3Click Sender TObject begin MapProl ExecClosest End 46 ExecDbImport Procedure Presents the user with a dialog that permits them to interface to a dbf database file and display points from the file on the map When the specified file is opened it is searched for fields named LON and LAT and if it finds them it assumes that they contain the corresponding coordinates for each record in the database in decimal degrees It also assumes that the field immediately following the LON and LAT fields is text and will be used for labeling the points Note that the user can override thes fields and has control over displaying a label or not as
180. dit2 Text if custCursorNo in 1 2 then begin MapProl MapMode mdUser if custCursorNo 1 then hl loadcursor 0 IDC_NO else hl loadcursor 0 idc_APPSTARTING MapProl Custom h1 MapProl Cursor 2 end else MapProl MapMode mdZoom end DataSource txDataSource Property Enumerated variable specifying the dataset to use used The available choices are shown below Please not that in some IDEs the enumerated values are not accessible and the integer values from the left column shown below need to be used 34 Enumeration Data Set to Use Files 0 Z NONE No Data None 1 ZP5 TIGER Tiger USA Data Set ZPD 2 ZPG GDTUSA TeleAtlas USA Data Set ZPG 3 ZPG RESVI Reserved None 4 ZPG CDN TeleAtlas CANADA Data Set ZPG 5 ZPG_RESV2 Reserved None 6 ZPG_ GDTUSACDN TeleAtlas USA and CANADA Data Set ZPG It should be noted that each data set contains files in different format and they are not interchangeable Also note that a signature file needs to be present in the directory with the state files It is recommended that this property is set in your code not just in the property inspector to ensure consistent data access Delphi Example procedure TForml Button37Click Sender TObject Toggle use of datasets begin if MapProl DataSource ZP5_TIGER then begin MapProl DataSource ZPG_GDT Button37 caption Data GDT Label3 Caption Using GDT Set Data Paths
181. do begin listbox2 items add No t inttostr i L Mapprol ImportMer items i 1 name F Mapprol ImportMegr items 1 1 FileName inttostr Mappro1 ImportMgr items i 1 count end end else label 1 caption No Layers have been imported end 221 Import Filename tring Property Specifies the Filename that is to be imported Ifa filename is specified and the Visibility is set to True then the data is automatically rendered subject to visibility scale thresholds etc no further action is required The filename needs to also include an extension of either MIF or SHP Note that all imported files need to be in X Y projection No other projections are supported at this time VB Example Private Sub Command11_Click Import a shape file and the associated DBF file No additional info is needed to import the data using the built in default attributes MapProl Import FileName D TG24001 shp Redraw the map to reflect the imported data MapProl Redraw End Sub Import Font Property This interface specifies the Font attributes to be used when labeling imported objects Note that the property Jmport LabelFilter is used to specify what type of objects are to be labeled 222 font Align Integer Controls the alignment of the text within the text bounding rectangle Note that the reference point of any text string is the bottom left corner of the string The default vertical al
182. ds to be purchased for each such computer user All distributed end user copies of applications developed with MapOCX Pro on the other hand need to be registered with Undertow Software individually within 15 days of installation The user is reminded upon startup of the application they can register by phone or over the internet This allows the developer to monitor the usage of their application and at the same time automates the licensing procedure What s Included in the Developers Toolkit The MapOCX Pro Package contains the following e A choise of Map Data e 2000 TIGER Line Street level Data Set for USA or e TeleAtlas Prime street level Data for the USA and or Canada if licensed Auxiliary files containing coarse world state county place hydro and roads data MapPro71 0CX ActiveX Component Developer s Users Manual REGSVR32 exe OC30 DLL Vendor Product Code and Developer Password This is supplied to Licensee by phone Minimum Reguirements The following represent the minimum operating requirements for MapOCX Pro Minimum OS Windows 2000 Operates On Windows 2000 XP CPU Pentium 4 1 GHz or equivalent RAM 256 MB HD 100 MB see note below CD ROM 4x Video 800x600 256 colors NOTE 100 MB is assumed to be available in order to accommodate the OCX and associated files The data is assumed to remain on the CD ROM If the data is transferred to the HD then approximately 655 Mb for
183. e 2 In the Hint format we ll use a field name as well PHONE mapprol POIMgr FormatHint Name 2 13 10 Telephone PHONE Mapprol POIMgr Visible true end 242 POIMgr FormatLabel String Property Defines the information that will be used to label the POI icons on the map Also see FormatHint to see how to define the information that appears when the mouse cursor is on a POI icon The format used for defining this property is as follows Is used to concatenate the various parts making up the string definition n Specifies that the contents of the n th field of the POI database should be inserted here Note that the database field name could also be inserted here but it is possible that field names may change in the future sien Double quotes enclose any literal text that should be added to the string Example POIMgr FormatLabel Name 2 Would result in the following labeling rs tf Name uvendy s EE N se SE E 4 Delphi Example procedure TForml Button71Click Sender TObject begin This will turn the icons on at the 10 miles scale mapprol poimgr MilesMajor 10 This will turn on the labels at one mile scale mapprol poimgr MilesMinor 1 5 Does the first character in the format string have to be m Z m approl POIMgr FormatLabel Name 2 In the Hint format we ll use
184. e EEEC Routing Highlight Resolution If Option 1 then ALL the nodes are used for highlighting the route and if Option 0 then only the first and last points of each chain are used as it used to work in earlier versions of the OCX The default value is set to 0 OpCode EEEE FindClosest Options It affectes the behavior when using the FindClosest Method If Option 0 then it operates as before i e it returns the coordinate of the segment endpoint If Option 1 then it returns the coordinates of the interpolated address Note that since not all segments are divided the same way in real life the interpolated coordinates may or may not be correct Some simple code examples using the SetOption method VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click Change the background Canada Mexico color i dim flag as long Set the color using the RGB function flag MapProl setoption 1 RGB 33 23 45 152 Delphi Example repaint the map surface to reflect the new color MapProl redraw End Sub d Set Some options using SetOption dim flag as Integer dim cl StNum as Long Set the State number for MA StNum 38 Set the color to solid Red cl RGB 255 0 0 Use SetOption to Set the color of MA to Red flag MapProl SetOption StNum cl Set the Palette MapProl SetOption 0 0 Check to see if the operation was successful and echo appropriate message as a ca
185. e prior to using a FormX ShowModal when using more than one form Distribution Files When distributing your application to end users you need to include all files in the States Datal Data2 and Data3 directories in the distribution disk s you received from Undertow Software Files in other directories may be optional depending on the feature set your application is using It is strongly recommended that Regsvr32 exe and 0c30 dll should be distributed with your application s setup and installed in the Windows System directory Although most operating systems contain these files some do not It is also recommended that you install the MapPro71 OCX in the application directory when distributing your application and if possible automate the Windows OCX registration process through your installation procedure SIG Files The data sets distributed with this package contain a number of files with the extension SIG in the states folder These files need to be there for the street level data to be accessible These SIG files need to also be present in the street level data folder in the any distribution application package to the end user Note however that if you are not using Canadian data in your distributed application then you should NOT include the TANACANOS SIG file in your distribution package If you do then the end user registration process will automatically charge your vendor account for the Canadian data use for every end user
186. e VB gets confused in trying to handle unsigned values Conversely you can calculate the hex values out and call the SetOption routines with decimal values in VB e g SetOption 61166 2 OpCode 00 Special Color Options Special Opcode use to reset or query attributes according to the Option values shown below Note that only some of the OpCodes are shown here but specifying OpCode 00 the user can query the value of any OpCode described in this section by setting the appropriate Option value Option 1 Reset the palette to the built in default The function returns zero if the operation was successful Option 00 Regenerate the palette handle Required since the palette is not automatically generated every time a color is added The function returns zero if the operation was successful Option 0I Returns the value of the background color For example BkCol Setoption 00 01 would return an integer representing the RGB color of the background Option 02 Returns the value of the water color Option 03 Returns the value of the parks color Option 10 1F Returns the color value of the shade color specified used for shading states and counties Option 20 6F Returns the color of the specified state see below for State ID number Note that either a color or a color index will be returned If a 3 byte value is returned then it is an RGB color If a 4 byte value is returned with the highest byte equal to
187. e brush used to fill polygon objects Mark DI Iw Visible lcon Seid E gt 7 Permits the user to select the type of mark to be used for labeling point opjects and polygon centroids Note that if icon is selected then the user may select from a list of built in bitmap icons Font i IV Visible Arial Size nz E B il Permits the user to set the attributes of the font user to label imported objects Label Filter V Point P Line P Polygon Permits the user to select whether to label Points Lines and Polygon centroids using the font attributes set above Label Field Horizontal Vertical ka Af d Permits the user to select the field from the imported database to be used for labeling and to set the horizontal and vertical text alignment of the labels VB Example Private Sub Command121_Click A single call to the method is needed Note that since this is an interface in VB you have to set the result to a variable s MapProl Import ShowDialog End Sub Import Upper Property The upper threshold of visibility for the imported data miles km depending on unts that have been selected For example if Upper 100 then when the scale factor is above 100 miles km the imported data is not visible VB Example Private Sub Command42_Click 229 Private Sub Command125_Click Set the Upper and Lower visibility thresholds MapProl Import Upper 50 MapProl Import Lower 5 Import
188. e down arrow portion of the button opens up a dialog that permits the user select a new marker type The new marker is reflected on the icon portion of the dual action button Anchors the toolbar to the bottom of the control frame x Closes the Toolbar CAD Attribute Dialog 200 If the CAD toolbar is visible clicking on the Attributes button opens up the attributes dialog which permits the user to set the default attributes for any CAD objects that are subsequently created If any CAD objects are currently selected then the attributes of the selected objects are set to those selected by the user The Attribute dialog is described below Attributes Pen Style _ _ Pen Style The user may select one of the available pen styles Width 1 solid dotted dash etc CAD Attributes Dialog Pen Tab Raster Op COPY e Mode Transparent BackColor _ C Opaque Width The user may select the pen width in pixels Note that ForeColor BI Windows limitations only permit lines of thickness 1 pixel to have any pan style other than solid Raster Op The user may select one of four main Windows raster operations COPY MERGER MASK XOR ForeColor Clicking on the color button a color selection dialog opens up and lest the user select the pen foreground color Ok Cancel BackColor Clicking on the color button a color selection dial
189. e font used to label Landmarks when zoomed below 2 miles The default size is 9 OpCode 93 Reserved Reserved for later use OpCode 94 Highway Shield Text Size Sets the size of the font used to label Highway Shields The default size is 12 The shield is resized to accommodate the new specified text size OpCode 95 Street Name Text Size Sets the text size for the Street names The default value is 9 OpCode 98 Street Data Threshold Sets the scale value miles at which the coarse data layers become invisible and the Street level data layers phase in The default values is 2 0 miles The maximum value that this is internally limited to is 4 miles OpCode 99 City Label Spacing Sets the spacing between City labels in points The larger this value is the more space will be reserved between city name labels during the simple collision detection algorithm of the control OpCode 100 N Layer Visibility Set the visibility of specific layers ON OFF All layer values have an offset of 100 and are listed as the increment above 100 The form is SetOption 100 N State where N is one of the values below and State is the visibility of the layer 0 false or 1 true For example the Delphi call MapProl SetOption 100 33 byte false will set the display of highway shields OFF 148 SetOption 100 N where N 41 and above controls individual layers from the Tiger Data Set as N 1 State Bo
190. e line is not redrawn unless it s tied to the OnPaintAfter event MapProl DrawLine dc 87 65 41 84 118 24 34 05 W Color Mode finally release the dc releasedc handle dc end DrawNorth dc x y integer Procedure Draws an arrow indicating the North direction using the device context and the screen coordinates X Y specified by the user The X Y 0 0 point is the top left corner of the dc consistent with the Windows convention VB Example Private Sub Command38_Click MapProl DrawNorth GetDC MapProl Handle 15 45 End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml Button8Click Sender TObject var dc longint begin Draw a North Arrow after painting the map on the dc dc getdc MapProl handle MapProl DrawNorth dc 15 45 releasedc dc handle end 43 DrawObject dc integer Lon Lat OleVariant Item Color Longint Procedure Draws the predefined icon specified by Item and the specified color at the Longitude and Latitude coordinates specified by Lon amp Lat on the control specified by the device context dc A white highlight is drawn around the item as well The predefined items are identified below 1 Circle 2 Square 3 Diamond 4 Triangle 5 Left arrow 6 Right arrow 7 Up arrow 8 Down arrow VB Example Private Sub Command1_Click MapProl drawobject GetDC MapProl Handle tempYcord tempXcord 1 vbGreen End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml Buttonl8C
191. e three points Pt1X 100 Pt1Y 30 Pt2X 105 Pt2Y 34 Pt3X 102 Pt3Y 36 sl MapProl Cad GetMarker 2 s2 MapProl Cad GetMarker 4 s3 MapProl Cad GetMarker 7 170 Pt3 As CadObj rc2 As CadObj EE Set Ptl Map Set Pt2 Map Set Pt3 Map Ptl Caption Ptl Font Alig Pt2 Caption Pt2 Font Alig Pt3 Caption Prol Cad Marker Pt1X Pt1Y sl Prol Cad Marker Pt2X Pt2Y s2 Prol Cad Marker Pt3X Pt3Y s3 point 1 n 1 point 2 n 2 point 3 create a circle and an ellipse Prol Cad mCircle 100 30 80 38 1 Set rci Map rel Caption rcl Brush Style 4 Mode 2 MapProl Cad Ellipse 99 28 92 40 rcl Brus Set rc2 re2 Caption rc2 Brush ID Color vbBlue Also draw enclosing pol Circle 4 Ellipse 5 L Lygon Set rc3 MapProl Cad Rectangle 99 28 92 40 rc3 Brush Style 1 Bring the first object With MapProl Cad Tofront i e above the other objects Objects 0 Selected Tru BringToFront End With End Sub MapProl Refresh CAD Brush Property Sets the default brush properties for all CAD objects When an object is created it inherits these brush properties unless specific brush properties are set for the object either prior to or after its creation See object brush later on for a detailed description of the brush properties VB Example Private Sub Comman
192. e will be returned if the map has been rotated See the LL2INT function for getting the equivalent information even with rotated maps VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click Dim x as Integer x MapProl Lat2Int MapProl ycord Textl Str x End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml Button3Click Sender TObject var Yd string 12 begin inttstr Lat2Int MapProl ycord Yd panel2 caption Lon Equivalent Yd end 99 LatBottom Double Property Indicates the Latitude of the lower edge of the map view window VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click Dim x as Double x MapProl LatBottom End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml Buttonl1Click Sender TObject var xt double begin xt MapProl L end atbottom LatCenter Double Property Indicates the Latitude of the center point of the map view window VB Example Private Sub Command105_Click Dim x As Double y As Double xd As Double yd As Double Dim deltaX As Double deltaY As Double T Obtain center x MapProl Lo y MapProl La Calculate cen coordinates nCenter tCenter ter coordinates using alternate method yd MapProl LatTop MapProl LatBottom 2 xd MapProl LonLeft MapProl LonRight 2 Deltas shoud be zero deltaX x xd deltaY y yd End Sub LatTop Double Property Indicates the Latitude of the upper edge of the map view window VB Example Priv
193. eal for in vehicle navigation 15 Underlays amp Overlays Users can also load underlay bitmaps satellite or aerial photography BMP JPG or GIF and can create load and edit overlays of CAD objects lines boxes circles Loaded overlay files may be of the older MapPro formats OVR or CMX of the new advanced native CAD format with support of attributable objects A built in CAD toolbar makes it easy for the developer to add vector elements that become part of the user CAD layer which is painted on top of the map surface Cad Tools RAD zre Ae Dose sL LEAT e AF The new CAD interface also allows the user to Group CAD objects in logical sets modify individual or group object attributes use built in markers and wmf symbols to identify map locations import wmf objects an more All these capabilities are also available programmatically for the developer that is interested in building their own CAD interface Geocoding and Reverse Geocoding Although not designed as a dedicated geocoder A variety of built in search methods allow the user to Geocode based on an address and the control also has built in methods that permit the user to enter latitude and longitude coordinates and find the closest street address city etc Route Optimization A whole collection of new capabilities were added to the Map control in the new release MapPro71 One of the most important additions is the Optimized Route Solution ORS many times r
194. eate Sender TObject begin MapProl Path_states d pmap40 states end Path_States1 String Property Identifies the location of States Street data files The Path States0 is checked first then the Path States data directory is checked If the system finds the data file in the States0 directory it uses that file If it doesn t find it in the States0 it moves on to look in the States1 path This allows the user to have some data on the hard drive and some on CD It is also useful when updates are made to certain state files Also note that in version 6 0 and above a XXXX SIG file must be present in the States data directory based upon the use of either Tiger or TeleAtlas data VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl Path_States1l d pmap40 states End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml FormCreate Sender TObject begin MapProl Path_States1l d pmap40 states end PhoneRegInfo Property This will allow you to modify the text in the Register Over the Phone dialog This is usefull when you would like a different phone number so users can call your company direct If this property is set to or Null it will disable the Register Over the Phone button in the registration dialog Note This property may not be visible in the properties inspector you can only set this via code in your application usually the form load event VB Example Private Sub Command103_Click Sets the registration phone number to your se
195. eceeseeeesseeessseeeseeeesseeesseeeesseeesseeeessesenseeeesaes 45 Enabled Boolean Property ccceccssccsssscesssceesseceeseeeeseeeeseeesssecesseeeesseeessseeessaeeeeeeeessesensaeeeaes 46 EXEC IOSESE Procedur 2 ex GEREG DERE ER DEE DEE E DE GED DEE DEEG 46 Ex cDbliipert Procedure i s EE EE Ge DEE GR e es De eb De Dee EE gs e ee ees 47 Execlonlat r Proc dire es Ee Ee Eed EECH 47 ExecMem X LonglInteger LongInteger Function esse esse ee ee Re Re AR ee ee 48 ExecMethod s String Procedure esse esse se Re RA Re Re ee Re Re ee ee ee ee ee 48 EXeCPHOnE gt Proceduie ED EE SE eke aa EE ED ade nd ead sued ee 51 ExecPlac rode Zoe ithe ie idee iil Ae es ees 51 ExecPrint Proc duie EE KERE ER tenes ern ev nM nM al ge DE Re NE ge We eek 52 ExecPrntEx Vee Lid OE N a a ue eho OE EE eN 54 ExecRegister x LongInt Procedure esse esse Re RA RA Re ee Re Re ee Re ee ee 54 ExecRoadOption Procedure esse ee ee Re RA E Re Re ee Re ee ee 55 ExecRoute x1 x2 x3 x4 Double Procedure esse esse Re Re Re Re ee nii 57 ExecSearch Title string Option Integer Procedure see vee see DE be DEU se ese sees De ee 61 Exe Stteet Piroeedur ee SE EE EE Ge GER Gee ee EE Ge ee GR Gee EE 65 Ex tZipcod rege ufeieren Gee Ee 66 FindAcEx temip String Procedure ies ke EES SE ER SR SR EERS i ede hae 66 FindCity temp String Procedure esse se Re RA Re Re ee Re Re ee Re ee ee 67 FindClosest X Y Radius OleVariant Procedure esse see
196. edure TForml ButtonlClick Sender Object begin MapProl ZoomIWindow 10 10 60 50 end ZoomLast Procedure Restores the previous view resulting from any view operation VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl ZoomLast End Sub 164 Delphi Procedure TForml SpeedButton4Click Sender TObject begin MapProl ZoomLast end ZoomOut Procedure Resizes map downwards by a factor of 1 2 All data required to display the map is automatically loaded VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl ZoomOut End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml SpeedButton2Click Sender TObject begin MapProl ZoomOut end ZoomOverlay Procedure Calculates the extents based on the elements in the currently loaded overlay and repositions and resizes viewport so that they are ALL visible Note that this only applies to the older overlays of the type of CMX and OVR which have been loaded using the OpenOverlay method It does not aply to the newer CAD overlays which have their own Zoom method through the CAD interface Notes There is no effect if there is no Overlay file loaded VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl Openoverlay D PMAP40 OVERLAYS myfile ovr MapProl ZoomOverlay End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml SpeedButton2Click Sender TObject begin MapProl Openoverlay D PMAP40 OVERLAYS myfile ovr MapProl ZoomOverlay end ZoomPan i Integer Procedure Specified number ca
197. ee if Current ObjectType is 1 and change MapMode Also make sure the control was in Programmatic DRAW mode If Current 1 And IamDrawing True Then MapProl MapMode MdZoom IamDrawing False H F ilse End If Beep End Sub CAD Pen Method Sets the default pen properties for all CAD objects When an object is created it inherits these pen properties unless specific pen properties are set for the object either prior to or after its creation See object pen later on for a detailed description of the brush properties VB Example Private Sub Command44_Click Dim Robi As CadObj Set some default pen properties for the CAD Interface MapProl Cad Pen Color vbRed MapProl Cad Pen Width 4 Create a regular polygon Set Robj MapProl Cad RegularPolygon 100 40 100 42 7 change pen color Rob j Pen Color vbBlue Refresh the map MapProl Refresh End Sub 179 CAD Polygon Points TRPoint N Long CadObj Method Draws a polygon object of N vertices Points is the staring element in a TRPoints array This allows the user to use the same array of points to define a mumber of different polygons These are all closed polygons VB Example Private Sub Command27 Click Dim Tpt 20 As TrPoint Dim Tpgl As CadObj Tpg2 As CadObj Define some points to be used for polygons Tpt 1 x 100 Tpt 1 y 40 Tet 2 x 92 Tpt 2 y 41 Tpt 3 x 88 Tet 3 y
198. eference given to classifications that cover features that are visible to an observer and are part of the ground transportation network Thus a road that is also the boundary of a town would have a CFCC describing its road characteristics not its boundary characteristics The CFCC as used in the TIGER Line TM files is a three character code the first character is a letter describing the feature class the second character is a number describing the major category and the third character is a number describing the minor category Roads Railroad Ground Transportation Landmarks Physical Features Non Visible Features Hydrography NonClassified ze mb D Dm I Feature Class A R The definition of a divided highway has been the source of considerable discussion Earlier specifications have defined a divided road as having opposing traffic lanes that are physically separated by a median strip no less than 70 feet wide in former GBF DIME areas or no less than 200 feet wide in nonGBF DIME areas This definition caused confusion in the proper coding of interstates having narrow medians To clarify the situation the Census Bureau now uses the term divided to refer to a road with opposing traffic lanes separated by any size median and separated to refer to lanes that are represented in the Census TIGER data base as two distinct complete chains Earlier operations may have depicted widely separated lanes as a si
199. eferred to as the Traveling Salesman Problem TSP This is the solution to the problem where a number of points need to be visited and the user is interested in the optimized set of routes to all those points In this implementation the ORS can use either a closed circle path i e a complete closed path is generated between all the user specified points or it can use fixed Start and Finish points Although it may seem to be a trivial problem for a couple of points one can quickly see that the number of possible solutions that need to be examined even for 6 pint can quickly get very high EE TT di ELETE EE Possible Routing Combinations for 6 points ORS result for the same point The ORS is implemented as a collection of Interfaces Properties and Methods described in the Optirouter section of this manual below Its capabilities can be selected both programmatically or by invoking the Route Optimizer built in dialog User Registration The MapOCX control is registered in each development project using the licensing information obtained from UnderTow Software at the time of purchase or most likely following the SDK s installation No further interaction with Undertow is needed by the developer See section on installing and using the control Please note that the the Mappro SDK is distributed as a Single User SDK If more than one developer will be using the SDK on different computer system a separate SDK license nee
200. eger Method Deletes the currently selected CAD objects See the SelectRange and SelectRect methods for selecting CAD objects to operate on It returns the number of CAD objects that were deleted VB Example Private Sub Command55_Click Delete all selected objects and display the of objects deleted for confirmation purposes n MapProl Cad Delete Command55 Caption Last Delete amp n End Sub CAD Ellipse X1 Y1 X2 Y2 Double CadObj Method Creates an ellipse within the bounding rectangle defined by the two points X1 Y1 and X2 Y2 172 VB Example Private Sub Command25 Click Dim TEL As CadObj Trec As CadoObj Draw the bounding rectangle Set Trec MapProl Cad Rectangle 120 40 82 30 Trec Pen Style 3 Set TEL MapProl Cad Ellipse 120 40 82 30 Set some of the line attributes TEL Pen Width 1 TEL Pen Color vbBlue TEL Pen BackColor vbRed TEL Pen Style TEL Pen Mode 0 EL Brush Color vbGreen L Brush BackColor vbYellow T EL Brush Style Val Text18 Text I varried these 0 5 TEL Brush Mode Val Text19 Text Varried these 0 5 MapProl Refresh End Sub CAD Extents TExtentRec Method A record containing the extents of all current CAD objects This can be used with ZoomWindow to zoom to zoom in or out to the extents of existing CAD objects The record contains 4 doubles as shown below
201. el Bring Over any via points that may have been defined and append them to the Stop Points list immediately above the End point G Open Load a file containing a list of Stop Points Save the current list of Stop Points to a file 207 WW Make the currently highlighted Stop Point the Start point for the Calculation Move the currently highlighted Stop Point UP one position in the list Move the currently highlighted Stop Point DOWN one position in the list Make the currently highlighted Stop Point the End point for the Calculation ki he Ly by Delete the currently highlighted Stop Point Type Shortest e Select the Type of Route to calculate Optimize Calculate an Optimized route through the current Stop Points Note that executing this optimize routine will resequence the stop Points as needed KH Calculate Route Calculate a route through the current stop points in the order they appear in the list not necessarily optimized je amp Print Open the Print dialog to print the Optimized Route The same dialog as the one for printing the Via point routing calculation is used See the Routing sections for a detailed description Selected Printer SMAINSHP4P Text Size 100 C 80 C 60 Margins in Left joa E Right 0 25 E Top 0 25 Bj Bot ps fF IT Maximized Paper F Mural Pages 1 Y Options MV M
202. en Refresh which would repaint all the uset item bitmaps VB Example Private Sub Timer2_timer T Timer used to show animated car trail 129 dim templ temp2 as double inc locnum Check to see if all cars have been drawn if locnum gt MaxCarLoc then Disable the timer to stop the loop timer2 enabled fals Turn AutoQuery back ON MapProl AutoQuery true end if Set the bitmap to a new location MapProl SetItem 1 carloc locnum 1 carloc locnum 2 erase the old bitmap and refresh the one at the new location MapProl ReDirty annunciate every other movement if locnum mod 2 0 then Messagebeep 0 End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml Timer2Timer Sender TObject Timer used to show animated car trail var templ temp2 real begin inc locnum Check to see if all cars have been drawn if locnum gt MaxCarLoc then begin Disable the timer to stop the loop timer2 enabled false Turn AutoQuery back ON MapProl AutoQuery true end else begin Set the bitmap to a new location MapProl SetItem 1 carloc locnum 1 carloc locnum 2 erase the old bitmap and refresh the one at the new location MapProl ReDirty end annunciate every other movement if locnum mod 2 0 then Messagebeep 0 end Redraw Procedure Causes the map to load any required map data and draw all elements to the specified control If the map has not
203. en directed to do so by Undertow Software and follow whatever other instructions are given to you at the time OpCode C002 Render Time Time Sec to generate the last display including the time to load the data OpCode C003 Load Data Time Time sec to load the data included in value returned by OpCode C002 OpCode C004 World Extents Setting it to true permits the control to accommodate coordinates outside North America OpCode D001 Memory Usage Maximun Number of EMS the internal memory management module Pages Allocated for any operation this far ReadOnly can be queried with OpCode 00 OpCode D002 Memory Page Size Size of EMS page in bytes ReadOnly can be queried with OpCode 00 Note that the page size and the maximum allowable pages is optimized in each release of MapPro in order to support the widest group of hardware and also perform efficiently 150 OpCode D003 Free Memory Free EMS in bytes ReadOnly can be queried with OpCode 00 OpCode D004 Max Memory Maximum EMS bytes allocated ReadOnly can be queried with OpCode 00 OpCode D005 One Way Arrow Collision This controls the one way street indicator collision bounding rectangle size This can limit the number of arrows and overlap You can do so using SetOption D005 N where N adds the specified number of pixels to the rectangle bounding box OpCode D007 Min Zoom Scale Sets the minimum zoom scale val
204. ensed from Undertow Software for use with MapPro OCX One of these databases is based on the 2000 TIGER Line data from the Census Bureau and the other is based on Premium Mapping Data supplied from TeleAtlas Both data sets provide coverage for the Continental USA Hawaii Puerto Rico and US territories The TeleAtlas data set also provides coverage for Canada Although both data sets provide resolution down to neighborhood roads the TeleAtlas based premium data set provides much more detailed address range coverage additional resolution in the vector data one way street information exit ramp information and in general a significantly higher degree of detail In addition to the detailed USA and Canadian data available with MapOCX Pro a basic World reference data set is also provided based on TeleAtlas and enhanced with data from a number of other sources This world data set is meant to be used as a reference layer for users that may want to use their own underlay bitmaps or overlays for example to produce maps for other parts of the world Stock Dialogs Toolbars Using just a single line of code to access one of the numerous built in stock dialogs and toolbars provides the user with the ability to perform searches print perform street level routing set display options and much more Map Rotation On the fly map rotation and a specialized Heads Up mode allows the user to rotate map data to the preferred orientation id
205. ently defined color shades See Appendix for information on the shading array stored in the configuration file OpCode 201 County Polygon Shading Shade County Polygons Shading is performed using the currently defined color shades See Appendix for information on the shading array stored in the configuration file OpCode 202 MCD Polygon Shading Shade MCD Polygons Shading is performed using the currently defined color shades See Appendix for information on the shading array stored in the configuration file OpCode 203 Place Polygon Shading Shade Place Polygons Shading is performed using the currently defined color shades See Appendix for information on the shading array stored in the configuration file OpCode 301 State Boundary Color Sets the pen color to be used for drawing State boundaries OpCode 302 County Boundary Color Sets the pen color to be used for drawing County boundaries OpCode 303 MCD Boundary Color Sets the pen color to be used for drawing MCD boundaries OpCode C001 Debug Mode It controls the OCX debug mode If Option 1 the debug mode is turned ON and if Option 0 it is turned OFF When the debug mode is ON a file named mpdebug txt is created in the default directory of the C drive containing useful information for Undertow Software s development department when trying to resolve complex tech support problems This file can get fairly large Use this option only wh
206. ep when logging onto www registermyapp com is prominently Goto www hRegisterMuApp com and enter your product displayed In this dialog code Clicking on the link above should automatically open your browser and go to the website if not open your browser and go o Iho website manuak After the Serial Registration Code is obtained the user enters it Step 3 in the appropriate area in the dialog and clicks O K The website will provide you with a serial registration code Enter Registration Code then click OK lt Back x Cancel 314 Phone Registration If Register Over the Phone is selected then the following dialog is presented Step To register over the phone call 1 800 257 9244 during the hours 84M to 5PM EST and please note your product code and provide it to the operator who will assist you The dialog clearly indicates the 2 steps that need to be takes to complete the registration over the Internet eee EE r S Ste Note that the Product Number which will be asked of the user e GE S x S After providing the product code and user information you when calling the indicated telephone number is prominently wil be given a serial number that will register this application Below enter your serial number and click on OK Enter Serial Number displayed in this dialog After the Serial Registration Code is obtained the user enters it in the appropriate area in the dialog and clicks O K lt Back
207. epresents that the signator or person accepting this License is an officer of LICENSEE and is authorized to enter into this Agreement on behalf of the LICENSEE IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this Agreement effective as of the date first written above UNDERTOW SOFTWARE CORP LICENSEE By Name By Title Title Signature Signature Date Date 306 LICENSING EXHIBIT A LICENSED PRODUCT AND COPYRIGHTS DISPLAY Licensed Software Data MapOCX Pro 7 1 Release 2 MapPro71 OCX Release 2 e Tiger 2000 Data for the United States Dataset Depending on License e TANA Data for the United States Depending on License e TANA Data for Canada Depending on License Copyrights USC USC is the owner of certain mapping Software Data and Documentation and the common law copyrights for the work entitled Map OCX Pro 7 0 or MapOCX Pro 7 1 and United States Copyright Certificates of Registration for the works entitled Map OCX Pro 4 0 Registration No ATX 5 571 581 effective August 16 2002 and Precision Mapping Streets 3 0 Registration No TX 4 526 524 effective April 21 1997 hereinafter referred to as the USC Software or USC Copyrights or Copyrighted Works Required displays in End User Products LICENSEE shall conspicuously display each applicable copyright notice for the Licensed Software on the initial splash screen in the code on the storage medium on the packaging in the He
208. er Unit c Total Royalty Fee OR Internet Transaction Count Number YY Royalty Per Unit a Total Units Sold b Royalty Fee Per Unit c Total Royalty Fee Amount Enclosed Check Number If there were no royalties for this month please leave a brief explanation I am acting as an authorized representative of the company listed above The information is accurate and true which meets the criteria of our agreed upon contract Signature 310 Date LICENSING EXHIBIT D VENDOR ACCOUNTING AND TYPE OF DEPLOYMENT This form needs to be signed as part of the Agreement I Type of Vendor Account Desired please select one _ Per Transaction Fee Special licensing for applications that are based on a single or multiple servers that are used to dispense maps directions etc to clients through a wide LAN or web internet connection Please note that you need a special Licensing Agreement for this type of deployment POIs cannot be part of this type of license Pre Pay Only Each vendor has an escrow account on the USC registration servers Money can be deposited into the account by the vendor at any time by logging to www registermyapp com login asp and making an on line payment using their credit card or by mailing USC a check for deposit into their account When an end user client seat is about to be registered the escrow account is checked and if the balance is sufficient to pr
209. ere aw TxMapMode dZoom dUser dStreet dCad 3 dDistance 4 SS SS ZS I o TxMapunit MuMi 0 Mukm 1 TxTbMode TbHide 0 TbFix 1 TbFloat 2 294 TxMouseButton mbLeft 0 mbRight 1 mbMiddle 2 TxLLMode TmHMS mMmDEG TmBIG TmSMALL I ND HO TxCoord CdLonlat 0 CdLatLon LA TxRteOps RT_Clear 0 RT_Spots 1 RT Hatch 2 RT Zoom 4 RT Short 16 RT Fast 32 RT Direct 48 RT Hours 64 RT Km 128 RT Total 512 RT PrtMap 1024 RT PrtDir 2048 RT NOERR 4096 RT_NoDLG 8192 RT_Degree 16384 TxAlignment taLeftJustify 0 taRightJustify 1 taCenter 2 TxDragMode dmManual 0 dmAutomatic 1 TxSourceData Z NONE 0 ZP5_TIGER 1 ZPG_GDTUSA 2 ZPG_RESV1 3 ZPG_GDTCDN 4 ZPG_RESV2 5 ZPG_GDTUSACDN 6 TxScaleBar sbNone 0 sbTopLeft 1 sbTopRight 2 sbBottomLeft 3 sbBottomRight 4 295 TxRouteType Shortest Fastest Direct Preferred 3 ShortUnbiased 0 1 2 TxRasterOps RopBlack 1 RopNotMergePen RopNotCopyPen RopMaskPenNot RopNot 6 Ropxor Ei RopNotMaskPen RopMask 9 RopNotXorPen RopNop 11 RopMergeNotPen RopCopy 13 RopMergePenNot RopMerge 15 RopWhite 16 TxDegFormat dfDMS dfDEC AdfDECMIN 0 1 2 Record TPointRec double x double y BSTR Name Record TExtentRec doub Xmin doub Ymin doub Xmax doub Ymax TrPoint ble x ble y Reco
210. ereof that is not expressly provided for in this Agreement 6 CONFIDENTIALITY 6 1 6 2 Acknowledgment LICENSEE hereby acknowledges and agrees that the USC Software and Documentation constitute and contain valuable proprietary products and trade secrets of USC and or its suppliers embodying substantial creative efforts and confidential information ideas and expressions Accordingly LICENSEE agrees to treat and take precautions to ensure that its employees treat the USC Software and Documentation as confidential in accordance with the confidentiality requirements and conditions set forth below Maintenance of Confidential Information Each party agrees to keep confidential all confidential information disclosed to it by the other party in accordance herewith and to protect the confidentiality thereof in the same manner it protects the confidentiality of similar information and data of its own at all times exercising at least a reasonable degree of care in the protection of confidential information provided however that neither party shall have any such obligation with respect to use or disclosure to others not parties to this Agreement of such confidential information as can be established to 1 have been known publicly 2 have been known generally in the industry before communication by the disclosing party to the recipient 3 have become known publicly without fault on the part of the recipient subsequent to disclosure b
211. ers The first tab of the Optirouter dialog permist the user to search for and add Stop Points to be used in the calculation OptiRouter In addition to being able to si Directions Routing Vehicle Parameters Type Address Place or Zip Code to Search For 81 W Oak St Chicago IL 60610 28w403 Purnell Rd West Chicago IL 60185 122 W Drummond Ave Glendale Heights IL 60139 170 Essex Dr Essex PLBarrington IL 60010 57 Pin Oak Ct Cary IL 60013 2006 Conway Farms Dr Lake Forest IL 60045 2941 E Wisconsin Dr Great Lakes IL 60088 4833 William St Mchenry IL 60050 879 Big Bear Trl Cary IL 60013 279 lowa St Oak Park IL 60302 astwau D sland ake f x Kd gt gt giga ES search for an address to be added in as a stop point this dialog also allows the user to bring over via points that may have been specified for a routing calculation This in turn makes it possible for the user to specify Stop Points by Point and click See introsuction section on Mouse Button functionality The functionality of all the buttons available in the StopPoints tab of the Optirouter dialog is explained below a Find Search for the address typed in the edit box list of Stop Points opt Add the qualified address following a search that appears in the edit box to the ER Clear the Sop Points list It also clears the markers on the map and the highlighted Optimized Route
212. es for object consistency not all attributes are accessible usable for all objects as shown in this summary table 2 o 2 a EN D IS D E OE EE E o E o oO Q D D N gt oi gt gt oO D T H ios oO ed O D oO 3 H LE JE SR ae Ie le ter EE We Line x x X x x X X X X X Rectangle X X X X X X X X x x X Ellipse x x X X X X X X X X Polyline X X X X X X X X X X Polygon X X X X X X X X X X X Marker X X X X X X X X X X X Text X x X X X x x x x Circle X X x x x x x X X X X Regular Polygon X X X X X X X X X X X Free Hand X X x X x x x x x Arrow X X X X X X X X X X X Bezier X X X X X X X X X X X Symbol X X X X X X x x x x TextBubble X X X x x x x X X X Grouped Object x x X X X X X X X X X MetaObj X 203 OptiRouter Interface A whole collection of new capabilities were added to the Map control in the new release MapPro71 One of the most important additions is the Optimized Route Solution ORS many times referred to as the Traveling Salesman Problem TSP This is the solution to the problem where a number of points need to be visited and the user is interested in the optimized set of routes to all those points In this first implementation the ORS assumes a closed circle path i e a complete closed path is generated between all the user specified points Although it may seem to be a trivial problem for a couple of points one can quickly see
213. et the User Defined routing option is used Road Options The Route Highlight tab allows the user to Speed Prioities Route Hightight Report Options select the percent highlight to be used when marking the calculated route on the map surface Foz Map The enhance Route Line option allows the user to bypass some the built in smoothing of road segments that is designed to speed up the routing calculations Note that setting this option ON can significantly Color Highlight 72 i LEI increase the Routing calculation time Even 0O 10 25 100 when it is ON there is some smoothing done using the Douglas Pucker smoothing Enhanced Route Line More Info algorithm Look at SetOption EEED n for bypassing smoothing completely Cancel 60 Road Options x The Report options allows the user to select Speed Priorities Route Hightight Report Options what information to be displayed in the List box containing the routing information for Route Reporting Options Header Info each Road segment j Iw Leg Display Alternate Street Names V Type Iw Resize View to Show Route Iw Directions SE M Name Place Direction mi i C E Bearing Degrees E Mies Units St Miles Kilometers d sd EE earing Dist Time 7 Position e Totals Difference Ok Cancel The third tab of the Routing Dialog contains brief instruction on how to use it VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl ExecRoute End S
214. et the first color in the shading array to green Use SetOption 0 1 if you need to reset the default palette OpCode 20 5F State Colors Set the color for the state specified by the OpCode see table below to that specified by Option Option can be an RGB color or it can be an index to the shading colors if a 4 byte value is specified and the highest byte is 08 For example using SetOption 20 FF0000 in Delphi would set the color of Alabama to blue whereas SetOption 46 08000005 would set the color of Ohio to the 5 th value in the color shading array see opcodes 10 1F above State State State State Province AL 20 KS 33 OH 46 OH 46 AB 5B AK 21 KY 34 OK 47 OK 47 BC SC RSV 22 LA 35 OR 48 OR 48 MB 48 AZ 23 ME 36 PA 49 PA 49 NB 5E AR 24 MD 37 RSV 4A RSV 4A NF 5F CA 25 MA 38 RI 4B RI 4B NS 60 RSV 26 MI 39 SC 4C SC ZC ON 61 CO 27 MN 3A SD 4D SD 4D PE 62 CT 28 MS 3B TN 4E TN 4E OC 63 DE 29 MO 3C TX 4F TX 4F YT 64 DC 2A MT 3D UT 50 UT 50 NT 65 FL 2B NE 3E VT 51 VT 51 SK 66 GA 2C NV 3F VA 52 VA 52 RSV 2D NH 40 RSV 53 RSV 53 RSV 2E NJ 41 WA 54 WA 54 ID 2F NM 42 WV 55 WV 55 IL 30 NY 43 WI 56 WI 56 IN 31 NC 44 WY 57 WY 57 IA 32 ND 45 RSV Denotes slot is reserved for later use 146 OpCode 80 Major Street Labelin
215. ethod iss SS GES SS SERE Gee oe de ee 234 importMer SaveToFile Fname String Method 235 ImportMer ShowDialog Method 235 AmportMer Visible Boolean Property iese ee RR RA Re Re ee ee Re ee 236 importMer ZoomLayers N Integer Method 236 Rare 237 POIMer CATCount Integer Property esse esse ee Re Re Re ee Re Re ee Re ee 240 POIMer CATVisibilityUndex OLEVariant Boolean Dropert esse sesse esse ese ee ee ee 240 POIMsrDialos Metode neet ee Ge Ee bee Re ee ke 241 POIMer FormatHint String Property eise esse es ee Re Re RA ee Re Re ee Re ee 241 POIMer FormatLabel String Property cececccccesseccesseeeeseeeesseeeeseeesseeceseeeeeeeensnesenseeeeaes 243 POIMegr GetCATCode Name WideString Integer Method 244 POIMer GetCATName CATcode Integer string Method 244 POIMer MilesMajor Double PropertV esse esse ee Re Re RA Re Re ee ee Re ee 244 POIMer MilesMinor Double Property esse ese RA Re RA Re Re ee ee ee ee 244 POIMer ReplaceBitmap Index OLEVariant HBmp Integer Method esse esse esse esse ee 245 POIMer Visible Boolean Property esse esse Re Re Re RA Re Re ee ee Re ee 245 APPENDIX A Overlay File Format i e DE BEE Ee De Ee DER Ee Ee ee ee Ee ee Ge Ge GR Re Ee EE 246 APPENDIX BC olor P alee ses es MEd MOS esa aaia a ene NG 249 APPENDIX C Configuration He 250 APPENDIX D Abbreviations in Searching c cccccecesceesceeeneceesseceeseecessecessneeeseeessseeeseeeeseeensnees 257 APPE
216. explicit methods are the FindCity Find Zip and FindStr The results from these method based searches can be parsed and used to locate a Lat Lon set of coordinates for a specific address location If a visual interface is of interest then a collection of dialog based specific searches are available through the ExecSearch tabbed dialog interface There are also the ExecStreet ExecPlace and ExecZipCode search dialogs which use older technology and older index files They are not recommended and were only left in the newer releases of the OCX for compatibility with older applications Reverse Geocoding One of the most powerful features of this ActiveX control is it s ability to Reverse Geocode 1 e find the street address or place name closest to a specified set of coordinates This is achieved through the use of the FindClosest and FindClosestPlace methods Displaying Data Points A number of methods are available for the user to display their own data points on the map A built in marker can be displayed at a given Lon Lat by using the DrawObject method if called in the OnPaintAfter event then it will be painted at those coordinates every time the screen updates A built in symbol can be places at the desired coordinates using one of the methods in the CAD interface CAD Marker CAD MetaObject etc Large sets of user specified points may also be displayed through the ExecDbImport method which plays the items on the map therefore n
217. ext used to identify the routing points set by the user FontBold Boolean Sets the Bold state of the Text used to identify the routing points set by the user VB Example Private Sub Commandl1 Click MapProl OptiRouter RoutePath RouteVis True MapProl OptiRouter RoutePath RouteColor vbRed MapProl OptiRouter RoutePath RouteWidth 10 MapProl OptiRouter RoutePath FontSize 14 MapProl OptiRouter RoutePath FontBold True MapProl OptiRouter RoutePath MarkVis True MapProl OptiRouter RoutePath MarkColor vbBlue MapProl OptiRouter RoutePath MarkSize 10 MapProl OptiRouter RoutePath MarkType 3 End Sub OptiRouter RouteParse index Integer s string String Function Returns the desired portion of S where S is the composite string returned by OptiRouter GetNextRoute Index can be either the numeric order of the desired field in the composite string or the actiual name of the field 217 Field Leg Type Instructions Street Place STime SDistance Time Distance Speed Lon or X Lat or Y Fa je Qu b COM DA ny BR QW dh VI EN N VB Example Private Sub GetFirstNext_Click Calculate the optimized route using MapProl OptiRouter Calculate 0 already defined points Get the segments and populate the Listbox Rseg MapProl OptiRouter GetRouteFirst
218. f segments in memory but not from a file such segments have been saved in unless the File Save command is executed subsequent to the deletion Cancel Button Close the street editing dialog note that this does NOT cancel the street editing mode which can only be done by setting the appropriate MapMode value A defined road segment is selected for editing or deletion by placing the cursor on the segment and pressing the left mouse button while holding down the Shift key The selected road segment will assume flashing highlight attribute to clearly show the used that it is being modified The user created road segments are NOT visible at scales above the Tiger Street level scale i e about 2 miles Also the editing mode ahould not be activated if the current scale is not at the Tiger street level scale or lower The number of road segments that can be loaded at any given time is 50 000 User defined road segments may be searched for using the standard searching techniques of MAPPRO by specifying the assigned street name e While in the street editing mode road segment vertices may be moved by placing the mouse cursor on them and holding down the control key and the left mouse button This action engages the vertex which may them be dynamically moved to a new location When the mouse button is released the new location of the vertex become permanent User Created Street file format plain text where Street File Chicago Map
219. ffect This routing dialog may also be invoked by clicking on the routing icon of standard toolbar Only enabled if RoutingActive is set to True see info on the RoutingActive property Calculate Route MET Set Via Points View Directions Type ddress Place or Zip Code to Search For 10 MERRIMACK ST LOVYELL MA 01852 e dit Routing Via Points Description 231 SUTTON ST NORTH ANDOVER M 01845 10 MAIN ST TEWKSBURY MA 01876 10 MERRIMACK ST LOWELL MA 01852 ele x Ida AL Type Shortest bias D Options EZ Calculate Bode 8 Print Close When the dialog is first opened the focus is on the Set Via Points tab which allows the user to perform the following operations ai Search for the address or location entered by the user in the edit field of the combo box If an exact match is found then the located address is entered in the edit field If multiple addresses hits are found then the combo box opens up listing all of them The user needs to select one of the retumed hits at which time the selected hit address is entered in the edit field of the combo box Add the address in the edit field to the routing list Note that this button is disabled until a search has been performed and a valid address or location has been returned and selected by the user If this is the first point being added it becomes the Starting point for the routing calculation If it s the second point being selected
220. fice N 620100 Cash dispenser ATM N 620200 Shopping Center N 620300 Shopping Service N 620301 Shopping Service Beauty salon 620302 Shopping Service Barber shop 620304 Shopping Service CD Video rental 620305 Shopping Service Laundry 620306 Shopping Service Photo lab Development 620307 Shopping Service Photocopy 620400 Shop N 620401 Shop Antique Art 620402 Shop Beauty 620403 Shop Books Magazines 620404 Shop Camera Clocks Wristwatch 620405 Shop Computer Consumer electronics 620406 Shop CD Video shop 620407 Shop Hardware Home improvement 620408 Shop Drug store 620409 Shop Electric appliance 620410 Shop Fashion 620411 Shop Flower shop 620412 Shop Hobby Free Time 620413 Shop Furniture Home Furnishing 620414 Shop Gardening 620415 Shop Glassware Ceramic 620416 Shop House Office 620417 Shop Jeweler 620419 Shop Opticians shop 620421 Shop Recycling shop 620423 Shop Shoes amp bags 620424 Shop Gift Souvenir 620425 Shop Sporting Goods 620426 Shop Toys 620427 Shop Musical instruments 620500 Shop food N 620501 Shop food Bakery 620502 Shop food Butcher 239 620503 Shop food Convenience store 620504 Shop food Delicatessen 620506 Shop food Grocery store 620507 Shop food Liguor Wine Beer shop 620508 Shop food Specialty Food 630400 Other Tourist Attraction N 630401 Other Tourist Attraction Obse
221. fied and the search is completed the user is presented with a listbox containing the retrieved matches 51 Selecting one of the listbox choices presented by double clicking will center the viewport at the Lon Lat of the selected Place centroid Find City or County Place Zoom LEMONT 0 1 DI CS Zei Entering a place name followed by an asterisk wildcard will find all places that contain the specificed strint otherwise an exact match search is performed VB Example Private Sub Command39 Click MapProl ExecPlace End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml PlacelClick Sender TObject begin MapProl execplace end ExecPrint Procedure Presents user with a Print dialog where the print device margins etc may be specified Note that for more control over the print process the DirectDraw method may be used with a printer device as the output Once the Print dialog opens the following options are available to the user arranged in 3 tabs Printer i Options Info Selected Printer SMAINSHP4P x Margins inch Text Size Left 0 250 Bj y amp 100 i C 80 Bight 0 250 Ei C 60 Top 0 250 P Bot 0 250 Gi i M Mural Pages 1 DI Maximized i Size Paper 8 00 10 67 in Map 7 50s10 17 amp Print Setup Close 52 The first tab Print allows the user to Set the page margins clicking on maximize sets the margins to correspond to the maximum p
222. file object is created Clicking on the down arrow portion of the button opens up a stock windows dialog that permits the user to navigate and select a metafile to be used as the default until a subsequent new selection A This is a dual action button Clicking on the icon portion selects the current built in metafile object also reflected on the button s surface The cursor changes to a small cross hair Clicking the left mouse button sets the current metafile symbol at the user selected location and leaves it in a resize mode 1 e dragging the cursor dynamically resizes the object Until the left mouse button is pressed Clicking on the down arrow portion of the button opens up a selection list with built in simple metafile objects and allows the user to select one of them for subsequent placement on the map surface Note that unlike the user specified metafile objects that cannot have their attributes altered the pen and brush color and line styles of this group of objects may be modified by the user after the object is placed on the map surface If the symbol library file is not found then the button displays No Lib instead R x This is a dual action button Clicking on the icon portion select the current Marker and sets the object creation mode The cursor changes to a small cross hair Clicking the left mouse button sets the current marker at the user selected location Clicking on th
223. g Set the labeling of major streets secondary roads and above to start when the scale reaches the value specified by Option in tenths of miles For example SetOption 80 5 would set the major street labeling to start when the scale is 5 10 0 5 miles Of course such roads are labeled only if they are visible at the specified scale OpCode 81 Minor Street Labeling Set the labeling of minor neighborhood street to start when the scale reaches the value specified by Option in tenths of miles For example SetOption 81 2 would set the minor street labeling to start when the scale was 2 10 0 2 miles OpCode 82 Global Street Labeling Set the labeling of roads major and minor ON when the specified Option value is 1 or OFF when the specified Option value is 0 For example SetOption 82 0 would set street labeling OFF OpCode 83 Street Label Interference Set the simple built in label interference detection for street labeling of roads major and minor ON when the specified Option value is 1 or OFF when the specified Option value is 0 For example SetOption 83 1 would set street labeling interference detection ON OpCode 84 Hide Suffix Hide Suffix for street labeling of roads major and minor is ON when the specified Option value is 1 or OFF when the specified Option value is 0 For example SetOption 84 0 would set street labeling Hide Suffix OFF With this option set ON a road segment normally
224. g when the routing capabilities are enabled Delphi Example procedure TForml Button75Click Sender TObject Toggle Routing capabilities On Off begin mapprol RoutingActive Not mapprol RoutingActive Note that the routing icon on the toolbar is also toggled if mapprol RoutingActive false then button75 caption Routing Off else button75 caption Routing ON end SaveConfig Procedure Saves the current parameters in the configuration file specified in Path VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click Save config file to d MyData MapProl SaveConfig d MyData mappro ocx End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml SaveBitmaplClick Sender TObject begin Save config file to d MyData MapProl SaveConfig d MyData mappro ocx end SaveExclusion s String Procedure Saves the current list of bounding box coordinates to the specified file This is a flat ASCII file with one entry line per exclusion polygon of the form X1 Y1 X2 Y2 Identifying String The identifying string specified by the user is automatically enclosed in double quotes Sample File 71 068928 42 349952 71 067840 42 348864 Route Exclusion 1 71 070928 42 351952 71 069840 42 350864 Route Exclusion 2 Delphi Procedure TForml Button36Click Sender TObject Save currently defined exclusions to file Assumed extension exl begin MapProl SaveExclusion MyRtExcFile end 135 SaveStreets s String Procedu
225. gin MapProl Load_state not MapProl Load_state end Load_World Boolean Property When true enables loading of the world reference data from the mworld zpx file in the DATA1 folder Note that this is the shaded country polygon data that becomes visible below the 200 mile threshold It has no effect on the course world outline that is bound to the OCX 104 Load Config path String Procedure Loads the configuration file specified by the full path specification Path Note that the default configuration file name used by AutoConfig is MapPro71 cfg VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl Loadconfig App Path amp MapPro cfg End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml ButtonlClick Sender TObject begin Load the file MAPPRO OCX from the directory d MyData MapProl LoadConfig d MyData MAPPRO CFG end Loaded Boolean Method This is used when running the OCX in a non visual environment This forces the OCX to load all of the necessary data files and configurations that are normally done in a visual environment automatically VB Example Private Er set Sub Form_Load ate th MapProl object CreateObject MapPro50 Pmap Load in all of the little things that are in the Co do Map Map Se Map Ec HE fil nfig file if you want to change your paths it after the Loaded statement Prol AutoConfig True Prol Loaded t your map size Prol ResizeCtl 300
226. gment and Options is the same Options parameter used in the FindRoute method This method creates a list object and populates it with the calculated routing instructions and returns the first one See GetViaRouteNext and GetViaRouteStop for information on how to get the remaining directions and close the list object The returned string is of the same format as the string returned in the GetRouteFirst Next and can therefore be parsed using the GetRouteParse method VB Example Private Sub Command104_Click Clear the list object to get the results of the new routing calculation List1 Clear Get the first routing leg This presumes that Some Via points have been defined If Checkl Value 1 Then s MapProl GetViaRouteFirst True 31 Else s MapProl GetViaRouteFirst False 31 End If Continue to get the rest of the routing serments While s lt gt 93 Listl AddItem s s MapProl GetViaRouteNext Wend Close the list object MapProl GetViaRouteClose End Sub GetViaRouteNext String Procedure Returns the next string of the List Object created when Get ViaRouteFirst is called If the end of the list has been reached a blank string is returned GetViaRouteClose String Procedure Closes the list object created when GetViaRouteFirst is called and releases all resources used by the object back to the system GotoPoint x y OleVariant Procedure Centers the viewport around the spe
227. he Software LICENSEE will pay USC for each user client seat distributed or registered Each single user client seat license must be either paid for at the time of distribution or at the time of registration of the software If the LICENSEE has escrow account funds available at the time of registration the licensing fee will be automatically deducted from the account automatically in the event that sufficient funds are not available the registration system will either prompt the user to purchase the client seat license or prohibit the registration process entirely It is the LICENSEE s sole responsibility to contact USC to establish the desired account and to insure that funds are available to register any client seats All license purchases are non refundable Should LICENSEE dispute a registration or deduction from their escrow account LICENSEE has 30 days from the date of the charge to refute these charges After 30 days all transactions are considered final Volume discount pricing is available based upon the quantity purchased for each order at a given time pricing is not cumulative based upon past purchases For Applications that DO NOT provide Routing and or Directions capability the following fees shall apply Number of License Cost License Cost License Cost per License Cost Client per Client per Client Client Seat per Client Seat Licenses Seat TANA Seat TANA TANA USA amp TANA USA amp License Cost per Seats
228. he footer text displayed at the bottom of maps printed with ExecPrint VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl TitlePrint My Printed Directions End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml Button2Click Sender TObject begin MapProl TitlePrint My Printed Directions end 158 TitleUser s String Property Sets the string to be printed as part of the footer of the driving directions pages and the driving map s Sets the footer text displayed at the bottom right of maps printed with ExecPrint VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl TitleUser Copyright 1999 XYZ Company End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml Button2Click Sender TObject begin MapProl TitleUser Copyright 1999 XYZ Company end ToolBarMode Integer Property Sets the mode for the built in toolbar It can take one of three values also enumerated depending on the development environment 0 or TbHide Hides closes the toolbar 1 or TbFix Displays the toolbar fixed in the upper left corner of the form 2 or TbFloat Displays the toolbar floating in the general form area Note Note that when the toolbar is floating double clicking in the caption area anchors it similar to setting ToolBarMode to 1 Also left clicking on the toolbar gives the user the option to anchor un anchor or close the toolbar VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl toolbarmode 1 End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml Button2Click Sen
229. he method uses the extents passed by the user to calculate a DirectView viewport centerpoint sets the mappPro61 miles parameter to the value of DvScale and returns the calculated extents of the DirectView window Delphi Example Procedure Tforml DoWindowl image timage f double Use Picture box for DirectView image var dc integer bmp tbitmap x1 yl x2 y2 double sf double begin Create default bitmap if not present if image picture bitmap width 0 then begin 40 bmp tbitmap create bmp width imagel width bmp height imagel height image picture bitmap bmp end The handle to the bitmap obtained this way is transient Lock it to ensure it remains usable by DirectView image picture bitmap canvas lock dc image picture bitmap canvas handle with MapProl do begin xl lonleft x2 lonright yl latbottom y2 lattop end messagebeep 0 sf MapProl miles f label6 caption floattostr x1 MapProl DirectView dc imagel width imagel height x1l yl x2 y2 sf label8 caption floattostr x1 imagel picture bitmap canvas unlock imagel Refresh end DMS cx OleVariant string Function Converts a double value from decimal degrees to a DEG MIN SEC String also see See LLMode Coords VB Example Private Sub Command1_Click Textl Text Lat CStr MapProl DMS MapProl Ycord AM home E zb CStr MapProl DMS MapProl Xcord End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TFo
230. hen refreshes the screen Note if ObjectType 0 then the control is in CAD selection mode and if ObjectType 1 then the control has finished its previous operation and is in NUL mode i e mapMode can be safely set to mdZoom The available ObjectType values are Object Type Line Rectangle Ellipse Polyline Polygon Marker Text Circle Regular Polygon Free Hand Arrow Bezier Symbol Text Bubble Grouped Object MetaObj CO DA VISIE Alon Ini O Alt LA P Nn ON VB Example Private Sub Command57 Click Dim Otp As Integer Get the Object type specified by the user Otp Val Text20 Text Make sure it is a valid type otherwise pop up message Remember ObjectType l is NUL mode and 178 ObjectType 0 is Select mode If Otp gt 2 And Otp lt 14 Then Set a global Variable flag to indicate that the control is in Programmatic Drawing Mode IamDrawing True MapProl Cad ObjectType Otp MapProl Cad ObjectType Val Text20 Text MapProl MapMode MdCad Note The CADChange event needs to be checked to make sure it s safe to set MapMode back to mdZoom Else MsgBox Sorry valid Object Types are 1 13 vbOKOnly An Error was encountered Reset the mode back to mdZoom MapProl MapMode MdZoom End If End Sub Private Sub MapProl_CadChange ByVal Current As Long Check to s
231. hich may accrue to or otherwise be acquired by LICENSEE 303 10 11 304 9 4 9 5 during or as a result of this Agreement or any other undertaking or contract between the parties hereto Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to grant or otherwise convey to LICENSEE any ownership or any like right to LICENSEE relating to said Copyrights LICENSEE acknowledges USC s ownership of and exclusive rights in the Copyrights and agrees that it will not use the Copyrights except as authorized hereunder or as may hereafter be agreed by USC in writing LICENSEE agrees that the benefits of its use of said Copyrights shall inure solely to the benefit of USC LICENSEE agrees to execute and deliver to USC such documentation relating to the Copyrights as may be required by law or be requested by USC including but not limited to any documents needed in conjunction with any trademark registration application for registration renewal or registered user agreement LICENSEE acknowledges that all Copyrights to TANA Data is owned by Tele Atlas North America Inc and its suppliers as described in Exhibit A to this Agreement and agrees to display the appropriate Copyright notices provided in Exhibit A PRODUCT QUALITY 10 1 10 2 10 3 LICENSEE agrees that Products sold pursuant hereto shall conform to standards of quality established by any state or federal agency having jurisdiction over said products LICENSEE agrees at least
232. hrough the Option value in miles to be used at the start end points or a specified routing calculation for connecting to the local road network The larger the Radius the 151 higher the likelihood that the Interstate Network will find a node to connect to the local road network Experienced user familiar with the routing capabilities of the program can use this option to optimize their routing calculations or eliminate problems where the default radius is too small and a national to local transition node is not found The default value is 10 mi utland EER ERROR ee SE d e 495 Hartsville Ii L REI D K Ae When doing routing calculations a straight line is drawn between the From and To points If applicable an highway route is calculated between the points and then a transition from a highway to a local street node is sought for within the radius set with this OpCode around the From and To points OpCode EEEB Routing Band Width Sets the width of the bitmap used to determine the grids to load for en route routing The larger the width the higher the likelihood that a route calculation will complete at the expense of consuming significantly higher resources The default value is set to 100 mi This is the width of the straight line drawn between the From and To points and it defines how many grids need to be loaded in creating the node network for calculating the route See graphic for OpCode EEEA OpCod
233. i be 17 Installing aid Using the Control EO EE Ee ee Ee 18 Properties Methods Events 19 Hiternal Data SUGGEREER Ee ning sos RR ee ptosis dnd nan weap ae ous pang EE RE neo ee RE NE Gee ene 19 Default Mo se ee EE ee ee ee ee ie Ee ee ee GE 19 Bef Click eeh 19 RishtElick ZSomime Out is ss Ee Se SE LE EE SEER E e e e Ee 19 Left Click amp Drag Zooming In ses EE DER GEES Ee esses ees DE ey es ete 19 Shift amp Left Click Quick Routing ees esse se Re RA Re Re Re ee AR ee Re ee Re ee ee 19 Control amp Left Click Attributes esse Re RR Re Re Re Re ee Re ee ee ee Re Re Re ee 20 Files anithis package sn RE AD ESE DE EE DE DE GE DE eee a tance ele a 21 Root Directory of Distribution CD ROM DND Re Re Re ee Re ee ee 21 Data Directory of Distribution CD ROM DVD ees Re Re RA Re Re ee Re ee 21 Data Directory of Distribution CD ROM DVD ees Re Re RA Re Re Re Re ee 21 Data3 Directory of Distribution CD ROM DVD ees ese Re Re RA Re Re Re Re ee 21 States Directory of Distribution CD ROM DVD ees esse ee RA Re Re Re ee Re Re ee 21 Data4 Directory of Distribution CD ROM DVD if POI data is Licensed sesse esse ee 22 Underlays Directory of Distribution CD ROM DVD ese ees ee Re RR Re Re ee ee 22 Sample Source Code Directory of Distribution CD ROM DVD ees Re ee Re ee 22 Development Considerations Quick How To s and things to be aware of 23 Rotated E ORE RR EE EE RE N EE N N OE ON IG 23 SAG AE AA AE EE EE N EE EE IE 23 Sample Code RR
234. iRouter MovePoint 1 3 MapProl OptiRouter MovePoint 2 4 And list the newly ordered points For i 0 To MapProl OptiRouter NumPoints 1 Listl AddItem MapProl OptiRouter StopPoints i Name amp MapProl OptiRouter StopPoints i x amp amp MapProl OptiRouter StopPoints i y Next i End Sub amp OptiRouter mpgCity double Property Miles per gallon for city driving Used to calculate the cost for the Optimized Route OptiRouter mpgHwy double Property Miles per gallon for Highway driving Used to calculate the cost for the Optimized Route OptiRouter NumPoint s String Property The total number of points currently specified in the OptiRouter points array Note that the points array is a zero based array so really NumPoints 1 is the total number of defined points VB Example Private Sub Command2_Click Load some points from a point file MapProl OptiRouter LoadPoints MyTestOptiPts pts Now list the loaded points For i 0 To MapProl OptiRouter NumPoints 1 Listl AddItem MapProl OptiRouter StopPoints i Name amp MapProl OptiRouter StopPoints i x amp amp MapProl OptiRouter StopPoints i y Next i End Sub R WI amp OptiRouter PointExtent TRPoint Property Extents of all currently defined OpriRouter Points VB Example 214 Private Sub Command101 Click Zoom Window around OptiRouter Points MapProl ZoomWindow MapProl OptiRouter PointExtent
235. ia points array MapProl AddViaPoint 89 4 43 MyViaPoint1 MapProl AddViaPoint 112 4 42 12 MyViaPoint2 MapProl AddViaPoint 118 23 35 55 MyViaPoint3 End Sub AutoConfig Boolean Property When this property is FALSE the configuration file is saved only when the Config procedure is called If it is TRUE the configuration file is saved automatically when a property is changed and when the application is exited The default config file name used by the control is MapPro71 cfg The configuration file may also be loaded by the user at will using the LoadConfig property Note Depending on the development environment the sequence of instantiation and initialization of the OCX and loading the Config file may be different If during your development testing it appears that Properties being set in your code at run time appear to have different values once the 27 control is created then set AutoConfig to False and repeat your testing It could be that the loading of a config file happens after initialization of such properties VB Example Private Sub Command1_Click MapProl AutoConfig true End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml Button3Click Sender TObject begin MapProl AutoConfig true end AutoPaint Boolean Property When this property is FALSE the surface of the OCX control is NOT painted unless a Redraw or Repaint command is issued The value of this property may be set when designing the ap
236. iftState X Y Integer var xtemp ytemp string 12 begin with MapProl do begin str MapProl xcord 10 6 xtemp str MapProl ycord 10 6 ytemp panel2 caption W xtempt N ytemp end end ZoomAll Procedure Resizes map to show continental USA within the view window The map is redrawn VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl ZoomAll End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml SpeedButton3Click Sender TObject begin MapProl ZoomAll end ZoomCan Procedure Resizes map to show Canada within the view window The map is redrawn 163 VB Example Private Sub Command39 Click MapProl ZoomCan or MapProl ZoomAll End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml SpeedButton3Click Sender TObject begin MapProl ZoomCan or MapProl ZoomAll end ZoomIn Procedure Resizes map by a factor of 2 All data required to display the map at the new size is automatically loaded provided the path properties have been correctly defined The map is redrawn at its new size VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl Zoomin End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml SpeedButtoniClick Sender TObject begin MapProl Zoomin end Zoom Window x1 y1 x2 y2 Interger Procedure Resizes map so that rectangle specified by screen coordinates is totally visible Largest dimension height or width dominates VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl ZoomWindow 10 10 60 50 End Sub Delphi Proc
237. ight to use its own discretion in deciding how to act on this information and its refusal to act thereon shall not affect this Agreement USC shall not be liable for any consequences or damage arising out of or resulting from anything made available hereunder or the exercise by LICENSEE of any rights granted hereunder nor be liable to LICENSEE for consequential damages under any circumstances WARRANTY 8 1 8 2 8 3 8 4 8 5 Ownership USC represents and warrants that it owns free and clear of any liens or claims of ownership all of the proprietary rights licensed to LICENSEE Indemnity LICENSEE agrees to indemnify and hold USC its officers directors shareholders representatives agents and suppliers harmless from against any and all liabilities damages injuries claims suits including USC s attorneys fees incurred in its own defense a brought by any governmental authority concerning the Products or any portion thereof or b that may in any way arise from breach of warranty express or implied or any tort actions or claims as to the quality or defectiveness of the Products or any portion thereof or its merchantability or its fitness for the purpose for which it was sold Notice of Proceedings LICENSEE shall within ten 10 days after receipt of notice of any legal proceeding against it with regard to the Products manufactured by or for LICENSEE notify USC LICENSEE shall have the right to defend any claim rela
238. igment is zero which sets the top of the text bounding rectangle aligned with the reference point There are basically 3 primary top alignment options 1 Left 2 Right 3 Center Those options ORed with 4 also provide middle vertical alignment while ORed with 8 provide bottom vertical alignment Text Bounding 7 k Rectangle EX 11 Text Alignment Options font Angle Integer N A This property was kept in the font interface to keep it consistent with other font structures used in the control e g the CAD font structure but has no effect at this time font BackColor Integer N A This property was kept in the font interface to keep it consistent with other font structures used in the control e g the CAD font structure but has no effect at this time font Color Integer Sets the foreground Font Color font Height Integer Sets the Font height pixels You may font Mode Integer N A alss set the Font Size in points See below This property was kept in the font interface to keep it consistent with other font structures used in the control e g the CAD font structure but has no effect at this time font Name tring Specify the name of the font as it appears in the OS font listing font Size Integer Sets the font size in points You may alss set the Font Height in pixels See above font Style Integer Three basic font styles are available as shown beloa
239. ile MapProl UnderlayFile s Set the Underlay transparency mode MapProl UnderlayTransparent True Redraw the Map MapProl Redraw End Sub Set the Underlay Transparent color MapProl UnderlayTrColor RGB 255 255 UnderlayTrColor Integer Property Defines what the transparent color in an underlay is RGB color This has an effect only when UnderlayTransparent True VB Example Private Sub Command71_Click Open stock dialog to open underlay file CommonDialog2 ShowOpen s CommonDialog2 FileName Set underlay file MapProl UnderlayFile s Set the Underlay transparency mode MapProl UnderlayTransparent True Set the Underlay Transparent color Redraw the Map MapProl Redraw End Sub MapProl UnderlayTrColor RGB 255 255 ViaCount Integer Total number of via points currently defined Property 161 ViewCmd s String Property This forces the system to open a map to a specific location upon startup S is a composite string made up of that can have two different forms depending on its first character If the first character is P then it denotes that the viewport is to be set by a center point and a scale value so S is of the form Px y Scale If the first character is W it denotes that a viewport windows will be set so it is of the form Wx1 y1 x2 y2 This format is also the same as the ZoomSp property
240. in the Result property o Lemmon IL 89 794 39 531 o Lemont IL 88 002 41 674 2 FindCity Lee IL would return the following hits in the Result property 67 000000 Lee IL 88 941 41 795 Lee Center IL 89 279 41 747 Lee County IL 89 283 41 751 Leeds IL 88 988 41 021 Leesburg IL 90 317 40 247 Leesville IL 87 625 41 025 3 FindCity Lem I would return the following hits in the Result property O O O O O Lemhi ID 113 619 44 852 Lemhi County ID 114 017 44 967 Lemhi Range ID 113 490 44 519 Lemmon IL 89 794 39 531 Lemont IL 88 002 41 674 4 FindCity Lemont would return the following hits in the Result property 00000 Lemont IL 88 002 41 674 Lemont PA 77 819 40 810 Lemont Furnace PA 79 670 39 914 Lemontree AZ 111 743 33 410 Lemontree Condomiium UT 111 876 40 901 5 FindCity Le n t would return the following hits in the Result property O O Leinarts TN 84 190 36 108 Leoncito NM 105 138 34 672 6 FindCity Le t T would return the following hits in the Result property 0000000 VB Example 68 Le Verte TX 93 927 30 529 Ledbetter TN 88 729 35 934 Ledbetter TX 96 791 30 151 Ledbetter Hills TX 96 926 32 692 Lee Estates TN 84 886 35 223 Lees Station TN 85 253 35 554 Leggett TX 94 870 30 818 Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl FindCity Textl text Text2 text MapProl Result End Sub Example of how this works Explicit Search FindCity Search
241. in the Result variable separated by tabs 9 Place State Lon Lat Option 2 Open the dialog with the ZipCode Search tab selected Simple Search Dialog Address Place Zip Phone Lon Lat Zip Code e0439 Find Iw Mark Point The user may enter a ZipCode for the search If all five digits of the ZipCode are specified a single hit is returned if found in the ZipCode database Wildcards may be used in the search as well For example specifying 2 14 as the search string would return a number of hits such as 02814 Chepachet RI 02914 East Providence RI 12214 Albany NY 63 and so on Double clicking on one of the Place names returned in the listbox will center the viewport around its Lon lat and will place the following information in the Result variable separated by tabs 9 Place State AreaCode ZipCode Lon Lat Option 3 Open the dialog with the Area Code Search tab selected Simple Search Dialog Address Place Zip Phone Lon Lat Number 630 257 7616 Find Iw Mark Point The user may enter an area code and a local exchange for a search Area code Exchange Place Name State and Zipcode information matching the criteria are displayed in the listbox Double clicking on one of the entries returned in the listbox will center the viewport around its Lon lat and will place the following information in the Result variable separated by tabs 9 Place State ZipCode
242. inor Double Property Specifies the scale miles below which the POI icons will also be labeled 244 POIMer ReplaceBitmap Index OLEVariant HBmp Integer Method Replaces the icon for the POI specified by Index with the user bitmap that the HBmp handle is referring to The user bitmap needs to be of Windows BMP format It can be either 12 bit or 24 bit and 17x17 pixels The color of the lower left corner pixel of the bitmap is treated as the transparent color Delphi Example procedure TForml Button71Click Sender TObject var i integer begin Replace the icon used for Banks with user bitmap loaded in image object i1 imagel Picture Bitmap Handle Mapprol POIMgr ReplaceBitmap Bank i or Mapprol POIMgr ReplaceBitmap 12 i end POIMgr Visible Boolean Property Sets the visibility of the whole POI layer 245 APPENDIX A Overlay File Format FORMAT OF OLDER PRECISION MAPPING OVERLAY FILE OVR The format of the Precision Mapping older binary format Overlay files is proprietary and is only released to licensed users of the OCX unit to be used according to the terms of their licensing Agreement with Undertow Software Corp 246 1 Each entity is in a complete block of data each block of similar format 2 All record elements described her blank but still need to be allocate e are required Elements marked as reserved may be left d 3 File is terminated with a single
243. ion about the MapOCX support is available at support undertowsoftware com www undertowsoftware com or call 978 794 9377 When you call you should be at your computer have the appropriate product documentation and prepared with the following information e The product and version you are using e The hardware and operating system you are using e The exact wording of any messages that appeared e A description of what happened and what you were doing when the problem occurred Updates It is recommended you frequent our web site www undertowsoftware com where maintenance releases of the MAPOCX71 0CX will be placed from time to time 26 OCX Reference Section AboutBox Procedure Displays a dialog showing the OCX name version and copyright information This information is required to be displayed in the about box of any application using the OCX VB Example Private Sub Command1_Click Open the About Box MapProl AboutBox End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml Button3Click Sender TObject begin Display the OCX name version etc MapProl AboutBox end AddViaPoint x y Double s String Procedure Adds the specified point to the list of Via points that are used for routing Note that Via points can be added and managed from within the Routing dialog as well X Y Lon Lat coordinates decimal degrees S Identifying string VB Example Private Sub Command84_Click Add three points to the V
244. ion area anchors it similar to setting ToolBarMode to 1 Also left clicking on the toolbar gives the user the option to anchor un anchor or close the toolbar While the toolbar is displayed the rightmost portion of it displays the current mouse coordinates Clicking in the coordinate echo area cycles thought the various coordinate formats VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl Parent Forml hdc MapProl ShowToolBar End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml Button2Click Sender TObject begin MapProl ShowToolBar end Start View s String Property A new property was added that can be set at design time A string of the form x1 y1 x2 x2 Upper Left Lower Right Lat Lon Values of Map sets the viewport extents when the application starts up and it takes precedence over LastView or any other viewport settings in the CFG file Street string Property This string holds the data returned by the Findstreet method when an ONFIND event is triggered Data in the string consists of 8 fields delimited by ASCII character 9 and is in the order shown below See FindStr for more information Streetname Cityname Address State Zipcode Lon Lat Distance When searching for a Cross Street the field Streetname contains the concatenation of both cross street names preceded by an asterisk and the Address fields contains N A Note It should be emphasized that this is used only for the Street search Result is used to return
245. ire an escrow account then on or before the 15TH day of each month of each year during the term hereof and or the thirtieth 30th day after termination hereof shall send USC a written report in the format provided in the attached Exhibit C to USC The report shall be certified by a financial officer of LICENSEE as to its correctness and shall compute the amount due USC for the preceding calendar month Unless LICENSEE is otherwise directed in writing by USC each such report shall be accompanied by a check in the proper amount then payable to USC as shown on such report and sent to Undertow Software Corp Attention Licensing P O BOX 249 N Andover MA 01845 All amounts due and payable hereunder by LICENSEE shall be made in United States funds without deductions for taxes assessments fees hold backs or charges of any kind Checks shall be made payable to USC and shall be forwarded to USC at the address in paragraph 4 2 above along with a Royalty Report in the form designated by USC LICENSEE shall keep complete and accurate records of all Products produced distributed sold or otherwise used or disposed of by LICENSEE with credit shown for returns for which actual credit is given to customers such records to show separately the identity of and quantity of LICENSEE Product sold or otherwise used or disposed Sales shall be considered as made on either the date of shipment of the products or registration activation if such registration
246. itates brief development and deployment cycles The latest version of the control is v7 1 filename MapPro71 OCX This document is intended as an aid to developers designers and programmers in developing and integrating sophisticated map content into their applications It is not meant for distribution to the end users of applications based on this technology It contains everything you need to use the MapOCX Pro toolkit It also assumes you already are familiar with Microsoft s Visual Basic and or Borland s Delphi Integrated Development Environments IDEs The sample code provided in this document is for demonstration purposes ONLY As such it is subject to modifications on a continuous basis as the MapOCX Pro evolves The sample code does not constitute a software product nor is it supported as such The MapOCX Pro 32 bit ActiveX control permits users to interface to an extensive vector database of roads rivers streams ponds and other water bodies The control has built in behaviors which enable the user to dynamically zoom in or out pan the map image search for addresses places Zip Codes Counties perform Geocoding and Reverse Geocoding and in general gives the developer user the means of accessing vast amounts of geographical data The MapOCX Pro control has published properties methods events and dialogs All parts of the control are written in Borland s Delphi Map Data Two self contained mapping databases may be lic
247. its in length with the first 3 digits taken as the area code If4 or 5 digits are specified then the only 3 are used and the first exchange in the specified area code is returned Notes The location of the phone data is specified in the property path3 It is up to the user to check the first 6 characters returned by the OCX to determine if the desired area code and or exchange were found It should also be noted that no OnFind event is triggered by this procedure The Result property should be checked immediately after the call to it If AreaCode in Result is the same as that specified by the user for the search then the requested AreaCode was found if the Areacode returned is different that that specified then no exact match occurred and the closed match next higher AreaCode was returned 66 VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl FindAcEx Textl tex Text2 text MapProl Resul End Sub CF CT o Delphi Example Procedure TForm2 Button6Click Sender TObject begin MapProl findacex edit5 text label7 caption MapProl Result end FindCity temp String Procedure Searches the Place data base CITIESO3 BIN and returns the place specified in temp by generating an OnFindPlace event The search focus is better if the desired place name is followed by a comma and the corresponding state abbreviation This method will also accept wildcards both in the City Place name and the two letter State abbre
248. ity 75 K vo Search log Edit E Radius 16 0 4 Reset o Miscellaneous Screen Settings Detailed Info Miscellaneous Display Coordinate Type Coordinates e 1 Deg Min Sec C Lat Lon E Toolbar C 2 Deg Min Frac G Lola Grid 3 DegFrac Units _ r Miscellaneous _ Miles Feet jw Flyover Map Hints Aspect Ratio km meters Iw Save Viewport 7 000 50 VB Example Private Sub Command Click MapProl ExecMethod COnfig End Sub Delphi Example procedure TForml Button5Click Sender TObject Begin MapProl ExecMethod DISPLAY End ExecPhone Procedure Presents user with the standard Precision Mapping Streets phone search dialog Once a AreaCode is specified and the search is completed the user is presented with a listbox containing the retrieved matches Selecting one of the listbox choices presented by double clicking will center the viewport at the Lon Lat of the selected AreaCode centroid Locate Area Code Area Code Exchange Zoom Es ed State Zip Nashua Portsmouth Manchester Lyme Keene Manchester Salem VB Example Private Sub Command39 Click MapProl ExecPhone End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml ButtoniClick Sender TObject begin MapProl execPhone end ExecPlace Procedure Presents user with the standard Precision Mapping Streets place search dialog Once a Place is speci
249. ius miles and optional state specifier also see Street and onFind T specified street T2 optional cross street Add optional address xctr yctr center of search lon lat Mradius search radius miles Ststr optional state specifier if blank searches all states otherwise uses two character state abbreviation ie MA Note For each street that is found an OnFind Event is triggered The user must then query the Street property in the OnFind event handler and store it or otherwise process this value e g add it to a list box The user is also responsible for parsing the returned string into its appropriate components 78 If a cross street search is requested the user must handle every OnFind event one is triggered for every street hit not just the cross street and determine whether a cross street was found This determination can be made by examining the first character of the returned Street property If a cross street was found that character will be an asterisk Furthermore if a cross street was found the Streetname field will contain a concatenation of the two streets e g First and Main and the address block field will contain the string N A Street is a variable length string with each field separated by ASCII code 9 Tab and is formatted as follows StreetName 9 CityName 9 Address 9 State 9 ZipCode 9 Lon 9 Lat 9 Distance VB Example Example 1 Button r
250. ject begin Set User mode and the left arrow cursor defined in the OCX MapProl mapmode MdUser MapProl cursor 17 end procedure TForml Button3Click Sender TObject 33 Another example of using a custom cursor var hl custCursorNo integer begin custCursorNo strtoint edit2 Text if custCursorNo in 1l 2 then begin MapProl MapMode mdUser if custCursorNo 1 then hl loadcursor 0 IDC_NO else hl loadcursor 0 idc_APPSTARTING MapProl Custom h1 end else MapProl MapMode mdZoom end Custom Integer Property It sets the handle to the Cursor type when the MapMode property is set to MdUser If this property is undefined when MdUser is set the cursor type defaults to the Windows CR_Default type The handle used for setting this property may be obtained by the Windows API calls CreateCursor or LoadCursor Notes This property may be set at any time and not just prior to setting MapMode to MdUser It will remain set and become active when MapMode MdUser It should also be noted that the Custom cursor definition is placed in position 2 of the Cursors array so Cursor has to be set equal to 2 for Custom to work VB Example Private Sub Command1_Click MapProl Mapmode mduser hl loadcursor 0 idc_wait any valid ani or cur MapProl custom h1l MapProl cursor 2 End Sub Delphi procedure TForml Button3Click Sender TObject var hl custCursorNo integer begin custCursorNo strtoint e
251. l and void Any copies of the Licensed Products held by LICENSEE Partner shall immediately be destroyed If any court of competent jurisdiction considers this clause void and unenforceable in whole or in part for any reason this LICENSEE Partner agreement shall be considered terminated and null and void in its entirety and any and all copies of the Licensed Products shall immediately be destroyed 3 DELIVERY 3 1 3 2 3 3 USC shall deliver to LICENSEE a master copy of the current version of the Licensed Software in a proprietary format object code form suitable for reproduction in electronic files only upon execution of this Agreement USC shall also deliver to LICENSEE one copy of the applicable printed Documentation for the Software LICENSEE acknowledges that Licensed Software requires user registration with USC for activation and LICENSEE may be required to establish a pre paid royalty licensing account 299 with USC for the purposes of activating licenses for products sold by LICENSEE as provided in Exhibit D of this Agreement 4 CONSIDERATION LICENSE FEES AND PAYMENT 300 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 As consideration for the grant of this License LICENSEE agrees to pay royalties to USC on all LICENSEE Products distributed or sold in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the attached Exhibit B If the tpe of Vendor Account selected by LICENSEE in Exhibit D does not requ
252. labeled as Melton Ave would now be lebeled simply Melton OpCode 85 Street Text Size Scale Factor for the street labeling text These values are mod 5 so a value of 10 increases the size of the font used for labeling streets by a factor of 2 0 OpCode 86 User Item Visibility Turns the visibility of all user items created by the Setltem methods Off Option 0 or On Option 1 OpCode 88 Display Highway Shields Controls the display of Highway Shields Shield display is ON when the specified Option value is 1 or OFF when the specified Option value is 0 OpCode 89 Display Coasre Layer Turn the complete PMAP built in coarse layer ON OFF SetOption 89 1 Sets PMAP coarse layer visible SetOption 89 0 Sets PMAP coarse layer invisible 147 OpCode 8F Display Bounding Polygons Display the simple bounding polygons that are used for placing text on the map and performing a simple collision detection Primarily used for debugging purposes The bounding polygon is displayed when the specified Option value is 1 or OFF when the specified Option value is 0 OpCode 90 State Text Size Sets the size of the font used to label the 2 letter State name abbreviations and the major cities in each state The default size is 11 OpCode 91 Place Name Text Size Sets the size of the font used to label place names The default size is 10 OpCode 92 Landmark Text size Sets the size of th
253. lculated route FRteOption FRteOptiont 3 Zoom so endpoints are visible FRteOption FRteOptiont 32 Return cumulative distances times FRteOption FRteOptiont128 return distances in km Calculate the Route MapProl FindRoute StartLon StartLat End ion EndLat FRteOption 75 Refresh the map control MapProl Refresh End Sub Delphi Example Calculating the Route 76 Procedure TForml Button2Click Sender TObject Set color and hatch options and calculate simple Route using the FIndRoute method results handled by user const FRteOption longint 0 begin Clear the list box prepare for the new road segments 68 listboxl Clear Set color and the hatch pattern for highlighting Route MapProl RoadOption 48 5 MapProl RoadOption 49 0 Set the desired value for the Options Flag FRteOption FRteOptiont 1 mark the start finish FRteOption FRteOptiont 2 highlight the route FRteOption FRteOptiont 3 Zoom to see route FRteOption FRteOptiont 32 Cumulative distances times FRteOption FRteOption 128 return distances in km Calculate the Route MapProl FindRoute defx1 defyl defx2 defy2 FRteOption Refresh the map control MapProl Refresh end Example Calculating the Route amp Printing Procedure TForml Button2Click Sender TObject Set options Calculate and Print Route const FRteOption longint 0 begin
254. ld give interstate highways a selection priority of 1 when thr OptiROuter is attempting to decide which road to select for the route calculations VB Example Private Sub Command14_Click Set Selection priorities for the various road types MapProl OptiRouter Priority Interstate 1 MapProl OptiRouter Priority Primary 1 Set Secondary Roads the preferred ones MapProl OptiRouter Priority Secondary 6 MapProl OptiRouter Priority Road 1 MapProl OptiRouter Priority Trail 1 MapProl OptiRouter Priority Other 1 End Sub OptiRouter RoutePath Interface This interface provides the user with the capabilities of setting the way the calculated optimized route will be displayed as well as other visual parameters ArrowVis Boolean Display Travel direction arrows on the calculated Route 213 RouteVis Boolean Display Highlight the calculated Route AND GT n D m D a HT ies Washington school 7 O e Ki oi LER Stoen lunior High School nul Ji d aa Ike With Direction Arrows RouteColor LongInt Set the color of the Route highlight RouteOpacity LongInt Set the opacity level from 0 Solid to 100 Clear of the Route highlight RouteWidth LongInt Set the Width of the route highlight in pixels RouteLineStyle LongInt Specify the line type to be used for routing This is here for future expansion Path rou
255. ld whose value is to be returned It can have one of these string values STREET CITY ADDRESS STATE ZIPCODE AREACODE X Y Result The GeofFind result string being parsed VB Example Private Sub Command21_Click If FirstTime True Then s MapProl GeoFindFirst Text8 Text FirstTime False nfd 1 Else nfd nfd 1 s MapProl GeoFindNext End If If s lt gt Null Then abel20 Caption Else abel20 Caption End If Label6 Caption MapProl GeoFindParse ADDRESS s amp Str nfd amp RI AE No more Items Found 89 abel8 Caption MapProl GeoFindParse STREET s aabel10 Caption MapProl GeoFindParse CITY s abel12 Caption MapProl GeoFindParse STATE s abelid Caption MapProl GeoFindParse ZIPCODE s abeli16 Caption MapProl GeoFindParse AREACODE s abel18 Caption MapProl GeoFindParse X s amp amp MapProl GeoFindParse Y s Beep End Sub GetProductCode String Property Returns the string that is needed to transmit to Undertow in order to register a product Normally this is not required as the OCX checks to determine if it is registered and if not it initiates its own internal registration process and presents this information to the end user through its own dialogs Also see ExecRegister VB Example Private Sub Command21_Click S Mapprol GetProductCode End Sub GetRouteFirst x
256. lean Dropert esse ss Re Re Re RA Re ee Re Re Re ee Re ee 159 UnderlayFile s String PropertV sees sesse Re Re RA Re Re Re Re ee Re ee Re ee 160 UnderlayTransparent Boolean Property eise eke RA Re Re RA Re Re ee Re ee 161 UnderlayTrColor Integer Property esse esse Re Re RA Re Re Re Re Re ee Re ee 161 ViaCount Integer Property OES RAGE RR Ee EE Ese ek 161 ViewCmd s String Propert esse ee Re RA Re Re Re Re ee RA ee ee ee ee ee ee 162 Vasible Boolean GEO Zoe 162 XKcord Double Property sarnu EE BREER DES EE ES GED EER ER EE SEL EE ED EE ELE EES ERK EE GE AASL AER 162 Yeord Doubl Prope tyes EES ER EER EER ER ER ER EER EG ER EG ER EG ER EG ER DE Ee 163 ZOOMA O Procedure ss ED ee eile A ee ee ie 163 ZoomCan Procedure eee AE EE RE EE 163 ZOomMmMmI Proeedure EE EE EE a GR eases in nn Ge ee EE ee Ee ee ee 164 Zoom Window x1 yl x2 y2 Interger Procedure esse esse ese Re Re ee Re ee 164 ZOOMEASU tee Oe EE Ee EE Ge GE EE GE a ee GE EE a 164 ee OG EN Gee el iS OE OE N OE Ate ees 165 LoomOverlay Procedures es Es ESE oe stews be ee se Ke ee Gee oe Se Ee see ve be ees be gees 165 ZoomPani i Integer Procedure esse ese Re Re RA Re ee Re Re Re Re ee Re ee 165 ZOOMSP S EE EECH 166 ZoomlUnderlay Procedure sesse esse E Re E Re ee Re Re Re Re ee Re ee 167 ZoomWindow xl yl x2 y2 OleVariant Brocedure sesse ses ees ee Re ee Re ee 167 CAD Inter fale cans LE De GE A I GE SE AN SERE tt EG ER RES GE RE GE ae ee see ee 168 CAD Ar
257. lected number MapProl PhoneRegInfo Call us at 800 123 4567 End Sub PmPalette Integer Property PmPalette is the handle of the OCX Palette Note that this is a read only property that can be used to synchronize the palette of the user canvas to that of the OCX Also see the SetOption method section for controlling the PmPallete 126 VB Example Private Sub Form Loadl MyPalette MapProl PmPalette Set user bitmap palette to that of OCX Piturel Picture hPal MyPalette KL End Sub Delphi Procedure Tforml button5click Sender Tobject MyPalette MapProl PmPalette End PmParent Integer Property PmParent is used to assign the parent form handle to the OCX VB Example Private Sub Command114_Click Get the dc to the PmParent h GetDC MapProl PmParent Use Windows API MoveToEX MoveToEx h 1 1 0 Draw Line using Windows APIs from previous point to 100 100 LineTo h 100 100 Release the dc ReleaseDC MapProl PmParent h End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml Button3click Sender Tobject MapProl PmParent Forml hwnd End PmScale Double Property This property is the same as Scale internal scaling factor and was implemented to avoid conflicts in Visual Basic which already uses a Scale property Note Tthe maximum value that can be set for this property is 10 which results in maximum magnification VB Example Private Sub Form_Load MapProl PmScale 10 End Su
258. level TeleAtlas Data If the TeleAtlas data is licensed nnonnnnnn ZP5 A series of state and Province files containing the high resolution Street level TIGER Line based Data If Tiger Data is Licensed nnnnnnnn SIG A series of signature files required for end user registration and use of any distributed applications Note End user applications will not be operational if the appropriate SIG files are NOT presents in the states directorie s Also the developer needs to be very careful about what files are present in that folder because end user registration pricing is keyed to 21 22 those files You need to carefully read the Deployment section of this document Data4 Directory of Distribution CD ROM DVD if POI data is Licensed POInn CRA POIOA SIG POI Data in Proprietary format A signature file required for end user registration and use of the POI data Note End user applications will not be able to access the POI data if the appropriate SIG file is NOT present The developer needs to be very careful about what files are present in that folder because end user registration pricing is keyed to those files You need to carefully read the Deployment section of this document Appendix O unaerays Directory of Distribution CD ROM DVD Contains a number of underlay files vary from release to release Sample oue Code Directory of Distribution CD ROM DVD Contains sample Source code the demonstrates the use of
259. licable In case of conflict between any of the FAR and DFARS provisions listed herein and this License the construction that provides greater limitations on the Government s rights shall control Contractor manufacturer is Tele Atlas North America Inc 11 Lafayette Street Lebanon NH 03766 1445 Phone 603 643 0330 The Licensed Products are 1984 2006 by Tele Atlas North America Inc ALL RIGHTS RESERVED For purpose of any public disclosure provision under any federal state or local law it is agreed that the Licensed Products are a trade secret and a proprietary commercial product and not subject to disclosure 2 7 5 Includes the following If LICENSEE Partner is an agency department or other entity of any State government the United States Government or any other public entity or funded in whole or in part by the United States Government then LICENSEE Partner hereby agrees to protect the Licensed Products from public disclosure and to consider the Licensed Products exempt from any statute law regulation or code including any Sunshine Act Public Records Act Freedom of Information Act or equivalent which permits public access and or reproduction or use of the Licensed Products In the event that such exemption is challenged under any such laws this LICENSEE Partner agreement shall be considered breached and any and all right to retain any copies or to use of the Licensed Products shall be terminated and considered immediately nul
260. lick Sender TObject Draw an Object at the cursor location begin dc getdc MapProl handle DrawObject dc MapProl xcord MapProl ycord 2 clRed releasedc handle dc end DrawScalebar dc x y Integer Procedure Draws a scale bar at the specified x y screen logical coordinates The user must provide a Device Context DC For example this procedure could be used to place a scale bar on the left side of the bottom status bar similar to that displayed in Precision Mapping Streets Also see the ScaleBar property for an alternative way of displaying a scale bar on the map without using a DC VB Example Private Sub Command41_Click MapProl DrawScaleBar GetDC MapProl Handle 5 8 End Sub DelphiExample Procedure TForml MapProlpaintAfter Sender TObject dc Integer begin Since this is part of the OnPaintAfter event which is part of the OCX control there is no need to get the device context It s just dc The scale bar is drawn with its top left corner starting at 5 units horizontally and 8 units vertically from the top left corner of the map 44 control MapProl drawscalebar dc 5 8 end Example Procedure TForml PaintBoxlPaint Sender TObject begin Here the procedure paints using a paintbox canvas handle rather than getting a dc MapProl DrawScaleBar paintboxl canvas handle 8 2 end EdgePan Boolean Property Boolean property which when TRUE allows fixe
261. listboxl Clear MapProl RoadOption 48 5 MapProl RoadOption 49 0 FRteOption FRteOptiont 1 2 3 Set flag to Print Calculated Route FRteOption FRteOptiont 256 MapProl FindRoute defx1 defyl defx2 defy2 FRteOption MapProl Refresh end Example placing the results in a listbox Procedure TForml MapProlFindRte Sender TObject Add the road segments to a simple list box begin Listboxl Items add MapProl result end Find ViaRoute Opt LongInt Procedure Performs a Routing calculation between the Via points currently defined note this is different than FIndRoute which calculates a route between the points identified by Lonl1 Lat1 and Lon2 Lat2 as part of the call to the method See AddViaPoints and related routines on how to add such points to the routing list prior to calling this function Opt Long Integer that can accept either an integer value or one of the enumerated constants described below or any combination i e sum of the values of these options Enumerated Constant Value Action Rt_Clear 0 Rt_Spots 1 Rt Hatch 2 Rt Zoom 4 Rt_ Short 16 Rt_Fast 32 Rt_ Direct 48 Rt_Hours 64 Rt_km 128 Rt_ Total 512 Rt PrtMap 1024 Rt PrtDir 2048 Rt NoERR 4096 Rt NoDlg 8192 Clear the highlighted route Mark the Begin and End point of the calculated route Highlight the calculated route using the current user selected hatch pattern the ha
262. lp About section in the operator s manual and in any displayed or printed map image On All Products 2006 UnderTow Software Corp In addition on Products Using the TANA Data set for the USA and or Canada Data 2006 Tele Atlas North America Inc In addition on Products Using the TANA Data set for Canada 2006 Geographic Data Technology Canada Inc All rights reserved This material is proprietary and the subject of copyright protection and other intellectual property rights owned or licensed to Geographic Data Technology Canada Inc The use of this material is subject to the terms of a License Agreement You will be held liable for any unauthorized copying or disclosure of this material In aot on Products Using the Points of Interest POT infoU OUSA 307 LICENSING EXHIBIT B CONSIDERATION AND PAYMENT TERMS RESTRICTIONS AND LIMITATIONS TO LICENSE The following pricing applies to each individual dataset Tiger 2000 covering the United States TANA data covering the United States and TANA data covering Canada For each instance of the dataset distributed used or registered LICENSEE will compensate USC based upon the following guidelines Unless otherwise noted these are one time fees and entitle the end user to perpetual use of the version of the Software and Data provided to LICENSEE at the time of the execution of this Agreement 1 Standard Licensing LICENSEE is Distributing End user Application based on t
263. ludes the ability to provide routing directions and is not used to track mobile assets No End User application No Tracking The application is used in house by LICENSEE only There is no distribution to end users and it is not used to track mobile assets No End User application With Tracking The application is used in house by LICENSEE only There is no distribution to end users and it is used to track mobile assets End User Asset Tracking The application deployed by LICENSEE to the end user is used to track mobile assets by each end user LICENSEE Signature Title 311 APPENDIX O DEPLOYING APPLICATIONS DEVELOPED WITH THE MapPro71 0CX Release2 SDK A number of developers were confused about the requirements details for deploying their end user client applications based on MapPro71 Rel 2 and although portions of this information appear in various sections in this manual it is also summarized here for convenience Note Deployment cannot take place without a Signed Licensing and Distribution Agreement One of the most important considerations in deploying applications using MapPro71 Rel 2 is whether the application uses point to point routing or not End user license pricing is different for applications that use the routing capabilities of the OCX If the deployed applications does not use routing then you need to make sure that the property RoutingActive is set to False otherwise the higher p
264. m Time XX XX XX Reserved Blank Reserved Blank Speed Speed for the road segment in mph or kph Direction E NW W etc Position Lon Lat coordinates of segment endpoint It should be noted the first string returned when the event is fired contains the literal Start in the third field while the last string returned at the completion of the route calculation contains the literal Finish in the third field Note For each road segment that is found to be part of the calculated route an OnFindRoute Event is triggered The user must then query the Result property in the OnFindRoute event handler and store it or otherwise process this value e g add it to a list box The user may also parse the returned string into its appropriate components Since segments of the same road are consolidated for generating the driving directions an OnFindDir event is fired every time a consolidated segment is generated and a tabbed string is passed with it containing the following information RoadName Lon Lat Descriptor Direction Distance VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click Dim FRteOption as Integer Dim StartLon as Long Dim StartLat as Long Dim EndLon as Long Dim EndLat as Long MapProl RoadOption 48 5 MapProl RoadOption 49 0 Set the desired value for the Options Flag FRteOption FRteOptiontl mark the start finish points FRteOption FRteOptiont 2 highlight the ca
265. m contains a PictureBox called DirDrawPic The Map aspect ratio is maintained to prevent distortion DirDrawFrm Show DirDrawFrm Caption Direct Draw Not Scaled DirDrawFrm DirDrawPic Width MapProl Width 4 DirDrawFrm DirDrawPic Height MapProl Height 4 With DirDrawFrm Call MapProl DirectDraw DirDrawPic hdc 0 0 DirDrawPic Width DirDrawPic Height True False True End With End Sub Private Sub DirdrawScaled_Click 260 Demonstrates DirectDraw Scaled DirDrawFrm contains The Map aspect ratio is maintained to prevent distortion With DirDrawFrm Show DirDrawFrm Caption Direct Draw Scaled DirDrawFrm DirDrawPic Width MapProl Width 4 DirDrawFrm DirDrawPic Height MapProl Height 4 DirDrawFrm Call MapProl DirectDraw DirDrawPic hdc 0 0 DirDrawPic Height True True False End With End Sub Private Sub GotoBtn_Click Dim Lon Lat Lon 83 436 Lat 42 732 Call MapProl GotoPoint Lon Lat End Sub Private Sub ZoomWin_Click Dim X1 X2 Y1 Y2 As Variant x1 88 Y1 41 56 x2 88 01 Y2 41 575 Call MapProl Zoomwindow X1 Y1 X2 Y2 End Sub a PictureBox called DirDrawPic DirDrawPic Width 261 APPENDIX F CFCC Definitions Census Feature Class Codes CFCC Definitions A CFCC is used to identify the most noticeable characteristic of a feature The CFCC is applied only once to a chain or landmark with pr
266. ment OptiRouterBtn Boolean Property This property controls the visibility of the OptiRouter dialog button in the stock toolbar 123 OptiPathOnTop Boolean Property Controls whether the highlighted path painted by the Optirouter is painted on top of all other map layers if true which may obscure place names highway shields etc or painted before below the other map layers Overlay Boolean Property Controls visibility of the overlay file if present True state sets the overlay to visible VB Example Private Sub Form_Load MapProl Overlay True End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml FormCreate Sender TObject begin MapProl OverLay True end Path_Datal Property Identifies the location of the Precision Mapping Streets coarse data VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl Path_datal d pmap40 datal End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml FormCreate Sender TObject begin MapProl Path_datal d pmap40 datal end Path_Data2 Property Identifies the location of the Precision Mapping Streets landmark data VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl Path_data2 d pmap40 data2 End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml FormCreate Sender TObject begin MapProl Path_data2 d pmap40 data2 end 124 Path Data3 Property Identifies the location of the Precision Mapping Streets City ZipCode and Phone database files VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click
267. ments from routing calculations See the SetExclusion SaveExclusion and LoadExclusion methods as well for more information Delphi Example Procedure TForml Button34Click Sender TObject Clear the current exclusion list begin MapProl ClearExclusion ExcludeRt false end ClearStreets Procedure Clears memory of currently loaded User streets file see SaveStreets LoadStreets Also see Appendix K for details on the Street Editing mode and how to create and load these User street files which can be used to augment supplied mapping data for new streets added since the generation of the datasets VB Example Private Sub Command2_Click MapProl ClearStreets End Sub ClearOverlay Procedure Clears memory of the currently loaded User Overlay file See OpenOverlay Also see Appendix A for details on the format of the overlay file It only applies to the older type OVR CMX overlays VB Example Private Sub Command2_Click MapProl ClearOverlay End Sub 31 Clear ViaPoints Procedure Clears All currently defined Via routing points from the Via points list It also clears the point markers and the highlighted route from the map surface Also see the AddViaPoints and the routing dialog descriptions about adding via points to a routing calculation ClrStrBubbleQ Procedure Clears the bubble that appears on the screen following a Street search operation using the ExecStreet procedu
268. ministrative entities The Census Bureau separately identifies nonvisible boundaries only when they do not follow a visible feature such as a road stream or ridge line 270 Nonvisible Boundary With Classification Unknown or Not Elsewhere Classified F00 FOO Nonvisible boundary major and minor categories unknown Nonvisible Legal or Administrative Boundary F10 F15 This major category refers to nonvisible boundaries of legal or administrative areas F10 Nonvisible jurisdictional boundary of a legal or administrative entity major category used when the minor category could not be determined ll Offset boundary of a legal or administrative entity 12 Corridor boundary of a legal or administrative entity F13 Interpolated boundary of a legal or administrative entity used for closure through hydrological areas 14 Superseded legal or administrative boundary 15 Superseded legal or administrative boundary corrected through post census process Nonvisible Features for Data Base Topology F20 F25 This category contains various types of nonvisible lines used to maintain the topology in the Census TIGER data base F20 Nonvisible feature for data base topology major category used when the minor category could not be determined F21 Automated feature extension to lengthen existing physical feature F22 Irregular feature extension determined manually to lengthen existing physical feature F23 Closure extension to complete data ba
269. ml Button9Click Sender TObject begin Save Import Layers config file extension needed mapprol ImportMgr savetoFile Mysample2 ilm end ImportMer ShowDialog Method It opens the Import Manager dialog that allows the user to manage all the import layers their properties etc Import Layers Manager The various parts of the Import Manager dialog the ain informations displayed and the actions available are x Mass Points ZIPS 225p shp described in detail below x Mass Polys ZIPS 2525psa mt V Name Filename The three columns of information displayed is the Visibility state of a layer the name assigned to the layer by the user and the filename containing the data for the imported layer Note that clicking on the X Properties 7 Global Visibity OK Cancel in the visibility column toggles the visibility of the selected layer On Off It should also be noted that the visibility of each layer is also controlled by the individual visibility thresholds for the selected layer which can be set through the Properties button a Move the selected layer on position up in the list This is very important because layers are painted in the order they appear in this list i e the layer that appears at the top of the list is painted first then the second layer is painted on top of that and so on v Move the selected layer on position Down in the list B Adda layer to the list It opens up a stock windows
270. modified Great Circle distance formula optimized for speed xl y1 Lat Lon coordinates of first point 39 X2 y2 Lat Lon coordinates of second point VB Example Private Sub Commandl1 Click MapProl Distance xl yl x2 y2 End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml Button3Click Sender TObject var ax bx ay by real begin ax 123 bx 121 35 ay 43 756 by 35 1927 with MapProl do begin Panell caption Distance str Distance ax ay bx by 1000 end end Direct View dc w h integer var LonL Lab LonR Lat Double var DvScale Double Draws a map using the current viewport settings on a control surface specified by the user Ideal for situations where more than one map need to be visible at different scales and viewport extents See Appendix L for a sample Delphi project using DirectView Where dc handle of the control surface onto which the Direct View map will be drawn W H The width and height of the control Surface LonL LatB LonR LatT the longitude and latitude coordinates of the desired map DvScale Option that specifies the criteria to be used for determining the Viewport extents 1 If the DvScale parameter is zero then the method sets the DirectView viewport extents to those passed by the user modifying them for any needed aspect ratio adjustments and returns the adjusted extents and the calculated MapProl miles property as DvScale 2 If the DvScale parameter is NOT zero then t
271. mport from the Streets dialog to load and combine each individual street file e Save the combined data with the AUTOLOAD STR file name f Exit and restart the application 285 APPENDIX L Delphi Code Examples Delphi Code Examples This appendix contains a number of Delphi source code snippets for performing useful operations while using the MapPro OCX Printing to A printer Using DirectDraw Print Displayed Map using the current default printer var 1 t w h r b PixPerInxX PixPerInY integer margin real deshde syscolors integer begin Label2 caption printing application processmessages let it paint the control start the print job printer begindoc Lock the printer device canvas to avoid problems printer canvas lock dc printer canvas handle Get the horizontal and vertical resolution for the device pixperinx getdevicecaps dc Llogpixelsx pixperiny getdevicecaps dc logpixelsy syscolors getdevicecaps dc NUMCOLORS new for info labell caption inttostr syscolors L T Left and top margins set to x xx inches Margin 0 7 L round Margin pixperinx T round Margin pixperiny R B Right and Bottom margins set to 2 inches R round Margin pixperinx B round Margin pixperiny w h Width and height of print w printer pagewidth L R h printer pageheight T B Make sure dimensions are at least 300
272. n Hydro Highway Network E State Outlines E City Outlines Airports Landmarks County Outlines rd c a ra E LLAND LCNTY Di Option HINT TOOL STATUS GLOBE XDT TR PC TRUE Gol 9 w 250 T BEEP TRU OPTID TRU UMONO 0 UMNT 10 T GI z Font Info D O H Ir N D O d P n D H CG We mi i VIEWSTRUE LWIND 133 706624 16 801664 55 718080 58 773184 Printer MLT 0 25 Left margin MRT 0 25 Right margin MTP 0 25 Top margin MBT 0 25 Bottom margin SIZE FSIZI TITLE Current Map FPS 0 XYMODE UNIT 1 PRTBDR j Ed ll ll an Search PLC LEMONT Last city place searched for STR 127 Last street searched for ZIP 60439 Last Zip Code searched for ACODE 630 Last Area Code searched for STNUM 56 Last block Street number searched for SMODE 2 ZMARD 1 0 2 ZMARD 2 0 0 ZMARD 3 0 0 ZMARD 4 0 0 ZMARD 5 0 0 ZMARD 6 0 2 Landmarks Visibily of each 1 Visible O Invisible LAND 1 1 LAND 2 1 LAND 3 1 LAND 4 1 LAND 5 1 LAND 6 1 LAND 7 1 LAND 8 1 LAND 9 1 LAND 10 1 LAND 11 1 LAND 12 1 LAND 13 1 LAND 14 1 LAND 15 1 251 252 LAN E D a E D Z E D Zz t E D Zz t E D Zz Hi
273. n or licensed to a named person Product s shall mean USC s proprietary software and or proprietary format databases s more particularly described in Exhibit A attached to this Agreement GRANT OF LICENSE 2L 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 95 2 6 d d For the consideration recited herein USC grants to LICENSEE a non exclusive non transferable right and license to copy and use the USC Licensed Software in products and to distribute and sell those Products to End Users No right or license is granted hereby by implication or otherwise to LICENSEE or any Third Party Manufacturer under any copyright except as specifically provided herein No right or license is granted to copy distribute or sell the Licensed Software unless packaged and bundled for sale by LICENSEE with USC s map engine and database The right and license granted is restricted and limited by the terms and conditions set forth m this Agreement and in any other restriction set forth in Exhibits to this Agreement The Licensed Software may not be used for in vehicle navigation applications meaning a permanently installed devices that provides real time guidance and real time map display to indicate the position of a vehicle or other real time information used to support turn by turn navigation In application involving tracking mobile assets a single client seat license cannot be used to track more than twenty five 25 such assets Any distribution of the
274. n Option Option Travel Speed for Type of Road Limited Access Highways Tiger types A10 A18 US and State Highways Tiger types A20 A28 Secondary Highways Tiger types A30 A38 Residential Roads Tiger types A40 A48 Trails Tiger types A50 A53 Other Tiger types A60 A65 b When Option 17 22 then the value of Attrib sets the priority 0 to 5 of the road type identified in Option Option Priority for Type of Road Limited Access Highways Tiger types A10 A18 US and State Highways Tiger types A20 A28 Secondary Highways Tiger types A30 A38 Residential Roads Tiger types A40 A48 Trails Tiger types A50 A53 Other Tiger types A60 A65 c When Option 33 38 then the value of Attrib sets the gas mileage of the road type identified in option 132 Option Type of Road 33 Limited Access Highways Tiger types A10 A18 34 US and State Highways Tiger types A20 A28 35 Secondary Highways Tiger types A30 A38 36 Residential Roads Tiger types A40 A48 37 Trails Tiger types A50 A53 38 Other Tiger types A60 A65 d When Option 48 then the value of Attrib sets the color to be used for highlighting the calculated route on the map e When Option 49 then the value o calculated route on the map 0 Dot 10 1 Dot 20 2 Dot 50 3 Cross 4 Hatch 5 Grid f Attrib sets the type of hatching to be used for highlighting the Note The user should be cautioned th
275. n less than the one specified 1 Find closest place with population higher than the one specified 0 Find closest place regardless of population Priv ate Sub Commandi1_Click Distance from specified point Longitude amp Latitude Find the closest named place from the center of the screen with population more than 30000 within 10 miles xc MapProl LonRight MapProl LonLeft 2 yc MapProl LatTop MapProl LatBottom 2 city MapProl FindClosestPlace xc yc 30000 10 1 Display the returned information in an edit box Info is FIPS Code Pop Dist Longitude Latitude separated by tab characters Textl Text city End Sub Delphi Example procedure TForml Button2Click Sender TObject var begi XC yc Ci xc yc real n Find the closes with population within the radius specified in pmap21 lonRight pmap21 lonlef t named place from t less than that specified in the he center of the screen Edit2 box the Edit3 box t 2 pmap21 lattoptpmap21 latbottom 2 ty pmap21 FindClosestPlace xc yc strtoint edit2 text strtoin t editl text 1 Display the returned information as a panel caption pa end Info is FIPS Code nel2 caption city Pop Dist Longitude Latitude 71 FindItem X Y Ole Variant Function Returns the User Item ID if one is found within 8 pixels from X Y lon Lat or zero otherwi
276. n n Ee ee ee ee ee en Ratu katate EE EE RE EE GE 222 JAmport LabelField Variant Property esse see Re RA RA Re RA Re Re ee ee Re ee 223 Amport LabelFilter Integer PropertV sesse Re RA Re RA Re Re ee ee Re ee 224 Import Lower PropertY sesse ese Re RA RA ee ee RA RA ee ee Re ee RA ee RA ee ee ee ee ee 224 lmport Mark Property ENEE 225 Import Name String Bropert eise esse Re Re RA Re Re RA Re a taaa Re ee Re ee 226 Import Opacity Integer Method 226 Import Pen Metode de ee Ee EEE EEE Ee ee ee 226 Import ProximityCheck Boolean Method 228 limportshowDialos Method ie ede Red ek ss ed ee ged ee Re Ee sed es ee Ee 228 Mine GAP ese soo os GR RE N RE N 229 Amport Visible Boolean Property sesse Re RR Re RA ee Re ee ee Re ee 230 ImportManager Interface iese ee ee Re Re ee AR ee Re ee ee Re Re ee ee Re ee ee ee Re ee 231 ImportMer AddLayer Name WideString FileName Widestring Method eee 231 AmportMer Cleat Method ss EE ESE ee EE 232 AmportMer Count Integer Property esse ss Re RA Re RA Re Re ee ee Re ee 232 importMer CurrentIndex Integer PropeTtY sees se se Re RA Re Re ee ee Re ee 232 mportMer CurrentLayer ImportLayer PropertV esse esse Re Re Re Re Re ee 233 importMer DeleteIndex n integer Method 233 ImportMgr DeleteNamedLayer Lname string Integer Method 234 AmportMer Items n ImportLayer PrOpeTtY iss esse ss ee Re RA Re Re Re ee Re ee 234 ImportMgr LoadfromFile Fname String M
277. n the process of drawing the map The true state of the Boolean initiates when the Windows OS message to Paint is issued and is terminated when all painting of the control is completed VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click If Mapprol IsDrawing False Then MapProl ZoomAll End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml Button8Click Sender TObject begin with MapProl do begin If Not IsDrawing then ZoomPan 2 end end 98 ItemFontSize Integer Property Sets the size of the font to be used for the user items placed on the map control by the SetItem method VB Example Private Sub Command105_Click Set font size for labeling user items MapProl ItemFontSize 20 Set a user item MapProl SetItem 1 70 40 MapProl SetItemString 1 Sample Refresh the screen to show the label MapProl Refresh End Sub Kms Property Double This property sets the scale of the map control The value of Kms is the number of Kilometers per logical inch of the control This results in much more accurate zooming than that using the Magnitude property VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl Kms 27 End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml ButtoniClick Sender TObject begin Set Scale to 20 Kms to the inch MapProl Kms 27 end Lat2Int x OLEVariant Integer Function Returns an integer giving the Latitude equivalent in device coordinates Truncates to the nearest pixel Note An incorrect valu
278. nates are in device units not Twips The user must ensure that the mapping mode for the control is set to mmText Furthermore when operating under Visual Basic the user must ensure that the parent form of the control has its map mode set to device units When creating large bitmaps using Directdraw the user should be conscious of the resources required For example using DirectDraw to create a bitmap to be eventually be printed on a high resolution color device could cause the system to run out of resources Mono bitmaps are recommended in such situations See Appendix L for sample code on how to use DirectDraw for printing VB Example Private Sub Command1_Click MapProl directdraw dc 0 0 Imagel Picture bitmap width Imagel Picture bitmap height true true true MapProl redraw End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml Buttonl0Click Sender TObject Simply draws the map directly to an image control Note that in this simpl xample the width and height in device units do not need to be calculated they are obtained from the image control properties var dc hdc begin dc Imagel Picture bitmap canvas handle MapProl directdraw dc 0 0 Imagel Picture bitmap width Imagel Picture bitmap height true true true MapProl redraw end Distance x1 y1 x2 y2 Variant integer Function Calculates the distance between two points given their Lon Lat coordinates The calculated distance is in thousandths of a mile using a
279. nd Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml Button21Click Sender TObject begin Set Coordinate format to lat Lon MapProl Coords 1 end Cursor Integer Property Cursor type Meaningful only when the MapMode property is set to MdUser A positive value will use one of the pre defined cursor types in the OCX If no cursor type is defined for that value then a stock Windows pointer cursor will be returned Zero or a negative value will use one for the Windows stock cursor types 1 results in a non visible cursor However if the edgepan property is true even if Cursor 1 the standard MdZoom OCX cursor will be selected Although cursor types can be selected using this property it is recommended that the Custom property is used to select the cursor type instead as it gives more control to the user It should be pointed out that if the value of Cursor is set to 2 i e pointing to the second position in the cursor array and mapMode is set to mdUser then the cursor defined by Custom is used Note The cursor types defined in the OCX are subject to change without notice It is recommended that either Windows stock cursors or user created ones are used VB Example Private Sub Command12_Click Curld 105 MapProl MapMode MdUser Load Cursor from Resource File Picture LoadResPicture Curld vbResCursor MapPro1 Custom Picture Handle MapProl1 Cursor 2 End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml Button4Click Sender TOb
280. nd39_Click MapProl Magnitude 3 End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml Button2Click Sender begin Set Magnitude scale to 50 mi in MapProl Magnitude 4 end MainLay Boolean Property When true enables loading of the Main Tiger Data Set VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl MainLay False 108 End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml Button3Click Sender TObject begin MapProl MainLay False end MapCount LongInt Property This read only property returns the number of map generations or map redraw actions This is used when licensing for internet server or per transaction licensing Mapmode Integer Property This property controls the built in behavior of zooming Autozooming is enabled when mapmode is set to a value of 0 MdZoom and is evidenced by the Zoom circle cursor A value of 1 MdUser permits users to set their own cursor type and it disables the default zoom window mode Note that while in this latter mode the user still has access to the Xcord Ycord properties which for example may be used with the SetItem procedures to place user created objects using an OnMouse event A value of 2 permits users to add delete or edit user defined street segments See APPENDIX L for Mode 2 Adding Streets Note When MapMode 2 is invoked the cursor changes to a plain cross hair that can be used to locate vertices of a new street segment As the cursor moves around a circle of snap or
281. necting road State and county highways major category used alone when the minor category could not be determined A31 Secondary and connecting road State and county highways unseparated A32 Secondary and connecting road State and county highways unseparated in tunnel A33 Secondary and connecting road State and county highways unseparated underpassing A34 Secondary and connecting road State and county highways unseparated with rail line in center A35 Secondary and connecting road State and county highways separated A36 Secondary and connecting road State and county highways separated in tunnel A37 Secondary and connecting road State and county highways separated underpassing A38 Secondary and connecting road State and county highway separated with rail line in center Local Neighborhood and Rural Road A40 A48 A road in this major category is used for local traffic usually with a single lane of traffic in each direction In an urban area this is a neighborhood road and street that is not a thoroughfare belonging in categories A2 or A3 Ina rural area this is a short distance road connecting the smallest towns the road may or may not have a State or county route number In addition this major category includes scenic park roads unimproved or unpaved roads and industrial roads Most roads in the Nation are classified in this major category A40 Local neighborhood and rural road city street major categor
282. nel or underpassing B12 Railroad main track in tunnel B13 Railroad main track underpassing Railroad Spur B20 B23 A railroad in this major category is the track that leaves the main track ending in an industrial park factory or warehouse area or forming a siding along the main track B20 Railroad spur track major category used alone when the minor category could not be determined B21 Railroad spur track not in tunnel or underpassing B22 Railroad spur track in tunnel B23 Railroad spur track underpassing Railroad Yard B30 B33 A railroad yard track has parallel tracks that form a working area for the railroad company Train cars and engines are repaired switched and dispatched from a yard B30 Railroad yard track major category used alone when the minor category could not be determined B31 Railroad yard track not in tunnel or underpassing B32 Railroad yard track in tunnel B33 Railroad yard track underpassing Railroad with Special Characteristics B40 A railroad or portions of a railroad track that are parts of the railroad system and have separately identifiable characteristics B40 Railroad ferry crossing the portion of a railroad over water that consists of ships carrying train cars to connecting railroads on opposite shores These are primarily located on the Great Lakes Railroad as Other Thoroughfare B50 B52 A railroad that is not part of the railroad system This major category is f
283. newly created object and the object creation mode is exited Draw a regular polygon The cursor changes into a small cross hair to indicate that the control is in the object drawing mode Clicking the left mouse button sets the 198 centroid of the regular polygon Dragging the mouse pointer dynamically resizes the regular polygon until the user clicks the left mouse button again at which time the object is created the screen is updated to reflect the newly created object and the object creation mode is exited Note that the number of sides of the polygon is set through the CAD Attributes dialog described later on Draw a PolyLine Object The cursor changes into a small cross hair to indicate that the control is in the object drawing mode Clicking the left mouse button sets the starting point of the object Moving the cursor and left clicking again sets the end point of the current segment of the polyline and the start point of the next segment The drawing mode is cancelled by clicking the right mouse button and the screen is updated to reflect the currently drawn object Draw a Polygon Object The cursor changes into a small cross hair to indicate that the control is in the object drawing mode Clicking the left mouse button sets the starting point first vertex of the polygon Moving the cursor and left clicking again sets subsequent vertices The drawing mode is cancelled by clicking the righ
284. nformation has already been specified by the user The function returns the segment zero followed by the word Start tab delimited to signify the start of the Routing calculations VB Example Private Sub GetFirstNext_Click Calculate the optimized route using already defined points MapProl OptiRouter Calculate 0 Get the segments and populate the Listbox Rseg MapProl OptiRouter GetRouteFirst 0 Chek to see if the end of the list object has been reached While Rseg lt gt List1 AddItem Rseg Rseg MapProl OptiRouter GetRouteNext Wend Close the List object to release MapProl OptiRouter GetRouteClose End Sub OptiRouter GetRouteNext String Function The calculated Routes are placed in a list object and can then be accessed using a GetFirst GetNext construct This function has to be called after a GetFirstRoute call GetFirstRoute opens the list object and takes no arguments The function returns a tab delimited string containing the following information 210 Sequential Segment Road Classification CFCC Literal Driving Directions Continue Bear Turn Sharp and Bearing SE NW etc Also includes a Left Right Modifier Following the Bearing the angle is included in square brackets as well Street Name Place Name Segment Travel time Tavel Distance in Miles Cumulative Travel time to the end of this segment Cumulative Travel Distance to the end of this segment Speed during this segment mi
285. ng Procedure Returns the next string of the List Object If the end of the list has been reached a blank string is returned Delphi Example procedure TForml Button5Click Sender TObject List Calculated Route segments var s t string i j integer begin EED s MapProl GetRouteFirst 71 77 42 55 71 81 42 70 true Rt_Spots Rt_Hatch Rt_Zoom 91 Rt_Total 8192 messagebeep 0 repeat listboxl Items add New Leg inc i for j 1 to 12 do begin t MapProl GetRouteParse j s listboxl Items add t end s MapProl GetRouteNext until s MapProl GetRouteClose end GetRouteClose Procedure Destroys the Routing List Object and returns all resources to the system Needs to be used once the developer is finished with the GetRouteFirst Next methods RouteParse Fld Variant s string String Procedure Parses the results returned by the GetRouteFirst GetRouteNext GetOptiFirst GetOptiNext methods Fld FieldName or Index s StringToBeParsed Fld is one of the fields or its equivalent Did from the list presented earlier i e Here is the information fields returned No Name Explanation 1 Leg Integer identifying the of this segment of the trip 2 Type The CFCC Code for this road segment 3 Instructions Literal instructions for this Leg 4 Locale The local place amp road name 5 Time The time required for this
286. ngle line in the data base or created separate lines when the median was small depending on the available source used during the update The term rail line in center indicates that a rail line shares the road right of way The rail line may follow the center of the road or be directly next to the road representation is dependent upon the available source used during the update The rail line can represent a railroad a street car line or other carline Road With Major Category Unknown A00 A08 Source materials do not allow determination of the major road category These codes should not under most circumstances be used since the source materials usually provide enough information to determine the major category A00 Road major and minor categories unknown A01 Road unseparated A02 Road unseparated in tunnel A03 Road unseparated underpassing A04 Road unseparated with rail line in center A05 Road separated A06 Road separated in tunnel A07 Road separated underpassing A08 Road separated with rail line in centercategory Primary Highway with Limited Access A10 A18 This road is distinguished by the presence of interchanges access to the highway is by way of ramps and there are multiple lanes of traffic A road in this category has the opposing traffic 262 lanes divided by a median strip Interstate highways and some toll highways are in this major category The TIGER Line TM files may depict the opposing lanes of
287. nition n Specifies that the contents of the n th field of the POI database should be inserted here Note that the database field name could also be inserted here but it is possible that field names may change in the future Double quotes enclose any literal text that should be added to the string nn Two digit control code for things like CR LF etc Example POIMgr FormatHint Name 2 13 10 Telephone PHONE Would result in the following information being displayed when the mouse pointer was over the POI icon for North End Motor Sales Name North End Motor Sales Telephone 508 853 7665 The fileds that are accessible in the POI database are CAT CODE Category Code See table at the beginning of this section STD NAME Name of the POI PHONE Telephone SIC CODET1 Industry Code HOUSE NUMBER Street Address STREET Street Name CITY City COUNTY CODE County FIPS code STATE ABBR State two char abbreviation ZIP 5 digit Zip Code ZIP 4 Zip 4 Delphi Example procedure TForml Button71Click Sender TObject begin This will turn the icons on at the 10 miles scale mapprol poimgr MilesMajor 10 This will turn on the labels at one mile scale mapprol poimgr MilesMinor 1 5 Does the first character in the format string have to be mapprol POIMgr FormatLabel Nam
288. ntAfter event since the de is available or anywhere in their application by using the Windows GetDC and ReleaseDC APIs Routing Because of the difference pricing in licensing applications with or without routing the default setting is for the MapPro71 Rel 2 OCX not to permit routing calculations These capabilities can be activated by setting the RoutingActive property of the OCX to True Setting of this property also results in the appropriate end user license cost being charged at the time of registration of the client license see Appendix N and Appendix O for more details World Map Extents The default behavior of the OCX is to restrict the viewport to North America In order to have the ability to zoom pan etc outside the North America extents the World Extents flag needs to be set to true by calling the SetOption with Opcode C004 See SetOption section MapOCx Pro Licensing The MapOCX Pro SDK is only licensed for development purposes Before you distribute an application which contains MapOCX Pro or use the control in a server environment you need to obtain a licensing and distribution Agreement from Undertow Software A sample license agreement is included in this document Because this sample may not be up to date call 978 794 9377 for the latest version of the Agreement and for further information and pricing of the end user client licenses 23 Technical Support In the event you have a technical quest
289. o specify a large radius since this defines the number of street level data grids that are loaded and such grids reguire significant system resources OptiRouter GetFirstNode Reserved Function This is reserved for possible future expansion OptiRouter GetNextNode Reserved Function This is reserved for possible future expansion OptiRouter StopPoints n PointRec An indexed array holding all the points that have been specified for the OptiRouter up until this point the total number of points is reflected in OptiRouter NumPoints VB Example Private Sub Command2_Click For i 0 To MapProl OptiRouter NumPoints 1 List1 AddItem MapProl OptiRouter StopPoints i Name amp amp MapProl OptiRouter StopPoints i x amp amp MapProl OptiRouter StopPoints i y Next i End Sub OptiRouter InsertPoint n Integer pt PointRec Method Insert the specified point structure at the Nth position in the currently defined points list VB Example Private Sub Command12_Click Dim NewPt As TPointRec define the point NewPt Name New point being Inserted NewPt x 88 35 NewPt y 42 03 Insert a point at position 3 MapProl OptiRouter InsertPoint 3 NewPt End Sub 212 OptiRouter LoadFrom Property Reserved for possible future expansion of the module s capabilities OptiRouter LoadPoints s String Method Loads a number of pre specified point to be used by the OptiR
290. o71 0cx box While the application is not registered when the Mapping Control 7 S Ver 7 2 00 07 About box is displayed the number of days left before Copyright 1988 2006 TRIUS Inc H and or its suppliers All rights reserved registration Is required is also displayed During that Breed period placing the cursor on the text Mapping UnderTow Software Corp 99 1 E 1 H 2006 Tele Atlas North America Inc All rights Control and pressing Ctrl Click invokes the mae de ee tiie ede oe registration dialog If the product is already copyright protection and other intellectual property R Ty rights owned by or licensed to Tele Atlas North registered then the Evaluation Mode Days Left is America Inc The use of this material is subject to the e e terms of a license agreement You will be held liable for not displayed and pressing Ctrl Click has no effect any unauthorized copying or disclosure of this material Again this is useful in situations where the automatic EES ER EE invocation of the registration dialog is not possible 22B0 3644 7931 6748 9316 4279 3775 0795 62 due to special requirements and conditions of the developed application 315 In order to further facilitate developer special reguirements another helper function has been implemented GetProductCode which returns the same product code that would be displayed in the registration dialog Note that this function returns a valid product code
291. objects For i 1 To 2 do begin Get the value to use for 12 pixel height at 5 mile scale x mapprol cad scaletosize 5 12 tmk1 i MapPro1 Cad Textfloat 110 i 0 02 30 i 0 02 x Item inttostr 1 tmk1 i Font color clblue tmk2 i MapProl1 Cad Text 110 i 0 04 30 i 0 04 Item inttostr i end mapprol GotoPoint 110 30 mapprol miles 5 end CAD Toolbar Interface Controls the CAD Toolbar which gives the user access to all the CAD capabilities through a visual interface rather than having to implement them programmatically See the CAD Toolbar section for a detailed description of the Toolbar s functionality 187 Toolbar mode Sets the mode of the CAD Toolbar The following three enumerated modes are available TbFix Anchors the CAD toolbar at the top of the application form TbFloat Creates a floating instance of the CAD toolbar TbHide Hides the CAD Toolbar ToolBar SetPos Reserved CAD Ungroup Method Breaks a grouped CAD object down to the components Also see the CAD Group method VB Example Private Sub Command65_Click Group selected objects MapProl Cad Group Update to show grouped objecs Mode to show handles MapProl MapMode MdCad MapProl Cad ObjectType 0 MapProl Refresh End Sub CAD Visible Method Controls the visibility of the whole CAD layer A convenient way to turn all objects to visible invisible
292. ocedure TForml MapProlpaintAfter Sender TObject dc Integer var hp hpen begin With MapProl do begin Get Device Context and select Pen hp createpen 0 1 RGB 0 0 Sff 120 hp selectobject dc hp Draw A line from Denver to Oklahoma City movetoex dc Lon2Int 104 83 Lat2Int 39 64 nil lineto dc Lon2Int 97 35 Lat2Int 35 42 Deselect Pen and release device context deleteobject selectobject dc hp end end OnPmapEvent Event This event is fired as needed by the user See FirePMapEvent Delphi Example Procedure TForml Button6Click Sender TObject Fire an event with a 500 msec delay and increment th ventid begin inc eid MapProl FirePmapEvent eid 500 end procedure TForml MapProlPmapEvent Sender TObject EventID Integer When the event is fired it is trapped here an a string is added to the listbox to let the user know begin ListBoxl items add Fired Event inttostr Eventid end OnPaintBefore Event Performs the specified operations prior to re painting the map on the surface of the OCX control VB Example 13 Delphi Private Sub MapProl_PaintBefore ByVal dc As Long MapProl DrawLine dc B9 76 41 12 88 99 42 43 4 vbGreen End Sub Procedure TForml MapProlPaintBefore Sender TObject dc Integer Draw Thick Red line before drawing the map It s visible ONLY outside the USA boundary
293. ocess the registration it goes through and a serial Registration code is issued If the balance is insufficient a message is displayed in the end user s registration dialog to contact USC Note that this is the preferred license in particular if vendors want to pre purchase a number of licenses so that they can get a volume discount It may also be preferred because it allows the end user to register themselves without any intervention by the vendor _ Pre Pay Register by Vendor Same as option d above but the registration can be done ONLY by the vendor if vendors require such control The vendor needs to log on to the USC registration servers using their Vendor Code and Vendor Accounting Password to process each registration Trial Version Sell it This is probably the simplest implementation from the developer vendor standpoint The vendor develops and deploys their application and at the time of the client seat registration either the end user or the vendor can pay for it using our on line purchase system they will be prompted appropriately and be directed to UnderTow site s shopping cart II Type of Application Developed and Distributed by LICENSEE select all the apply No Routing Directions The application deployed by LICENSEE to the end user does not provide any routing directions and is not used to track mobile assets With Routing Directions The application deployed by LICENSEE to end users inc
294. og opens up and lest the user select the pen background color i e the color visible underneath when a line style other than solid is used Mode The user may select either a transparent or an opaque pen mode The currently selected pen attributes are reflected in the bottom portion of the dialog CAD Attributes Dialog Brush Tab Attributes Hatch Style The user may select one of the available hatch styles Pen Brush Font Misc vertical horizontal slash solid etc Hatch Style ForeColor Clicking on the color button a color selection dialog Mode opens up and lest the user select the brush foreground color Transparent ForeColor BackColor Il Opaque BackColor Clicking on the color button a color selection dialog opens up and lest the user select the brush background color Mode The user may select either a transparent or an opaque pen mode The currently selected pen attributes are reflected in the bottom III portion of the dialog Dk Cancel 201 CAD Attributes Dialog Font Tab Attributes Name The user may select one of the available installed Windows Pen Brush Font Mise Fonts Name oo x ForeColor Clicking on the color button a color selection dialog opens up and lest the user select the brush foreground color ForeColor WW Mode BackColor Transparent C Opaque BackColor Clicking on the color button a color selection dialog Angle
295. oint sla List1 Additem Just Set amp sla MapProl GeoFind 100 Main St N slb sic amp y Woe Bib ee Mt ele Andover MA s2a MapProl GeoFindParse 1l MapProl Street s2b Val MapProl GeoFindParse 7 s2c Val MapProl GeoFindParse 8 MapProl OptiRouter AddPoint s2a List1 Additem Just Set amp s2a MapProl Street MapProl Street s2b s2c amp amp s2b amp N amp s2c MapProl GeoFind 245 Summer Street Boston MA s3a MapProl GeoFindParse 1 MapProl Street s3b Val MapProl GeoFindParse 7 s3c Val MapProl GeoFindParse 8 MapProl OptiRouter AddPoint s3a Listl AddItem Just Set amp s3a MapProl Street MapProl Street s3b s3c eh IG sap amp D As MapProl GeoFind 207 Market Street Lowell MA 01852 s4a s4b Val MapProl GeoFindParse 7 s4c Val MapProl GeoFindParse 8 MapProl OptiRouter AddPoint s4a List1 Additem Just Set amp s4a MapProl GeoFindParse 1l MapProl Street MapProl Street MapProl Street s4b s4c oh amp s4b amp 6 Sie Set some Mark properties even after the fact MapProl OptiRouter RoutePath MarkType 1 MapProl OptiRouter RoutePath MarkSize 20 MapProl OptiRouter RoutePath MarkColor vbRed Use a delta Offset to make sure Marks are visible Ref point is Mak center Delta 0 01 Zoom to the extents of the defined points MapProl ZoomWindow MapProl OptiRouter PointExtent Xma
296. ol Cad mLine Pt1X Pt1Y Pt3X Pt3Y Set Ln2 MapProl Cad mLine Pt2X Pt2Y Pt3X Pt3Y Lnl Pen Style 3 Lnl Pen Color vbBlue Ln2 Pen Style 3 Ln2 Pen Color vbBlue We ll use external bitmaps Set Imagel Picture LoadPicture d test mappro71 One gif Set Image2 Picture LoadPicture d test mappro71 Two gif Set Image3 Picture LoadPicture d test mappro71 Three gif Set Ptl MapProl Cad Marker Pt1X Pt1Y Imagel Picture Handle Set Pt2 MapProl Cad Marker Pt2X Pt2Y Image2 Picture Handle Set Pt3 MapProl Cad Marker Pt3X Pt3Y Image3 Picture Handle Set some attributes Bz Pen Width 4 Bz Pen Color vbGreen Set Sbl MapProl Cad mCircle 104 35 120 38 1 Select the seventh and send place it underneath the other objects n MapProl Cad SelectRange 6 7 1 MapProl Cad SendToBack MapProl Refresh End Sub CAD SelectRect x1 y1 x2 y2 Double Option Integer Method Sets the selected flag of any object within the specified rectangle X1 Y1 Lon Lat coordinates of one comer of Selection rectangle X2 Y2 Lon Lat coordinates of opposite corner of Selection rectangle Option It can have the following values VB Example 184 0 De Select all objects in Selection rectangle i e set their Selected property to False 1 Select all objects in Selection rectangle i e set their Selected property to True 2 Toggle the Selected propert
297. ollbarl position end procedure TForml ScrollBarlChange Sender TObject begin labell caption Inttostr scrollbarl position DoWindowl imagel scrollbarl position end Procedure Tforml MakeSkin scanvas tcanvas s trect dcanvas tcanvas d trect var sx sy dx dy integer ul uls trect Procedure Transparent scanvas tcanvas s trect dcanvas tcanvas d trect var r trect bmp tbitmap p tbitmap create bmp pixelformat pf24bit p width s right s left p height s bottom s top riss offsetrect r r left r top zero bse bmp canvas copyrect r scanvas Ss bmp transparent true bmp transparentcolor clblack bmp transparentmode tmFixed dcanvas draw d left d top bmp bmp free end begin sx s right s left sy s bottom s top dx d right d left dy d bottom d top upper left setrect ul 0 0 dx div 2 dy div 2 uls ul 290 Transparent scanvas uls dcanvas ul lower left setrect ul 0 0 dx div 2 dy dy div 2 uls ul offsetrect uls 0 sy ul bottom ul top offsetrect ul 0 dy ul bottom ul top Transparent scanvas uls dcanvas ul upper right setrect ul 0 0 dx dx div 2 dy div 2 uls ul offsetrect uls sx ul right ul left 0 offsetrect ul dx ul right ul left 0 Transparent scanvas uls dcanvas ul lower right setrect ul 0 0 dx dx div 2 dy dy div 2 uls ul offsetrect uls sx ul right ul lef
298. omma up to and including from CommaStr Dim Tstr CommaPos Tstr CommaStr CommaPos InStr l Tstr If CommaPos 0 Then CommaDelStr CommaStr ElseIf CommaPos gt 0 Then CommaDelStr Left Tstr CommaStr Right Tstr Le 258 r T All Characters the first comma are removed vbTextCompare The following functions can be used to parse delimited strings Return the entire string since it has no comma CommaPos n Tstr 1 CommaPos End If End Function Public Function TabDelStr ByRef TabStr As String If TabStr contains a Tab delimited string Then TabDelStr returns all characters up to but not including the first Tab All Characters up to and including the first Tab are removed from TabStr Dim Tstr TabPos Tstr TabStr TabPos InStril Tstr Chr 9 vbTextCompare If TabPos 0 Then TabDelStr TabStr Return the entire string since it has no comma ElseIf TabPos gt 0 Then TabDelStr Left Tstr TabPos 1 TabStr Right Tstr Len Tstr TabPos End If End Function Private Sub MapProl_Find The Find Event is called for the MapProl FindStr Function The TabDelStr Function shown is not included as an OCX method ras th xamples for parsing comma and tab delimited strings TabDelStr returns all text up to the first Tab The function removes all characters up to and including the tab from Tstr This example converts
299. once every year and at USC s request to supply USC with a copy of all of LICENSEE s current Products using the Software to permit USC to determine if quality standards and licensing requirements are being maintained LICENSEE LICENSEE agrees to supply USC upon request with copies of written material including packaging advertising labels and the like on or in which the Copyright Notices appear to permit USC to determine if LICENSEE s use of the Copyrights are in accordance to this Agreement TERM AND TERMINATION Let 11 3 Lise The initial term of this Agreement shall begin on the date of acceptance by LICENSEE and continue for one 1 year and shall automatically continue in full force and effect for an additional one 1 year period unless sooner terminated as hereinafter provided or written notice of termination is provided to the other party at least 90 days prior to expiration of the term USC may terminate this Agreement upon written notice to LICENSEE if LICENSEE remains in default in making any payment or report required hereunder or fails to comply with any other provision hereof for a period of fifteen 15 days after written notice of such default or failure is given by USC to LICENSEE USC shall also have the right to place LICENSEE S account on hold and prohibit registrations if LICENSEE is overdue on any payment for more than 30 days Any termination of this Agreement shall not relieve LICENSEE of liabili
300. oolean Dropert esse see Re RA RR RA Re Re Re Re 194 objects Tag lnteger PropertV sesse se RR Re Re RA Re Re ee ee Re ee 194 objects Visible Boolean Dropert eise esse Re Re RA Re Re ee Re Re 194 Visual CAD Toolbar Hier i aces n eN EE 195 CAD Attribute Dialoog N EE sel antes oe DE EE Ee Ee EE eee 200 Ereegnesser ee EE Gees 204 OptiRouter AddPoint s String x y Double Method 204 OptiRouter Calculate n integer Method 206 OptiRouter Clear Method ihinrere ee ED si we De ee gek Dee ge hehe De ek se Dee dawns 206 OptiRouter ClearPoints Method 206 OptiRouter DeletePoint n Integer Property esse see Re RA RA Re Re Re Re ee 206 OptiRouter ExecOptiRoute Method 207 OptiRouter GetRouteFirst n integer String Function esse es ee Re RA Re ee 210 OptiRouter GetRouteNext String Function esse esse ee RA Re RA Re Re RA Re ee 210 OptiRouter GetRouteClose FUNCTION sesse Re RR RA Re RA Re Re ee Re ee 211 OptiRouter CostPerGallon Double Dropertv esse se Re RA RA Re Re RA Re ee 211 OptiRouter ExRadius Double PropertV sesse esse Re Re RA Re Re ee ee Re ee 212 OptiRouter GetFirstNode Reserved FUunCHON sesse esse ese ee ee ee Re Re ee Re ee 212 12 OptiRouter GetNextNode Reserved Function sees sesse ee ee Re ee Re Re ee Re ee 212 OptiRouter StopPoints n PointRecC cc ese ee Re RR Re Re RE E ee Re ee 212 OptiRouter InsertPoint n Integer pt PointRec Method 212 O
301. operty was kept in the brush interface to keep it consistent with other brush structures used in the control e g the CAD brush structure but has no effect at this time brush Style Constants specifying the brush style note that the actual line style is controlled by the pen attribute 0 Solid 1 Clear 220 2 Horizontal 3 Vertical 4 Left Dash 5 Right Dash 6 Cross 7 Diagonal Cross brush Visible Sets the Visibility of the brush VB Example Private Sub Command126_Click Set the Upper and Lower visibility thresholds MapProl Import Upper 5000 MapProl Import Lower 5 Set brush color this would be the fill color MapProl Import Brush Color vbYellow Set pen color for polygon outline MapProl Import Pen Color vbBlue Set hatch style MapProl Import Brush Style 4 setting MapProl Import Brush Visible False would only print the polygon outline Import a shape file and the associated DBF file MapProl Import FileName D country_col_region shp Redraw the map to reflect the imported data MapProl Redraw End Sub Import Count Integer Property The number of objects in the imported file Delphi Example procedure TForm1 Button16Click Sender TObject var 1 j n integer begin Cycle through the imported layers and show of objects If Mapprol ImportMgr Count gt 0 then begin for 1 1 to Mapprol ImportMgr Count
302. or a specialized rail line or railway that is typically inaccessible to mainstream railroad traffic B50 Other rail line major category used alone when the minor category could not be determined B51 Carline a track for street cars trolleys and other mass transit rail systems used when the carline is not part of the road right of way B52 Cog railroad incline railway or logging tram Feature Class C Miscellaneous Ground Transportation Miscellaneous Ground Transportation With Category Unknown C00 Source materials do not allow determination of the miscellaneous ground transportation category This code should not under most circumstances be used since the source materials usually provide enough information to determine the major category C00 Miscellaneous ground transportation not road or railroad major and minor categories unknown Pipeline C10 Enclosed pipe carrying fluid or slurry situated above ground or in special conditions below ground when marked by a cleared right of way and signage C10 Pipeline major category used alone Power Transmission Line C20 High voltage electrical line on towers situated on cleared right of way C20 Power transmission line major category used alone Miscellaneous Ground Transportation with Special Characteristics C30 C31 A portion of a ground transportation system that has separately identifiable characteristics This major category is for specialized transportation
303. ot using precious memory resources for rendering Finally maximum flexibility is provided to the user by being able to use and manage a set of user items that can be placed at any Lon Lat location accompanied by a user specified bit map an identifying string etc This is achieved though a collection of methods SetItem SetItemString SetItemBitmap SetItem Angle etc Adding your own streets Although the streets databases are updated on a on going basis given the tens of millions of road segments and the continuous additions of new housing developments new roads etc and the time necessary for such information to be collected by the Census Bureau or our prime data suppliers 23 verified processed etc it s possible that you may find localized road issues that you need to address by temporarily augmenting the built in database The MapOCX Pro control enables you to do that by setting MapMode 2 and then using the steps described in Appendix K Single Instantiation Many Map Views The system is set up for a single MapPro control instance in the user s application Users are warned not to use a second control as they tow controls would share some of the data segments thus corrupting each other Instead they should use either the DirectDraw or better yet the Direct View methods to create additional map views in a single application Note that in some IDEs the user may also have to issue a FormX Show followed by a FormX Hid
304. ote O based list MapProl DeleteViaPoint 1 End Sub DevCode String Property The value is assigned to each unique customers product This is used in conjunction with DevPass to unlock the OCX for development This property is only set within a non visual environment In a visual environment you would normally enter the developer code and password by right mouse clicking on the control and selecting the properties menu item and then the installation tab Also see ExecRegister DevPass Note Contact Undertow Software for Developer Codes and Passwords 978 794 9377 VB Example Private Sub Form_Load Used to develope with the OCX is a non visual environment MapProl DevCode 1234 1234 MapProl DevPass 134534 MapProl ExecRegister 5432 End Sub 37 DevPass String Property DevPass is a unique password to use the DevCode This is used in conjunction with DevCode to unlock the OCX for development This property is only set within a non visual environment In a visual environment you would normally enter the developer code and password by right mouse clicking on the control and selecting the properties menu item and then the installation tab Note Contact Undertow Software for Developer Codes and Passwords 978 794 9377 VB Example Private Sub Form_Load Used to develope with the OCX is a non visual environment MapProl DevCode 1234 1234 MapProl DevPass 134534 MapProl ExecRegister 5432 End Sub
305. other indicator during lengthy drawing operations 122 VB Example Private Sub MAPPRO1 Status ByVal s As Long ProgressBarl Visible True ProgressBarl Value s ProgressBarl Visible False End Sub OpenOverlay s String Procedure Loads the specified overlay Overlay files may be created by the user s application see Appendixes A and K for format description or created by Precision Mapping Streets V4 0 and can NOT contain any Metafile Objects The filetype is determined by the specified filename extension ovr or cmx By specifying a null name or a non existent overlay filename the control now erases the currently loaded overlay data from memory For a description of the Overlay file structure see Appendix A The argument needs to be a full file specification i e with drive path etc VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click Display an overlay file created with Precision Mapping 4 0 S Dakota area T MapProl OpenOverlay c pmap40 sdak01 ovr Zoom to the Overlay area MapProl ZoomOverlay End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml Button32Click Sender TObject Display an overlay file created with Precision Mapping 4 0 S Dakota area begin MapProl OpenOverlay c pmap40 sdak0l ovr Zoom to the Overlay area MapProl ZoomOverlay end OptiRouter Interface Interface Allows the user to acces the OptiRouter Interface See sections later in this docu
306. ould be TANAUSAO7 SIG 3 If your application is going to be using ONLY the Dynamap Data for CANADA not the USA and that is the only dataset you want to be charged for at the time of the registration then the only SIG file in that folder should be TANACANOS SIG 4 If your application is going to be using the Dynamap Data for the USA and CANADA then both TANAO07 SIG and TANAOS SIG files need to be in the STATES folder 312 5 If your application is also going to be using the POI database then the signature file POIOA SIG should be in the DATA4 directory which contains the POI data Please note that if other SIG files for example SIG files from earlier releases are present in the states folder during the registration process you vendor account will be charged for licenses to all of them That s why it is important to distributed ONLY the SIG files needed and make sure you delete any other SIG afiles d Any other files that your application may need Note You do not need to purchase and or distribute a copy of UnderTow s end user product Precision Mapping Streets and Traveler for each client license to get access to the mapping data The data is in the folders described in 1 c above and you are licensed to distribute copies of this data set under one of the Licensing Account Agreements described below Before you start deploying your end user application you need to decide what type of a Licensing Account you
307. outer form a text file replacing ANY points currently defined in memory The text file format is one line per specified point with each line containing Name X Y VB Example Private Sub Command2_Click Load some points from a point file MapProl OptiRouter LoadPoints MyTestOptiPts pts Now list the loaded points For i 0 To MapProl OptiRouter NumPoints 1 List1 AddItem MapProl OptiRouter StopPoints i Name amp amp MapProl OptiRouter StopPoints i x amp amp MapProl OptiRouter StopPoints i y Next i End Sub OptiRouter MemUsed Integer Property The amount of memory bytes used to hold the network of points and edges that define the search area around the OptiRouter points VB Example Private Sub Command2_Click Get memory used s Mapprol optirouter MemUsed End Sub OptiRouter MovePoint From To Integer Property Move the point from the specified From position to the specified To position in the array of the currently defined points VB Example Private Sub Command13_Click Load some points from a point file MapProl OptiRouter LoadPoi Now list the loaded poi For i 0 To MapProl Opt List1 AddItem MapProl MapProl OptiRouter StopPoi MapProl OptiRouter StopPoi nts nts iRouter NumPoints 1 OptiRouter StopPoints i Name amp nts i x amp amp nts i y MyTestOptiPts pts 213 Next i Move Some of the defined points MapProl Opt
308. outine invokes the search Private Sub Command39_Click dim x y r as double Set a sample lat lon and search radius x 73 5 y 43 5 R 20 0 Search for 20 Main street using the sample coordinates specified above MapProl Findstr Main 20 x y r MA After the search is finished set the magnification factor to 14 double lined streets MapProl Magnitude 14 Since Magnification 14 might involve loading a lot of data yield to windows message processing prior to issuing a command to relocate the viewport application ProcessMessages MapProl GotoPoint x y End Sub Example 2 The OnFind Event is used to store and display the Street block number and City for each hit in a listbox procedure TForml MapProlFind Sender TObject dim i l ns ne as integer dim a as string ns 1 a ww l length MapProl street Use simple loop to extract desired info For i l to 3 ne pos 9 copy MapProl street ns 1 ns 1 a atcopy MapProl street ns ne 1 H ns nstne a atcopy MapProl street ns 1 ns 1 ListBoxl AddItem a End Sub Delphi Example Example 1 Button routine invokes the search 79 Procedure TForml Buttonl4Click Sender TObject var X y r real begin Set a sample lat lon and search radius XiE 13 BT y 43 5 R 20 0 Search for 20 Main street using the sample coordinates specified above MapProl Findstr Main 20 x y r MA Af
309. pProl Shade_MCD true end Shade_Plc Boolean Property If set to True the polygons defined by the Place outlines are shaded If set to false they are not shaded but instead assume the generic background color VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl Shade_Plc false End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml Button9Click Sender TObject begin MapProl Shade_Plc false end Shade_State Boolean Property If set to True the polygons defined by the State outlines are shaded If set to false they are not shaded but instead assume the generic background color VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl Shade_State fals End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml Button5Click Sender TObject begin MapProl Shade_State false end ShowAlllItems Procedure Sets the attribute for all user created objects to visible VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl ShowAlliItems End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml Button9Click Sender TObject begin MapProl ShowAlliItems end 155 ShowToolBar Procedure Displays a floating toolbar with predefined icons to automatically execute a number of the build in methods laas e TE z N v B e BS CG 1000 mi 69 051136 26 873088 156 GaP prag 000 _ Zooms the Viewport IN by a factor of 2 Zooms the Viewport OUT by a factor of 2 Reverts the Viewport to the immediately previous view Zoom out so that USA ex
310. pecification is ignored N GeoFind Main Street Andover MA Returns N 11 MAIN STIANDOVERIJ1 4 MAJ01810 71 140096 42 656896 84 IN STANDOVERIS 17 MA 01810 71 139904 42 656512 IN STIANDOVERJ33 46IMAIO1810 71 139712 42 656128 IN ST ANDOVERI47 64MAI01810 71 139456 42 655680 IN ST ANDOVER 65 96 MA 01810 71 138752 42 654720 IN ST ANDOVER 95 108 MA 01810 71 138048 42 653696 IN ST ANDOVER 109 121 MAJ01810 71 137472 42 652864 IN STANDOVERJ120 131 MA 01810 71 136832 42 651840 IN ST ANDOVER 133 158 MA 01810 71 135936 42 650752 IN ST ANDOVER I51 157 MA 01810 71 135104 42 649600 IN ST ANDOVER 165 206 MA 01810 71 134464 42 648320 SSS EES SS ES All Mam Street segments are returned since there is no block number specified The same results would have been returned if the specified search was N GeoFind Main St Andover 01810 N GeoFind 1000 Main Andover MA Returns N 1 ANDOVER MA 71 137000 42 658000 N GeoFind North Andover Returns N 1 INORTH ANDOVER MA 71 135552 42 698624 INORTH ANDOVER W 90 965824 42 815552 INORTH ANDOVER CENTER MA 71 112512 42 683328 N GeoFind Main Street North Andover Returns N 1 INORTH ANDOVER MA 71 135552 42 698624 INORTH ANDOVERJWII 90 965824 42 815552 INORTH ANDOVER CENTER MA 71 112512 42 683328 Since no unique North Andover was specified no street search was performed but a sub string se
311. ped Object 16 MetaObj 192 This is the ObjectType for the Free Hand object in the GUI Once the object is created it is internally converted to a polyline so an object that was created as a free hand object and the saved will be retrieved as a polyline object objects Pen Property Sets the properties for the pen that will be used to draw the object pen BackColor The pen background color i e the color seen in the spaces when something like a dashed line style is used pen Color The main foreground pen color pen Mode The pen mode controls whether the pen will be opaque 1 or transparent 2 pen ROP The pen raster operation that defines how it will interact with the colors of the map layer The Raster Operations vvailable are VB Constant Value Description vbBlackness 1 Black vbNotMergePen 2 Not Merge pen vbMaskNotPen 3 Mask Not pen vbNotCopyPen 4 Not Copy pen vbMaskPenNot 5 Mask pen Not vbInvert 6 Invert vbXorPen 7 Xor pen vbNotMaskPen 8 Not Mask pen vbMaskPen 9 Mask pen vbNotXorPen 10 Not Xor pen vbNop 11 No operation output remains unchanged vbMergeNotPen 12 Merge Not pen vbCopyPen 13 Copy pen vbMergePenNot 14 Merge pen Not vbMergePen 15 Merge pen vb Whiteness 16 White pen Style Set the style of the pen used to draw the lines of fill patterns Note that this style 193 0 Solid
312. ple procedure TForml Button7Click Sender TObject begin Display the Import Layers Manager Dialog Mapprol importMgr ShowDialog End 236 POlIManage Interface This interface is usable only if the developer has licensed and is using the premium Points Of Interest POI dataset It allows the developer to programmatically control the searching and rendering of the database points See Appendix N and Appendix O for details on licensing deployment and pricing of the POI data The categories and subcategories of the POIs in this datavase are provided below You can see how they are actually used later in this section Category Code Category Name Sub Category Name 500100 Automobile Club N N denotes none 500101 Towing Service N 500202 Car Parking Parking Garage 500300 Car parts amp accessories N 500400 Car Rental N 500500 Car Repair facility N 500600 Car Repair Dealer N 500700 Car Wash N 500800 Petrol Gas Station N 500900 Motorcycle Repair Dealer N 501000 Boat Repair Dealer N 502000 Recreational Vehicles Dealer N 510100 Bank N 510300 Convention Center N 510400 Currency Exchange N 530200 School N 530201 School Nursery school 540100 Pharmacy N 540201 Doctor General Practitioner
313. plication or at run time If the value of this property is true then all zoom operations and any other operation that is deemed to have changed any of the viewport properties results in automatically repainting the map Normally this is turned off by the developer if they know that a lot of operations affecting the viewport are going to take place in order to avoid time consuming map repaints and then set to True again at the end to finally update the map VB Example Private Sub Command1l_Click force a repaint of the map MapProl AutoPaint true End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml Button3Click Sender TObject begin MapProl AutoPaint False MapProl Miles 0 03 MapProl GotoPoint 88 5 41 56 MapProl AutoPaint true MapProl Redraw Map changes scale amp goes to point in 1 step end AutoQuery Boolean Property When this property is TRUE visible features with a name are described by a floating hint window when the cursor is placed on them In addition if the feature is a road or street with an address range this information will appear below the name The value of this property may be set when designing the application or at run time SS eo 28 VB Example Private Sub Command1 Click MapProl AutoQuery false End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml Button5Click Sender TObject begin MapProl AutoQuery false end BevelInner Integer Property Sets the state of the insi
314. portMgr Dialog and may also be specified through the Import Dialog interface Note that when a file is imported the value of this property is automatically set to the filename as well until modified by the user Import Opacity Integer Method Controls the Opacity of the brush used to paint the interior of polygons It can take values from 0 to 100 A value of zero corresponds to a totally transparent clear polygon and a value of 100 corresponds to a totally opague solid polygon It should be pointed out that this Opacity property only affects the map rendering on th e screen The Opacity property is NOT supported for printed output All polygon fills in printed output are generated as if the opacity value was 100 Import Pen Method Sets the attributes for the pen to be used to paint imported line objects pen BackColor N A This property was kept in the pen interface to keep it consistent with other pen structures used in the control e g the CAD pen structure but has no effect at this time pen Color The pen color to be used for lines and polygon outlines pen Mode N A This property was kept in the pen interface to keep it consistent with other pen structures used in the control e g the CAD pen structure but has no effect at this time 226 pen ROP This property was kept in the pen interface to keep it consistent with other pen structures used in the control e g the CAD pen structure but has no effect
315. ptiRouter LoadFrom Property esse esse ke Re RR Re RA RA Re ee ee Re ee 213 OptiRouter LoadPoints s String Method 213 OptiRouter MemUsed Integer Property esse se RA Re RA RA Re Re Re Re ee 213 OptiRouter MovePoint From To Integer Property sesse esse ee Re Re ee Re ee 213 OptiRouter mpgCity double Property sees see ee RR RA Re ee Re Re Re ee Re ee 214 OptiRouter mpgHwy double Property esse ss Re Re RA Re ee Re Re ee Re ee 214 OptiRouter NumPoint s String PTODETRY eise esse RA Re RA RA Re Re Re Re ee 214 OptiRouter PointExtent TRPoint PropeTtY sees sesse Re RA RA Re Re ee Re ee 214 OptiRouter Priority RoadRec Property esse ee RA Re RA Re Re ee ee Re ee 215 OptiRouter RoutePath Interface 215 OptiRouter RouteParse index Integer s string String Funcetnon eee esse ee ee Re 217 OptiRouter RouteType TxRouteType Property esse see ke RA RA Re Re Re Re ee 218 OptiRouter Speed RoadRec PropeTtY sesse ke RA Re RA Re Re ee ee Re ee 219 OptRouterSaveTobil s Eutures ss EE EE RARA RE Ee 219 OptiRouter SavePoints s String Method 219 JmportLavetdnterface EE ESE EE EER DEER GER ERG ER REG AD EE RR ER RE bee Ge RE GE Ee Geek 220 Import Brush Dropert iese ese RA Re Re RA Re Re RA ee Re ee ee Re ee 220 Import Count Integer Property esse a e RA Re Re RA Re AAS ee E Re ee 221 Import Filename String Property eise esse ee Re RA RA Re RA Re Re Re ee Re ee 222 import Pont Property s EE ER RE De e
316. ption to panel 5 if flags 0 then Panel5 caption Palette Setting Failed else Panel5 caption Palette Setting Successful If the operation was successful redraw the map to reflect the new color if flag 0 then MapProl redraw End Sub i Example using SetOption to query the map control Dim val QResult opt as long Convert the input entered by user in Textbox 3 to a value Opt val Text3 text Use SetOptions to qu OResult MapProi SetOp ry the property specified by the user tion 0 Opt Echo the returned result as the panel5 caption panel5 caption str opt str QResult End Sub Procedure TForml Buttonl4Click Sender TObject Change the background Canada Mexico color var flag longint begin Set the color using the RGB function flag MapProl setoption 1 RGB 33 23 45 repaint the map surface to reflect the new color MapProl redraw end procedure TForml Buttonl5Click Sender TObject Set Some options using SetOption var flag integer cl StNum LongInt begin Set th State number for MA 153 StNum 38 Set the color to solid Red cl RGB Sff 0 0 Use SetOption to Set the color of MA to Red flag MapProl SetOption StNum cl Set the Palette MapProl SetOption 0 0 Check to see if the operation was successful and echo appropriate message as a caption to panel
317. r lt 3 then begin SearchStr Market Street Lowell MA 01852 editl text SearchStr end Search for multiple hits by not specifying a block gHits MapProl GeoFindArray SearchStr ListBoxl clear listboxl Items add Found inttostr gHits count Hits 87 Note that AC was added to the record for completenes and possibly future use AC was never returned by the GeoFind method listBoxl items add Listed below as Street City State ZipCode and AreaCode List all generated hits For i 0 to gHits count 1 do begin Listboxl items add gHits Streets i Address Listboxl items add gHits Streets i Name Listboxl items add gHits streets i City Listboxl items add gHits streets i State Listboxl items add gHits streets i ZipCode Listboxl items add gHits streets i AreaCodet N A ListBoxl items add floattostr gHits streets i x floattostr gHits streets i y ListBoxl items add w T end List the unparsed Strings ListBox2 clear Listbox2 items add Unparsed strings for each hit for i 0 to gHits count 1 do begin Listbox2 Items Add gHits items i end Messagebeep 0 end GeoFindClose Procedure Clears the list object and returns all used memory to the pool This should be called after GeoFindFirst Next metods are used See GeoFindFirst for sample source code GeoFindFirst GeofindString String S
318. r consideration for such tracking LICENSEE can track up to twenty five 25 mobile assets per client seat without ANY additional payment to Undertow If additional client seats are needed to meet the 25 asset requirement client seat licenses need to be purchased at the prices described in section 1 of this Exhibit B ii If the application is used in house as outlined in i above and LICENSEE charges a fee or consideration for tracking the mobile assets then a licensing fee of 2 per month per asset being tracked provided that the application does not involve the routing or directions or a fee of 3 50 per month per asset being tracked if the application involves routing or directions shall also paid to Undertow iii If LICENSEE distributes copies of their application to end users clients then each such copy requires a client seat license at the prices describer in section 1 of this Exhibit B and each such licensed copy is subject to the same limitations and conditions as described in 1 and ii above For example if LICENSEE develops an application and licenses it to a client to track their assets then that client needs a client license purchased either by LICENSEE or by customer at the time of registration Client can then use such license to track their own assets up to 25 per client seat no additional payment is required If LICENSEP s client uses licensed software to track other assets for which they cha
319. r of Warranties USC DOES NOT REPRESENT OR WARRANT THAT ALL ERRORS IN THE SOFTWARE AND DOCUMENTATION WILL BE CORRECTED THE WARRANTIES STATED IN THIS SECTION ARE THE SOLE AND THE EXCLUSIVE WARRANTIES OFFERED BY USC THERE ARE NO OTHER WARRANTIES RESPECTING THE SOFTWARE AND DOCUMENTATION OR SERVICES PROVIDED HEREUNDER EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY OF DESIGN MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE EVEN IF USC HAS BEEN INFORMED OF SUCH PURPOSE NO AGENT OF USC IS AUTHORIZED TO ALTER OR EXCEED THE WARRANTY OBLIGATIONS OF USC AS SET FORTH HEREIN Limitation of Liability LICENSEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE CONSIDERATION WHICH USC IS CHARGING HEREUNDER DOES NOT INCLUDE ANY CONSIDERATION FOR ASSUMPTION BY USC OF THE RISK OF LICENSEE S CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES WHICH MAY ARISE IN CONNECTION WITH LICENSEE S USE OF THE SOFTWARE AND DOCUMENTATION ACCORDINGLY LICENSEE AGREES THAT USC SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE TO LICENSEE FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE LICENSING OR USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR DOCUMENTATION Any provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding the maximum liability of USC to any person firm or corporation whatsoever arising out of or in the connection with any license use or other employment of any Software delivered to LICENSEE hereunder whether such liability arises from any claim based on breach or rep
320. r towns A20 Primary road without limited access U S and State highway major category used alone when the minor category could not be determined A21 Primary road without limited access U S and State highways unseparated A22 Primary road without limited access U S and State highways unseparated in tunnel A23 Primary road without limited access U S and State highways unseparated underpassing A24 Primary road without limited access U S and State highways unseparated with rail line in center A25 Primary road without limited access U S and State highways separated A26 Primary road without limited access U S and State highways separated in tunnel A27 Primary road without limited access U S and State highways separated underpassing in center A28 Primary road without limited access U S and State highways separated with rail line Secondary and Connecting Road A30 A38 A road in this major category must be hard surface that is concrete or asphalt usually undivided with single lane characteristics This road has intersections with other roads controlled with traffic lights and stop signs This major category includes State and county highways that connect smaller towns subdivisions and neighborhoods thus the road is smaller than a road in major category A2 This road usually with a local name along with a route number intersects with many other roads and driveways 263 264 A30 Secondary and con
321. rd dou dou 296 RopMaskNotPen HS 4 2 10 12 14 APPENDIX N SAMPLE LICENSE AGREEMENT MapOCX Pro 7 1 Rel 2 Licensing amp Distribution Agreement This Agreement effective 2006 by and between UnderTow Software Corp a Massachusetts corporation having its principal place of business at 231 Sutton Street Suite 2D 3 North Andover Massachusetts 01845 hereinafter referred to as USC and having its principal place of business at hereinafter referred to as LICENSEE WHEREAS USC is the owner of certain mapping Software and Documentation retains a license to certain Data from third party suppliers and the copyrights for the work s listed in Exhibit A attached hereinafter collectively referred to as the USC Software or USC Copyrights or Copyrighted Works and WHEREAS LICENSEE desires to incorporate and or employ USC Software and USC Copyrighted Works into its products pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and WHEREAS LICENSEE desires to obtain and USC is willing to grant a non transferable non exclusive license to use the USC Software and related documentation in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and WHEREAS LICENSEE is willing to obtain and USC is willing to grant the rights and licenses as provided in this Agreement NOW THEREFORE in consideration of the promises and mutual agreements herein contained it is hereby agreed as follows
322. rdinates below It s reserved required and is always 0 0 Text 1 ek 0 0 Str Enter Sample Text here TextSize TextAngle Pen Style Thickness Color Brush Pattern Color MCIRCLE Element Mercator circle defined by a center point x1 y1 a point on the circumference x2 y2 and a set of brush and pen attributes The pen and brush attributes are described at the end of the format description prior to the sample file listing Mcircle X1 Y1 X2 Y2 Pen Style Thickness Color Brush Pattern Color MLINE Element Merrcator Line defined by two end points x1 y1 and x2 y2 and a set of brush and pen attributes The pen and brush attributes are described at the end of the format description prior to the sample file listing Mline x1 Y1 x2 Y2 Pen Style Thickness Color Brush Pattern Color 277 META Element Symbol elements in the Precision Mapping Symbol library Defined by an point x1 y1 X and Y size of bounding rectangle in degrees latitude and longitude respectively multiplied by 1 0E 06 and divided by 64 for internal unit consistency similar to the Text element entry the internal name of the individual metafile built into the Precision Mapping library see note further down a rotation angle degrees clockwise from due East and a set of brush and pen attributes The pen and brush attributes are described at the end of the format description prior to the sample file listing Meta X1 Y
323. re Saves the current user defined streets in memory to the specified file VB Example Private Sub Command2_Click MapProl SaveStreets C Steets Str End Sub SavetoBitmap s String Procedure Saves the current background bitmap the map bitmap to a BMP file specified by the user Note No extension is added so the user would have to supply the BMP file extension VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click Clipboard Clear MapProl SaveToBitmap App Path amp ClipboardSave bmp End Sub Delphi Procedure TFormil SaveBitmaplClick Sender TObject begin with opendialogl do begin filter Bitmap Files bmp if execute then begin MapProl SaveToBitmap filename end end end SavetoGif s String Procedure Saves the current background bitmap the map bitmap to a GIF file specified by the user Note No extension is added so the user would have to supply the GIF file extension VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl SavetoGif App Path amp Test Gif End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml SaveBitmap1Click Sender TObject begin with opendialogl do begin filter Gif Files Gif if execute then begin MapProl SavetoGif filename end end end 136 SaveViaFile s String Property Save the currently defined Via points to a file for later use VB Example Private Sub Form Load MapProl SaveViaFile c mydata sample via End Sub SaveView Boolean Property
324. re This is needed because the bubble object intentionally remains on the screen once it has been created through the ExecStreet call This way a street searched for by the user can remain identified as the user pans the map around VB Example Private Sub Commandl1 Click MapProl ClrStrBubble MapProl Redraw End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml Button7Click Sender TObject begin Execute the ExecStreet procedure and locate a street MapProl ExecStreet After the ExecStreet procedure has been executed and the street has been located eliminate the bubble MapProl ClrStrBubble end Color Integer or enumerated ColorName Property Inherited Property Color of the background 1 e the color for Mexico and Canada The default color is yellow VB Example Private Sub Commandi_Click MapProl Color vbGreen End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml ButtonlClick Sender TObject begin Set Background color to System Green MapProl color clGreen end Coords Integer Property Sets the coordinate notation in the ExecSearch and ExecLonLat dialogs as well as the echo area in the toolbar If Coord is set to 0 or CdLonLat 32 The Lon Lat convention is used consistent with the rest of the OCX 1 or CdLatLon The ExecSearch and ExecLonLat dialogs and the coordinates echoed in the toolbar area use the Lat Lon form VB Example Private Sub Commandi_Click MapProl Coords 1 E
325. re you contact technical support please make sure that you check the data settings by echoing the respective OCX properties at the point in your code where you d 24 expect the street level data to be visible Echo the properties Path States Path Datal Path Data2 Path Data3 Data4 and DataSource and make sure they are what you d expect them to be at the point Do not assume that because you set them somewhere in code they must be so Different IDE timing considerations in autoloading the control s configuration files or default directories at the time of execution may be affection what the above properties are pointing to Also make sure that the appropriate SIG files are present in the states foldr Drawing on the Maps Although use of the built in CAD interface is straight forward and does not require the developer to manage the CAD objects there may be instances when the developer needs to draw their own lines on the map This can be achieved be using the built in DrawLine method Note that if you want to give the line s a sticky behavior i e be drawn every time the map is redrawn then any such user controlled drawing should be done in the OnPaintAfter event The additional benefit is that the event also makes the map s dc available to the user so they do not have to get and release dc s The user may also use the various Windows APIs MoveToEx LineTo etc to draw on the surface of the map either in the OnPai
326. reate an application you must enter in your Vendor Code XXXX XXXX and your Password XXXXXX This information is either supplied when you purchase the MapPro71 SDK or given to you by phone after you have received the SDK In design mode right mouse click on the MapOCX and select Properties then select the Installation tab where you can enter this information If you are not yet a licensed developer or have lost your Developer ID please contact Undertow Software at 1 978 794 9377 for further information Note that this process of entering Vendor Code and password will need to be repeated every time you place a new instance of the control on a form in your project 6 Inthe FormCreate event or equivalent set the Data Path properties so the OCX can find the data files refer to Path Datal Path Data2 Path Data3 Path States0 and Path States in this manual for further information Immediately following the path properties also set the DataSoure property for the appropriate licensed set of data you will be using It appears the loading sequence of some IDEs may interfere with loading sequence of the control It is therefore recommended that in the FormCreate event the developer also programmatically set the Vendor Code and Vendor Password Note Once the OCX control is placed on a form clicking the right mouse button while the mouse cursor is on the control will open the Properties dialog If this Properties dialog is exited
327. reet search without a block returns all street segments blocks that match the specified street within the city state specified by the user Identical results would be returned if the user specified LOWELL LOWELL LOWELL LOWELL LOWELL LOWELL LOWELL LOWELL LOWELL LOWELL LOWELL LOWELL LOWELL LOWELL LOWELL LOWELL 630 699 612 629 578 611 564 577 544 563 530 543 512 529 452 511 380 451 353 379 320 352 292 323 248 290 221 246 116 219 SSS SEES SSS SSS SS 01854 01854 01854 01854 01854 01854 01854 01854 01854 01854 01852 01852 01852 01852 01852 71 318912 42 647360 71 318464 42 647168 71 318144 42 647104 71 317888 42 646912 71 317696 42 646848 71 317504 42 646720 71 317312 42 646656 71 316800 42 646464 71 315776 42 645888 71 315072 42 645632 71 314752 42 645440 71 314048 42 645120 71 313536 42 644928 71 313088 42 644800 71 311872 42 644672 1 98 MA 01852 71 309632 42 644544 Market Lowell MA as well However if the specified search was N GeoFind 207 Market Street Lowell MA Then N 1 single hit would be returned and the property Street would countain the string MARKET ST LOWELL 116 219 MA 01852 71 312576 42 644736 N GeoFind Andover Returns the N 1 and examination of the Street property on each OnFind event reveals the strings number is being reguested and 83 ANDOVER CA 120 246080 3
328. rge a fee or consideration then LICENSEE shall pay a fee of 2 per month per asset being tracked provided that the application does not involve the routing or directions or a fee of 3 50 per month per asset being tracked if the application involves routing or directions Note that the above pricing for Premiere Licenses does NOT include Map Display in Mobile Units b Server or Internet Server Licensing Server or Internet Server Licensing is provided to LICENSEE on a Per Transaction basis The number of Transactions permitted for each LICENSEE on an annual basis will be determined on the number of Transactions purchased by LICENSEE at the beginning of each year At the end of each year the total number of transactions will be tallied and LICENSEE shall pay for any transaction above and beyond those purchased at the beginning of the year of Transactions Purchased at Beginning of Year Annual Licensing Cost 125 000 2 000 00 500 000 5 000 00 For Higher Transaction numbers and discounts contact Undertow 309 EXHIBIT C ROYALTY REPORT ROYALTY REPORT FOR UNDERTOW SOFTWARE CORP LICENSEE Name Address Address City State Country Remit To Undertow Software PO BOX 249 N Andover MA 01845 Tel 978 794 9377 Fax 978 688 6312 Reports the following information for 20 Month Royalty Per Mobile Unit OR a Total Units b Fee P
329. rices including routing will be charged at the time of registration of the client license 1 In deploying your end user Product you need to distribute copy or install to the end user s system HD the following a A copy of your application with an appropriate installer if applicable to get the rest of the material referenced here installed to your customer s system b A copy of the MapPro71 OCX mapping control c Acopy of the data folders DATA1 DATA2 DATA3 STATES that were provided to you when you purchased the MapPro71 SDK the appropriate files need to be copied depending on whether you are deploying Tiger or Premium TeleAtlas Dynamap data Important Note End User License Registration Proper operation of each installed registered copy and the cost of each registration that is automatically determined by our registration servers depend on the signature SIG files present in the STATES and in the DATA4 folder if the Points of Interest POI database is also licensed for distribution 1 If your application is going to be using the US Tiger data and that is the only dataset you want to be charged for at the time of the registration then the only SIG file in that folder should be TGRO1 SIG 2 If your application is going to be using ONLY the Dynamap Data for the USA not Canada and that is the only dataset you want to be charged for at the time of the registration then the only SIG file in that folder sh
330. rid is within that radius The results of the search are returned in the property Result which a string that contains the following fields separated by character 9 Street City Block State Zip Lon Lat Distance The Lon Lat in Result is the point on the street segment determined to be the closest to the user specified point If the Search fails a null string is returned as the Street name in Result See SetOption with OpCode EEEE for selecting either the closest road segment end point or the closest interpolated point 69 Note It should be noted that the perpendicular distance from the specified point to each road segment is used in determining the closest one VB Example For example if AD BC CD DE are the road segments in question and P is the point of interest perpendicular distances PG PF PC and PH are calculated and compared to determine the shorter distance i e the closest street segment Private Sub Command39_Click Dim Dim Lon as Double Lat as Double Dim Temp as String Dim Street as String Lon MapProl LonLeft MapProl LonRight 2 Lat MapProl LatTop MapProl LatBottom 2 MapProl FindClosest Lon Lat 0 03 Temp MapProl Result Street Mid temp 1 InStr 1 temp Chr 9 1 For X 1 To 8 Temp Mid Temp InStril Temp Chr 9 1 If X 5 Then Lon Mid Temp 1 InStr 1 Temp Chr 9 1 end If If X 6 Then
331. rintable area for the currently selected print device Select the Text size as a percent of the default size Preview the selected map area that would be printed Select the number of murals to use up to 16 When selecting more than one mural the control will print a key map showing the location of each mural grid followed by the mural grids themselves Note that when printing multiple tiles the viewport is resized to retain the scale but account for the different aspect ration of the control on the screen and the paper amp Print Prints the map using the current settings and the currently selected print device Setup Opens up the windows printer setup dialog Close Returns control back to MapPro71 OCX Printer Print 2 Shading Intensity Options Darker 50 Lighter Iw Shading LJ Black amp White Scale Bar Lon and Lat Borders None e Single C Double Title Paint to Point Directions amp Print Setup Close The Options tab permits the user to Set Shading intensity this would affect the shading or parks water bodies and in general all filled polygons As you change the Shade Intensity values the Preview area reflects the current intensity of the image to be printed Select whether to use Shading Select whether to print color or B amp W Select whether to print Lon Lat lines or not 53 e Select whether to print the scale bar e Select what type of border
332. rml Button9Click Sender TObject begin with MapProl do begin ax xcord ay ycord end Set Panel2 to display the coordinates given by xcord ycord in Deg Min Sec format Panel3 caption DMS ax DMS ay end DrawBubble dc integer x y integer S string Procedure Draws a text bubble at the user specified Lat Lon x y coordinates containing specified text Using a CR CHR 12 will act as a line break and a carriage return 41 Note The object created by DrawBubble is NOT part of the map it is temporarily drawn on the screen If the user wanted to retain the object for subseguent drawings provisions would have to be made for storing it and repainting it on the screen or the user should draw it in the OnPaintAfter event handler VB Example Private Sub Commandl1 Click Call MapProl DrawBubble Dc 125 45 Sample amp Chr 13 amp Break Or MapProl DrawBubble Dc 125 45 Sample amp Chr 13 amp Break End Sub Delphi Example Procedure TForml MapProlpaintAfter Sender TObject dc Integer begin Draw a text bubble on top of the map surface at 125 45 Lon lat coordinates MapProl Drawbubble dc 125 45 Sample end DrawLine dc integer x1 y1 x2 y2 OleVariant w cl mode Longint Procedure Draws a line between two points using the dc and the parameters specified by the user and described below The object created by DrawBubble is NOT part of the map it is temporarily drawn on the screen
333. road in decimal degree units It should be noted that streets files created with earlier releases of MAPPRO40 OCX i e without the header line and using internal coordinates may still be read by the OCX transparently Street File Chicago Map Corporation I 440 50 2 STR 92 92 STR 92 92 92 92 187392 34 92 STR 92 92 92 92 92 STR 92 200192 34 205056 34 206400 34 207616 34 204352 34 201856 34 163200 34 163072 34 775040 180928 S70 Scenic Route 59 5 199424 34 194752 34 187072 34 184384 34 766656 lt 762752 762816 766912 770560 Rt61l Main Street 68 5 775744 115744 111280 781440 782528 My Street 77 8 773888 92 202688 34 77484 92 206080 34 77459 92 208384 34 77676 92 209216 34 77811 92 210432 34 77728 92 208640 34 77529 92 210304 34 7749 STR Exit 001 93 4 92 196736 34 764416 92 196736 34 766144 92 196160 34 767424 92 194944 34 769280 ND OON o N Oo Using the AUTOLOAD STR file The AUTOLOAD STR file is a file containing user defined streets and as the name indicates is automatically loaded when an application using MAPPRO40 OCX is started if found in the default directory It s loading is transparent Once the application is started if the user invokes the street editing mode it will be apparent that the AUTOLOAD STR is loaded as the New Road counter next the dialog caption
334. rol OptiRouter AddPoint Point 4 88 296486 42 033983 Zoom to the defined points extents With MapProl OptiRouter PointExtent MapProl ZoomWindow Xmin Ymin Xmax Ymax End With Save the defined points for later use MapProl OptiRouter SavePoints MyTestOptiPts pts Now Calculate the Optimized Route MapProl OptiRouter Calculate 0 End Sub OptiRouter Clear Method Clears the current Nodes and road segment network that was generated durion a prior Calculate call This is different than the ClearPoints method which clears the routing points VB Example Private Sub AddPt_Click Clear OptiRouting Nodes segments Mapprol OptiRouter Clear End Sub OptiRouter ClearPoints Method Clears Only the currently defined Priority Routing points But leaves all the rest of the parameters currently specified for this module intact VB Example Private Sub AddPt_Click Clear OptiRouting Points ONLY Mapprol OptiRouter ClearPoints End Sub OptiRouter DeletePoint n Integer Property Delete the specified OptiRouter point Remaining points are moved up a position in the points array If N gt NumPoints then o action is taken 206 VB Example Private Sub Command8 Click MapProl OptiRouter DeletePoint Vall Text4 Text MapProl Refresh End Sub OptiRouter ExecOptiRoute Method Opens up a dialog to permit the user to specify all the Route Optimization paramet
335. rotated street road segment The orientation from to of the string depends on the setting of the Synch boolean property If Synch is set to false default then the text orientation is always restricted in the East quadrants If Synch is set to true then the text is rotated through the same angle as the street segment retaining the original relative orientation to the street Also see Synch Note Positive direction is counterclockwise and zero degrees is due North VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click Rotate the screen counter clockwise by 20 5 degrees MapProl Rotate 20 5 End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml PmMaplRotate Sender begin Rotate the MapProl Rota end TObject screen counter clockwise by 20 5 degrees te 20 5 RouteProgressIcon FineName string Boolean Procedure Allows the user to load their own bitmam to be used in the Routing progress bar Routing and OptiRouting dialogs instead of the default built in sports car bitmap It returns true if the specified bitmap file 24 bit Windows BMP is found and false otherwise RoutingActive boolean Property Setting the value of this property enables or disables the routing capabilities of the program Care 134 should be taking in setting this property because it is tied to the licensing prices with routing and to the client license registration process Please refer to Apendix N and Appendix O for more details and client license pricin
336. row x1 y1 x2 y2 Double CadObj Method 169 CAD Bezier X1 Y1 X2 Y2 X3 Y3 Double CadObj Method 169 CAD Bring ToEtont Metode oi ER EE E EEEE EREEREER EE GEE EE EG 170 GADBrush Property EE 171 CAD Cleaf ET EE 171 CAD Count Integer Property SERE ER EE De Ge Ee Ge EDE ee ee eae eene RE ee ED Gee ee ee EE aY 172 GAD De l te Int ser Method eneen elcid anes 172 CAD Ellipse X1 Y1 X2 Y2 Double CadObj Method 172 CAD ER ER E DE 173 GAD Eeer le ere 173 CAD GetMarker n Integer Longlnteger Method 174 CAD GetMetaObj s String LongInteger Method 174 CAD GetSymbol index Integer LongInteger Method 174 CAD Group Method ie EE EE SSES EG Ge De ee Se ee N ee ee 175 GAD HImportEile Methods Die N OE Ge ee ee ede ee 175 CAD LoadFromFile s String Option Integer Method 175 CAD Marker X Y Double hnd Integer Method sees Re RR RA Re 176 CAD mCircle Xc Yc Xp Yp Aspect Double CadObj Method esse esse Re 176 CAD MetaObj X1 Y1 X2 Y2 Double Hnd LongInteger CadObj Method esse esse 176 CAD mLine X1 Y1 X2 Y2 Double CadObj Method 177 CAD Objects n integer array of CadObj Method 177 CAD ObjectType Integer Property sesse Re RA Re Re RA Re Re ee ee Re ee 178 GAD Peii Method E deeg 179 CAD Polygon Points TRPoint N Long CadObj Method 180 CAD Polyline Points TRPoint N Long CadObj Method 180 CAD Rectangle X1 Y1 X2 Y2 Double CadObj Method 181 CAD RegularPolygon Xc Yc
337. rt a shape file and the associated DBF file This is the only action needed to import the file using the default attributes MapProl Import FileName N TGR25001A SHP Redraw the map to reflect the imported data MapProl Redraw End Sub 224 Import Mark Property Interface containing the attributes for the mark that is used to visualize point data or mark polygon centroids VB Example mark BackColor The color of the pen used to draw the perimeter of the mark mark Handle The handle of a bitmap obtained by the user that will be used to mark points and polygon centroids if Mark Style is set to zero mark Color The brush color used to flood the interior of the mark mark Size The size of the Mark in pixels mark Style Specifies the type of mark to be used 0 Reserved 1 Square marker 2 Elipse circular marker If a negative number is specified then it uses the bult in CAD marker corresponding to the absolute value of the variable CAD Markers are reference row wise If Reserved is specified then the Mark Handle is used to get the mark to be used for the points mark Transparent Boolean This property is used to set the transparency of the marks used for points and polygon centroids It only has an effect if Mark Style is set to 0 or a negative value If Transparent True then the color of the lower left pixel of the user specified bitmap is used as the transparent color
338. rtMgr ZoomLayers 1 end ImportMer Clear Method Clears all imported layers Delphi Example procedure TForml Button7Click Sender TObject begin abell caption inttostr mapprol importmgr count Mapprol ImportMgr clear Check to see that the count is zero abel2 caption inttostr mapprol importmgr count end ImportMer Count Integer Property The total number of layers currently imported Delphi Example procedure TForml Button7Click Sender TObject begin Show of layers before and after clear is called abell caption inttostr mapprol importmgr count Mapprol ImportMgr clear Check to see that the count is zero abel2 caption inttostr mapprol importmgr count end ImportMer CurrentIndex Integer Property The currently selected Layer Makes it easy for the user to access the Layer info using the ImportMer CurrentLayer interface once the CurrentIndex is set Delphi Example procedure TForml Button6Click Sender TObject begin Import the file Z525PSA MIF and name it Mass ZIP5 Mapprol ImportMgr AddLayer Mass Zip5 z525psa mif The file just loaded is a polygon file set some attributes 232 with MapProl ImportMgr do begin set the current layer index currentindex 0 Now use current layer to set the opacity to 30 currentlayer Opacity 30 Set the brush color and style cross currentlayer Brush Color clblue c
339. rvatory 630500 Place of Worship N 630501 Place of Worship Church 630502 Place of Worship Mosque 630503 Place of Worship Synagogue POIMgr CATCount Integer Property The total number of categories and sub categories in the POI database Delphi Example procedure var isi begin Se For i begin Map end Set t al 1 ll categories invisibl TForml Button731Click Sender TObject nteger Ki to MapProl POIMgr CATCOunt do Pro 1 POIMgr CATVisibility i false Pizzerias visible MapProl POIMgr CATVisibility Pizzeria true Mapprol Redraw End POIMer CAT Visibility Index OLEVariant Boolean Property Sets the visibility of the specified vategory Index can either be the index of the category in the categories array not recommended as this may cnahge as more categories are added or the category name Sub categories may also be included at the end of the category name separated by the paiping character Delphi Example procedure var i integer begin 240 Set all categories invisibl For i 1 begin MapProl end to MapProl POIMgr CAl TForml Button731Click Sender TObject e Count do l POIMgr CATVisibility i false Set Pizzerias visible MapProl POIMgr CATVisibility Pizzeria true the same could have been achieved by using MapProl POIMgr CATVisibility 560400 true Mapprol
340. s and resizes viewport so that the area defined by the top left and bottom right coordinated in the SAT file associated with the currently loaded Underlay file is visible VB Example Private Sub Command39 Click MapProl UnderlayFile D pmap40 contour st_louis bmp MapProl ZoomUnderlay End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml SpeedButton2Click Sender TObject begin MapProl UnderlayFile D pmap40 contour st_louis bmp MapProl ZoomUnderlay end ZoomWindow x 1 yl x2 y2 OleVariant Procedure Resizes map so that rectangle specified by LON LAT coordinates decimal degrees is totally visible Largest dimension height or width dominates Resizes map so that rectangle specified in decimal degrees is visible All data required to display map is automatically loaded The order of the points top left bottom right etc is not important as they are ordered by the OCX Note It should be noted that the actual extents of the viewport will not necessarily be those specified by the user as such extents depend on the current viewport size The largest dimension height width dominates However the centroid of the requested windows will be located in the center of the view port VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click MapProl Zoomwindow 120 30 100 40 End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml ButtonliClick Sender TObject begin MapProl Zoomwindow 120 30 100 40 end 167 CAD Interface An interface that enables the user
341. s string begin listbox2 items add s end OnFindPlace Event For each place that is found when the user calls FindCity an OnFindPlace event is triggered The user must then query the Result string property in the OnFindPlace event handler and store it or otherwise process the string e g add it to a list box parse it to its appropriate components The string stored in Result contains the following information separated by a tab character 9 Name The place City Town etc name from the places database State The two letter state abbreviation Lon Longitude from the places database Lat Latitude from the places database FindCity supports two different paradigms a If an explicit string is searched for then the OnFindPlace is triggered and a single hit if found returns in the Result property of the control b If a wildcard search is specified then an OnFind event is triggerred and found hits are returned in the Street property VB Example Private Sub MapProl_FindPlace List1 AddItem MapProl Result End Sub Example of how this works Explicit Search FindCity Search String Lemont Event Triggerred OnFindPlace Number of hits Returned 1 117 Delphi Example Procedure TForml MapProlFindPlace Sender TObject begin listboxl items add MapProl result Increase the count and add item to array inc m res m MapProl result Display the of places found panel4
342. s to use e Set the title to be printed on top of each printout of the map If the print dialog is invoked from the Routing dialog then there are two extra options One to print the Routing detailed verbose directions and the other to print key maps at every identified turn of the route Printer EN Print Options Info Selected Printer MMAINSHP4P Device Info Printer AMAIN SHP 4P Size 4800 x 6400 Raster 28313 Bitblt T rue Bit64 T rue Scaling False Stretch T rue amp Print Z Setup Close The Printer tab contains detailed information regarding the currently selected printer device which is obtained by directly querying the device This information can be very helpful in identifying and solving printing problems ExecPrintEX Procedure ExecPrintEX opens the same dialog as ExcPrint with the addition of having the options available when printing from within one of the routing dialogs ExecRegister x LongInt Procedure ExecRegister 5432 will present the user with the registration dialog box if the MapOCX is not registered This will allow them to enter the registration code if needed The Registration process is managed by the OCX so there should normally not be a reason for the developer to call this routine but it may be useful in some circumstances Contact Undertow Software Corp for information regarding self registering end user applications 54 Software Registration Register Toda
343. screen using Setltem 141 Note The color of the lower left pixel of the bitmap becomes transparent when rotated It should be further noted that any bitmap that is not masked early MAPOCX implementations required it to be masked for transparency sets the color of the lower left pixel to transparent when placed on the screen using Setltem VB Example Private Sub Commandl1_Click xc MapProl LonRight MapProl LonLeft yc MapProl LatTop MapProl LatBottom Set the item bitmap MapProl SetItem 1 xc yc MapProl SetItemLocalBitmap 1 images sample bmp Rotate the bitmap 45 degrees MapProl SetItemAngle 1 45 Use Redirty instead of having to repaint the whole screen MapProl Redirty End Sub 2 2 SetItemBitmap id integer handle integer Procedure Attaches a user bitmap by assigning the handle id of the bitmap h to the object A mask concept is used for bitmaps If SetItemBitmap or SetltemLocalBitmap are passed a negative id they do NOT mask the bitmap they simply paint the square bitmap on the screen All the user has to do is to simply negate the item Ifthe ID is positive it will mask the color that is used in the first pixel top left This allows for a transparant background Note The Setltem procedure needs to be executed prior to using the SetItemBitmap procedures The user is responsible for allocating and deallocating the bitmap resource It should also be noted that on systems with 25
344. se It also triggers and OnFind and returns a Result string with ID X Y ItemString separated by a tab character 9 Also see SetItem and FindFirstltem Note This is a very powerful method that allows you to hot link desired actions to user placed bitmaps Although searching for the item ID can be a CPU intensive process it has been tried with several thousand points on the screen without a significant time penalty VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click Dim Lon as Double Dim Lat as Double Dim ID as Integer Dim Temp as String Lon MapProl LonLeft MapProl LonRight Lat MapProl LatTop MapProl LatBottom MapProl Finditem Lon Lat Temp MapProl Result ID Val Left Temp 1 MapProl DeleteItem ID end Sub 12 2 Delphi Example Procedure TForml MapProlMouseMove Sender TObject Shift TShiftState X Y Integer begin If MsMode 1 then begin MapProl MapMode MdUser MapProl Cursor crArrow end else begin if Imode 1 then begin MapProl Mapmode MdUser end else begin Imode 0 fpt MapProl Finditem MapProl xcord MapProl ycord if fpt 0 then begin MapProl Mapmode MdZoom end else begin Imode 2 MapProl mapmode MdUser MapProl cursor crHelp end panel5 caption Pt inttostr fpt end end end da FindFirstItem X Y OleVariant String Function Searches for user items within 8 pixels from the specified point creates a list of the ones it finds and and
345. se button while in the default mode mapMode MdZoom and dragging the mouse pointer while holding the mouse button down draws a dynamic rectangle on the screen Once the mouse button is released the map is zoomed in so that the area included in the selection polygon fills the viewport Zoomed In Viewport Ee WE DI STORE Ed ORE f IN ai SE EE Bo MA Ne EI SEN Ww Shift amp Left Click Quick Routing Pressing the Left mouse button while holding down the Shift key marks the current cursor location with a routing point marker and pops up the Quick Routing menu Only enabled if RoutingActive is set to True see info on the RoutingActive property 19 Add Start Point Add Via Point Add Finish Point Clear Route Routing Dialog Zoom Route The quick routing menu allows you to add the Start a Via or the End point for a routing calculation Clear the currently calculated route Zoom to the currently calculated route extents open the main routing dialog or perform a calculation using the currently defined points the calculation options are disabled if at least two routing points have not been defined Note that points added this way are also accessible from within the OptiRouter dialog as well Control amp Left Click Attributes Pressing the Left mouse button while holding down the Control key opens au a dialog displaying additional attribute data about the object at the clicked point
346. se topological closure between extremely close features used to close small gaps between complete chains and create polygons to improve block labeling on cartographic products F24 Nonvisible separation line used with offset and corridor boundaries F25 Nonvisible centerline of area enclosed by corridor boundary Point to Point Line F30 F30 Point to point line follows a line of sight and should not cross any visible feature for example from the end of a road to a mountain peak Property Line F40 F40 Property line nonvisible boundary of either public or private lands e g a park boundary ZIP Code R Boundary F50 F50 ZIP Code R boundary reserved for future use in delineating ZIP Code R Tabulation Areas Map Edge F60 F60 Map edge now removed used during data base creation Nonvisible Statistical Boundary F70 F74 F70 Statistical boundary major category used when the minor category could not be determined F71 1980 statistical boundary F72 1990 statistical boundary used to hold collection and tabulation census block boundaries not represented by existing physical features F73 1990 statistical boundary and extent of land use it is not classifiable as a physical feature F74 1990 statistical boundary used to hold a tabulation census block boundary not represented by an existing physical feature Nonvisible Other Tabulation Boundary F80 F82 F80 Nonvisible other tabulation boundary
347. sh Circ Brush Mode 0 Circ Pen Color vbGreen Circ Pen Style vbDash Refresh the map MapProl Refresh End Sub S S S S CAD MetaObj X1 Y1 X2 Y2 Double Hnd LongInteger CadObj Method Draws a symbol within the specified bounding rectangle using the handle to an external metafile specified by the user The metafile is automatically scaled to fit within the bounding rectangle and is then played on the screen 176 VB Example Private Sub Command20_Click Dim hndl As Long MObj As CadObj Get handle to external meta file MapProl Cad GetMetaObj d test mappro71 One wmf USe handle to create object Set MObj MapProl Cad MetaObj 100 30 120 41 hndl No attributes can be changed for these objects MapProl Refresh End Sub CAD mLine X1 Y1 X2 Y2 Double CadObj Method Draws a line between the two specified points The line is either a straight line or a Great Circle line depending on the GreatCircle flag of the object X1 Y1 Lon Lat coordinates of the starting point X2 Y2 Lon Lat coordinates of the end point VB Example Private Sub Command24_Click Dim TL As CadObj Draw a Straight Line Set TL MapProl Cad mLine 89 32 112 42 Set some of the line attributes TL Pen Width Val Text17 Text TL Pen Color Val Text 7 Text L Pen BackColor Val Text8 Text L Pen Style Val Textll Text or vbDash Label6 Caption MapProl Cad Count MapProl Refresh End Sub
348. sired road attribute The options available in this dialog are Street Editor 1 File Options Road Name Road Type e Interstate Add Primary Highway Major Road Minor Road C Ramps Cancel Filename File New Clears all currently defined segments from memory make certain you have saved any road segments you want prior to selecting this command File Open Load a user specified external roads file see further down for file structure Note that this operation will erase ALL user defined segments currently in memory before loading the specified roads file also see File Merge File Save The user may save the currently defined street segments to a file the extension STR is automatically appended k File Merge Load a user specified external roads file see further down for file structure Note that this operation will does NOT erase user defined segments currently in memory but merges them with the ones loaded from the specified file File Exit Close the street editing dialog note that this does NOT cancel the street editing mode which can only be done by setting the appropriate MapMode value Options ZoomAll Zooms the view port to the extents of all User Defined streets currently in memory Options Attach Toggles the display and operation of the attach circle on or off Options Ortho When toggled on only horizontal and vertical street orientations are permitted Name This is
349. t It is recommended that when printing this flag should be TRUE Note however that when this is TRUE the quality of the printout depends on the size of the OCX control surface The smaller the OCX surface the larger the scaling that needs to be applied creating the possibility of jagged coarse lines 38 BW A boolean flag True False that defines if the printout is monochrome TRUE or color FALSE Notes When using the DirectDraw procedure it is up to the user to determine whether the print device supports direct bitmap scaling which affects the print guality of user created objects This could be done through the Windows API call GetDeviceCaps consult your Windows documentation for more details DirectDraw uses the BitBlt API however when the scale flag is set to true Windows internally uses the StretchBlt API It should also be noted that the user should make certain the color mapping mode of a B amp W print device is correctly set when printing color bitmaps It is recommended that monochrome bitmaps be used when attempting to print If a color bitmap is used the color of the lower left corner pixel of the bitmap is assumed to be the background color white and every other color maps to black The Windows API in DirectDraw uses a variable of type TRect to identify the size and position of the scaleable polygons used for highway shield bitmaps and other bitmaps placed on the control surface It assumes that the input coordi
350. t mouse button and the screen is updated to reflect the currently drawn object Draw an Arrow Object The cursor changes into a small cross hair to indicate that the control is in the object drawing mode Clicking the left mouse button sets the point of the arrow Moving the cursor and left clicking again sets the tail end point of the arrow the drawing mode is cancelled and the screen is updated to reflect the currently drawn object Draw a Freehand Object The cursor changes into a small cross hair to indicate that the control is in the object drawing mode Clicking the left mouse button sets the starting point of the object Moving the cursor while keeping the left mouse button pressed dynamically creates a trace of the mouse movement The drawing mode is cancelled by releasing the mouse button and the screen is updated to reflect the currently drawn object Draw a Floating Size Text Object The text is drawn at the selected size at the current map scale and is then proportionally scaled as the map scale changes Draw a Text Bubble Object The cursor changes into a small cross hair to indicate that the control is in the object drawing mode Clicking the left mouse button sets the pointer of the text bubble opens up an edit box and allows the user to type in the desired text When ENTER is pressed the drawing mode is cancelled and the screen is updated to reflect the currently drawn object Dra
351. t sy ul bottom ul top offsetrect ul dx ul right ul left dy ul bottom ul top Transparent scanvas uls dcanvas ul end procedure TForml MapProlPaintAfter Sender TObject dc Integer var cv tcanvas d s trect x1 x2 yl1 y2 factor double dc3 integer begin MapProl SetItem 1 MapProl LonCenter MapProl latcenter MapProl SetItemBitmap 1 image4 picture bitmap handle setrect d 0 0 MapProl width MapProl height setrect s 0 0 image2 picture bitmap width image2 picture bitmap height cv tcanvas create cv handle dc MakeSkin image2 picture bitmap canvas s cv d cv free PostMessage handle wm usert1 0 0 end procedure TForml ButtonlClick Sender TObject begin MapProl ExecMethod CONFIG end procedure TForml Button2Click Sender TObject begin MapProl ZoomIin end procedure TForml Button3Click Sender TObject begin MapProl ZoomOut end procedure TForml MapProlMouseMove Sender TObject Shift TShiftState X Y Integer begin label3 caption format 8 6f 8 6f MapProl xcord MapProl ycord end 291 procedure TForml Button4Click Sender TObject begin MapProl ScaleBar sbbottomleft end procedure TForml Button5Click Sender TObject begin MapProl toolbarmode tbfix end procedure TForml Button6Click Sender TObject begin MapProl path_states0 d mapdata statesgdt MapProl path_states1l d mapdata statesgdt MapProl path_datal d
352. tch pattern is selected using the RoadOptions Zoom the map viewport out so that the route start and end points are visible Calculate the Shortest route Calculate the Fastest route Calculate the most direct route least of turns Note that this is a combination of Rt_Short and Rt Fast Return the calculated time as a fraction of hr min not hr min sec Return the calculated distances in kilometers not miles Display total cumulative distance and time at the end of each road segment in the route Print the point maps after the route is calculated Print the directions after the route is calculated Suppresses error dialog from display if no route is found Calculate the route without displaying a dialog For example if the FindViaRoute method was called and Options had the value 42 then RT Hatch Rt Combine and Rt Total would be the selected options The Result string returned on each OnFindRte event contains the following fields of information separated by a tab 9 character Route Segment No First one is 1 Road Classification AAT etc Reserved Contains sign used for other intermediate calculations Road Name First one is always Start Reserved Blank 71 Place name City Town etc It should be noted that limited access Interstate highways have no place names assigned to them Time XX IXX XX Reserved Blank Reserved Blank Speed Speed for the road segment in mph or kph Direction
353. teAlitems Proceduf ER EE Sua ahaa 36 Deleteltem ID Integer Procedure sesse ees ee Re RA RA Re ee Re E E A ee ee 36 DeleteItemRange ID1 ID2 Integer Procedure esse esse Re Re RA Re ee Re ee 37 Delete ViaPoint ID Integer Procedure esse esse AR Re ee Re Re ee Re ee ee 37 DevEode strins Properties eb ee tenk ee EE 37 DevPass String Property uses EER EE SE EE SE EER EES EE ee SE ee ee ee Re Ee ee SE Ee Ee ee ee EER ese ee ER ee SE Ee Ee se Ee 38 DirectDraw dc offX offY Wd Ht Integer Clear Scale BW Boolean Procedure 38 Distance x1 y1 x2 y2 Variant integer FUnCHON sees sees ese ee ee AR Re ee Re ee ee 39 DirectViewi dc w h integer var LonL Lab LonR Lat Double var DvScale Double 40 DMS OleVaiiant string neo ss ES SEE ER ERG dd 41 DrawBubble dc integer x y integer S string Procedure esse esse Re AR Re 41 DrawLine dc integer x1 y1 x2 y2 OleVariant w cl mode Longint Brocedure sesse 42 DrawNorth de x y integer Procedure sesse esse Re Re ee Re Re ee Re ee ee 43 DrawObject dc integer Lon Lat OleVariant Item Color Longint Procedure esse esse 44 DrawScalebar dc x y Integer Procedure sesse esse Re Re ee Re Re ee Re ee ee 44 Edg Pan Boolean Property cas 404404455 Shei ee ER Alison Ee ee ee deleted ees eden 45 EdgePanAmount Double Property ecececcecessccssseceeseeeeesecessseeeeseeeeseeessseeeseeeeseeeessesenseeeesaes 45 EdgePanWidth Integer Property cccecsccccesecesss
354. teger Method Creates an instance of the marker bitmap defined by the handle hnd at the specified Lon Lat coordinates The handle can be that of one of the built in bitmap markers see CAD GetMarker or one externally defined by the user VB Example Private Sub Command28_Click Dim Tmk1 As CadObj Tmk2 As CadObj Get the handle of one of the built in markers hmark MapProl Cad GetMarker 2 Now use that handle to paint the marker on the map Set Tmkl MapProl Cad Marker 92 27 hmark Select a user defined bitmap to use as a marker Set Imagel Picture LoadPicture d test mappro71 test bmp Set Tmk2 MapProl Cad Marker 72 42 Imagel Picture Handle Refresh the map MapProl Refresh End Sub CAD mCircle Xc Yc Xp Yp Aspect Double CadObj Method Returns a CadObj structure and draws a circle given the following information Xc Yc Lon Lat coordinates in decimal degrees of the center of the circle Xp Yp Lon Lat coordinates of the first point on the circle circumference Note that if Xp Xc then Yp Yc is the radius of the circle in degrees and if Yp Yc then Xp Xc is the radius of the circle in degrees Aspect The circle aspect ratio horizontal to vertical diameter ratio VB Example Private Sub Command35_Click Dim Circ As CadObj Set Circ MapProl Cad mCircle 80 40 60 40 1 5 Set some properties Circ Brush Color vbRed Circ Brush BackColor vbYellow Circ Brush Style vbDa
355. tents are shown Zoom out so that the world extent s are shown Toggle the display of the Lon Lat grid On Off Open up the stock print dialog Open up the standard routing dialog Open up the Optirouter dialog this button appears in the tool bar only if the OpriRouterBtn property is set to True Open up the stock search dialog and have the Search for an Address Tab selected Open up the stock search dialog and have the Search for a Place Tab selected Note that this is also used to search four county names either as part of a wildcard search or by adding the suffix County or Parish for Louisianna Open up the stock search dialog and have the Search for an Area Code Tab selected Open up the stock search dialog and have the Search for a Zip Code Postal Code Tab selected Open up the stock search dialog and have the Goto a Lon Lat Tab selected Invoked Windows help and opens up the file at the location specified by the developer Note that this is to accommodate the developer in providing help facilities for end users of their applications not to invoke help facilities for the OCX Sets one of the predefined Zoom scales This area echoes the coordinates of the current cursor position Clicking in this area cycles the different Lon Lat display formats available in the control Note The toolbar can be cancelled by clicking on the x icon on the far right When the toolbar is floating double clicking in the capt
356. ter the search is finished set the magnification factor to 10 double lined streets MapProl Magnitude 14 Since Magnification 14 might involve loading a lot of data yield to windows message processing prior to issuing a command to relocate the viewport application ProcessMessages MapProl GotoPoint x y end Example 2 The OnFind Event is used to store and display the sreet block number and City for each hit ina listbox Procedure TForml MapProlFind Sender TObject var i 1 ns ne integer a string begin ns 1 ass Vs 1 length MapProl street Use simple loop to extract desired info For i 1 to 3 do begin ne pos 9 copy MapProl street ns l ns 1 a atcopy MapProl street ns ne 1 ns nstne end a atcopy MapProl street ns l ns 1 ListBoxl Items Add a end Find Zip z LongInt Procedure Searches the zipcode database ZIP BIN and returns data associated with the closest zipcode which matches the search query in the Result property string Result is a variable length string with each field separated by ASCII code 9 and is formatted as follows Zipcode 9 city 9 State 9 areacode 9 lon 9 lat 80 The specified Zip Code should be 5 digits long If less than 5 digits are specified then the entered value is padded on the left with zeroes e g if 1234 is specified then the routine searches for the Zip Code 01234 Note The
357. tern is selected using the RoadOptions Rt_Zoom 4 Zoom the map viewport out so that the route start and end points are visible Rt_ Short 16 Calculate the Shortest route Rt_Fast 32 Calculate the Fastest route Rt_Direct 48 Calculate the most direct route least of turns Note that this is a combination of Rt Short and Rt Fast Rt_Hours 64 Return the calculated time as a fraction of hr min not hr min sec Rt_km 128 Return the calculated distances in kilometers not miles Rt_ Total 512 Display total cumulative distance and time at the end of each road segment in the route Rt PrtMap 1024 Print the point maps after the route is calculated Rt PrtDir 2048 Print the directions after the route is calculated Rt_NoERR 4096 Suppresses error dialog from display if no route is found Rt Note 8192 Calculate the route without displaying a dialog 74 For example if the FindRoute method was called and Options had the value 42 then RT Hatch Rt Combine and Rt Total would be the selected options The Result string returned on each OnFindRte event contains the following fields of information separated by a tab 9 character Route Segment No First one is 1 Road Classification A41 etc Reserved Contains sign used for other intermediate calculations Road Name First one is always Start Reserved Blank Place name City Town etc It should be noted that limited access Interstate highways have no place names assigned to the
358. tes are highlighted with transparent solid lines of the width and color specified by the user The transparency of the highlighting is set using the RouteOpacity property MarkVis Boolean Display the Markers used to identify the points you have set for the route optimization MarkColor LongInt Set the color of the Markers used to identify the points you have set for the route optimization MarkSize LongInt Set the size of the Markers used to identify the points you have set for the route optimization this is actually the size of the circumscribed square in pixels MarkType LongInt Specify the Mark type to be used in identifying the points you have set for the route optimization 216 The available types of markers are 0 Square and 1 Round The squares are painted in a semi transparent mode and the point number is displayed in the middle of the marker if the appropriate properties have been set E AO WINISY COLLIN V j ba D E a LU MarkColor LongInt Set the color of the Markers used to identify the points you have set for the route optimization FontVis Boolean Sets the Visibility of the Text used to identify the routing points set by the user This is controlled independently of the marker available for each point FontName String Sets the font to be used for the Text used to identify the routing points set by the user FontSize Integer Sets the Point size of the T
359. the ActiveX control in a number of different development environments in different archives Each archive is named according to the development environment it is for and contains all the necessary files for the user to compile and run a sample project Development Considerations Quick How To s and things to be aware of Rotated Maps When working with rotated maps screen updates may be slightly slower due to the additional vector manipulations reguired for the rotation Shading When using DirectDraw the shading of places and MCD areas is based on a dynamic First Come First Served basis Two DirectDraw processes on two different surfaces on the screen could result in different shades for the same place or MCD area Sample Code Any samples of code provided in this manual are for Delphi or Visual Basic and are not part of any integral application Each example is meant solely as an illustration of the procedure or property for which it is given and not necessarily in combination with the other code snippets in this documentation Searching for Places amp Geocoding There are a number of different methods that may be used for searching The most versatile method is using GeoFind primarily for visual environments or the GeoFindFirst Next and GeoFindArray for non visual environment The GeoFind collection of methods attempts to perform a fuzzy search based on a partial street address string specified by the user Other more specific
360. the CAD toolbar and clicking the appropriate button to draw the desired object 168 CAD Arrow x1 y1 x2 y2 Double CadObj Method Creates an Arrow object X1 X2 are the Lon Lat coordinates of the arrowhead and X2 Y2 the coordinates of the arrow tail endpoint The arrow object may be re sized moved etc once it has been created by invoking the CAD Edit mode from the CAD toolbar os setting ObjectType 0 and then setting mapMode to mdCAD VB Example Private Sub Command51_Click Dim Arr As CadObj Draw the arrow second point is tip location Set Arr MapProl Cad Arrow 100 30 110 40 Set some brush attributes Arr Brush Color vbBlue Arr Brush BackColor vbGreen Arr Brush Style 4 Arr Brush Mode 2 1 would be transparent Set some pen attributes Arr Pen Width 4 Arr Pen Color vbRed Set some Caption Attributes Arr Caption Sample Arrow Object Arr Font Height 14 Arr Font Style 1 bold MapProl Refresh End Sub CAD Bezier X1 Y1 X2 Y2 X3 Y3 Double CadObj Method Creates a bezier line object using the coordinates of the three specified points as shown in the graphics below VB Example Private Sub Command52_Click Dim Bz As CadObj Ptl As CadObj Pt2 As CadObj Pt3 As CadObj 169 Dim Lnl As CadObj Ln2 As CadObj MapProl Cad Clear Set the coordinates for the three points Pt1X 100 Pt1Y 30 Pt2X 105 Pt2Y
361. the name assigned to the current road segment by the user It s used to label the road segment search for it etc Note When searching for streets these road segments are identified as User Defined in the listbox that appears in the search dialog Road Type Five Road types are allowed The descriptions of these types in the dialog are self explanatory Add Button Adds a newly defined road segment to the list of road segments already in memory Note that these segments are NOT saved unless the File Save command from this dialog is executed Modify Button Replaces the attributes of the currently selected road segment with new ones specified in the dialog Delete Button Deletes the currently selected road segment from the list of segments in memory but not from a file such segments have been saved in unless the File Save command is executed subsequent to the deletion Note the segments are selected by holding down the Shift when clicking the left mouse button Cancel Button Close the street editing dialog note that this does NOT cancel the street editing mode which can only be done by setting the appropriate MapMode value A defined road segment is selected for editing or deletion by placing the cursor on the segment and pressing the left mouse button while holding down the Shift key The selected road segment will assume flashing highlight attribute to clearly show the used that it is being modified The user created ro
362. tihousehold or Transient Quarters D20 D29 D20 Multihousehold or transient quarters major category used alone when the minor category could not be determined D21 Apartment building or complex D22 Rooming or boarding house D23 Trailer court or mobile home park D24 Marina D25 Crew of vessel D26 Housing facility for workers D27 Hotel motel resort spa YMCA or YWCA D28 Campground D29 Shelter or mission Custodial Facility D30 D37 This major category is for an institution that maintains guards nurses caretakers and so forth to preserve the welfare of those individuals resident in the facility D30 Custodial facility major category used alone when the minor category could not be determined D31 Hospital D32 Halfway house D33 Nursing home retirement home or home for the aged D34 County home or poor farm D35 Orphanage D36 Jail or detention center D37 Federal penitentiary State prison or prison farm Educational or Religious Institution D40 D44 D40 Educational or religious institution major category used alone when the minor category could not be determined D41 Sorority or fraternity D42 Convent or monastery D43 Educational institution including academy school college and university D44 Religious institution including church synagogue seminary temple and mosque Transportation Terminal D50 D55 The facility where transportation equipment is stored the destination for travel
363. ting to production distribution or consumption of the Products at its sole expense Limited Warranty USC represents and warrants to LICENSEE that the Licensed Software when properly installed by LICENSEE and used with LICENSEE s application will perform substantially as described in USC s then current Documentation for such Software for a period of ninety 90 days from the date of shipment Limitations Notwithstanding the warranty provisions set forth herein all of USC s obligations with respect to such warranties shall be contingent on LICENSEE s use of the Software in accordance with this Agreement and in accordance with USC s instructions as provided by USC in the Documentation as such instructions may be amended supplemented or modified by USC from time to time USC shall have no warranty obligations with respect to any failures of the Software which are the result of accident abuse misapplication extreme power surge or extreme electromagnetic field 8 6 8 7 8 8 LICENSEE s Sole Remedy USC s entire liability and LICENSEE s exclusive remedy shall be at USC s option either 1 return of the price paid or 2 repair or replacement of the Software upon its return to USC provided USC receives written notice from LICENSEE during the warranty period of a breach of warranty Any replacement Software will be warranted for the remainder of the original warranty period or thirty 30 days whichever is longer Disclaime
364. tring Procedure Searches for the specified criteria and creates a list object to hold the results and returns the first hit in the list Returns an empty string if no further items exist in the list object The returned result is a tab delimited string with the following information Street 9 City 9 Block 9 State 9 ZipCode 9 Reserved 9 Lon Lat VB Example Private Sub Command1_Click If FirstTime True Then s MapProl GeoFindFirst Winter Street Boston MA FirstTime False nfd 1 Else nfd nfd 1 s MapProl GeoFindNext End If If s lt gt Null Then Label4 Caption amp Str nfd amp amp s Else 88 Label4 Caption No more Items Found MapProl GeoFindClose End If aabel4 Visible True Beep End Sub GeoFindNext String Procedure Finds and returns the next item in the Geofind list object Returns an empty string if no further items exist in the list VB Example Private Sub Command1_Click If FirstTime True Then s MapProl GeoFindFirst Winter Street Boston MA FirstTime False nfd 1 Else nfd nfd 1 s MapProl GeoFindNext End If If s lt gt nil Then abel20 Caption amp Str nfd amp amp s Else abel20 Caption No more Items Found GeoFindParse Field Result String String Procedure Return the value of Field from the result string generated by the GeoFindFirst or GeoFindNext methods Field The fie
365. ty Block Number State ZipCode reserved Longitude Latitude The Reserved field is blank for now It requires a variable string argument as follows s StreetAddress City State ZipCode Radius Any of the four fields may be ommitted In particular the last argument separated from the rest of the string by a piping character specifies the search radius in miles from the center search point Zip state place coordinates The search hierarchy is 1 ZipCode 2 City State 3 StreetAddress 82 Here are some examples and brief explanations of the operation of the function A few of them are explained in detail while the rest are presented as the specified string and a simple listing of the results returned in the Street property N GeoFind Lowell MA Returns the N 1 one hit and examination of the Street property reveals the string LOWELL MA 71 317000 42 633000 where is used to denote the tab delimeter 9 character used in the returned string The program recognizes that a City State search is being requested and performs it accordingly N GeoFind Market St Lowell Ma Returns the N 16 16 hits and examination of the Street property on each OnFind event reveals the strings MARKET ST MARKET ST MARKET ST MARKET ST MARKET ST MARKET ST MARKET ST MARKET ST MARKET ST MARKET ST MARKET ST MARKET ST MARKET ST MARKET ST MARKET ST MARKET ST The program recognizes that a st
366. ty for any payments accrued prior to the effective date of such termination or for any payments on Products marked with said Copyrights pursuant to this Agreement prior to the effective date of such termination and sold thereafter Upon termination of this Agreement LICENSEE agrees to cease and desist from any and all further use of USC Copyrights or use of any of USC suppliers Copyrights and data Upon termination of this Agreement USC shall be entitled to all relief in law and equity including but not limited to entry of judgment on the amount of consideration then due and owing preliminary and permanent injunctive relief as well as USC s costs and attorney s fees incurred in any enforcement action 12 ASSIGNMENT 12 1 This Agreement may not be assigned by LICENSEE without written authorization by USC Such authorization shall not be unnecessarily withheld 12 2 This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of both parties but no assignment by LICENSEE of this Agreement or any part thereof including any transfer or the like in conjunction with a sale merger or the like of LICENSEE or any part thereof shall have any force or validity whatsoever except unless and until approved in writing by USC 13 MISCELLANEOUS 13 1 13 2 13 3 13 4 13 3 13 6 All notices or communications which either party may desire or be required to give to the other shall
367. ub CAD Rectangle X1 Y1 X2 Y2 Double CadObj Method Creates a rectangle object defined by the Lon Lat coordinates of two opposite corners VB Example Private Sub Command46_Click Dim RecOl As CadObj RecO2 As CadObj Create a rectangle Object Set RecOl MapProl Cad Rectangle 100 30 80 40 RecO1l Pen Color vbRed Refresh the map surface MapProl Refresh End Sub CAD RegularPolygon Xc Yc Xp Yp Double N Integer CadObj Method Creates a regular polygon Object where Xc Yc Lon Lat coordinates in decimal degrees of the center of the regular polygon Xp Yp Lon Lat coordinates of the first point on the circumference of the prescribed circle i e the virst vertex N The number of sides and vertices VB Example Private Sub Command34_Click Dim RegPol As CadObj Set RegPol MapProl Cad RegularPolygon 100 40 80 40 9 RegPol Caption Sample Regular Polygon RegPol GreatCircle False RegPol Pen Color vbBlue RegPol Pen BackColor vbRed RegPol Pen Style vbDash RegPol Brush Color vbGreen RegPol Brush BackColor vbWhite 181 RegPol Brush Style Val Text18 Text RegPol Brush Mode Val Text19 Text RegPol Pen Color Val Text7 Text RegPol Brush Color Val Text9 Text RegPol Brush Mode mergepaint RegPol Brush Style Val Text12 Text MapProl Refresh End Sub L 1 H CAD Rotate Xp Yp Angle Double
368. ub Delphi Example Procedure TForml ButtoniClick Sender TObject Invoke the Routing Dialog with the current default Lon Lat Coordinates begin Locate the viewport to the center point of the current Lon Lat routing coordinates MapProl GotoPoint defxltdefx2 2 defyltdefy2 2 Set the magnitude to 11 to ensure Tiger grids are loaded MapProl Magnitude 11 Execute the Dialog MapProl ExecRoute defx1 defyl defx2 defy2 end ExecSearch Title string Option Integer Procedure Presents user with a generic tabbed search dialog similar to that used in the Routing dialog The string specified in Title is used in the dialog caption and Option can have the value of 0 4 depending which tab the user wants active when the dialog opens Option 0 Open the dialog with the Address Search tab selected 61 Simple Search Dialog Address Place Zip Phone Lon Lat Address street city state zip Cross Street Find Iw Mark Point Cancel Once the dialog appears on the screen the user may type in an address to search for in the form Street Place State ZipCode And a cross street if desired The ZipCode is optional but it can speed search significantly under certain conditions In typing the and Street name the following forms are equivalent for example if searching for 10 West Main Street 10 W Main Street 10 West Main Street 10 W Main
369. udiation of contract warranty tort or otherwise shall in no case exceed the actual price paid to USC by LICENSEE for the Software whose license use or other employment gives rise to the liability The essential purpose of this provision is to limit the potential liability of USC arising out of this Agreement The parties acknowledge that the limitations set forth in this Section are integral to the amount of consideration levied in connection with the license of the Software and Documentation and any services rendered hereunder and that were USC to assume any further liability other than as set forth herein such consideration would of necessity be set substantially higher 9 COPYRIGHT OWNERSHIP AND USE SA Os 9 3 LICENSEE shall not use the USC Copyrights in connection with any product other than the Licensed Products LICENSEE agrees to apply appropriate legends on its labels or other printed materials indicating ownership by USC and or its suppliers and as appropriate registration of said Copyrights as provided in Exhibit A of this Agreement Neither this Agreement the facts of this Agreement or its termination or LICENSEE s exercise of the rights granted under this Agreement including use of said Copyrights shall effect diminish or otherwise alter USC s right title and interest in and to the Copyrights and LICENSEE agrees to assign and hereby does assign to USC any and all right title and interest in said Copyrights w
370. ue in feet There is also a built in limit of 100 feet OpCode D008 Grid File Memory Usage Returns the memory bytes used by the currently loaded grid files OpCode EEE2 Internal Bitmap Mode Set the mode to be used by the map drawing module in terms of the Windows PixelFormats This allows the user to select the type of internal bitmap to be generated by the map drawing routine If the developer wants to use 16 or 24 bit bitmaps generated instead of the default 8 bit 256 color bitmaps they need only set the appropriate mode Option can be used to set one of the following modes Option 1 pflbit Mono Option 2 pf4bit 16 color Option 3 pf8bit 256 color Option 4 pfl 5bit 15 bit color Option 5 pf16bit 16 bit color Option 6 pf24bit RGB True color Option 7 pf32bit 32 bit color OpCode EEE4 User Item Paint Order Sets the order in which the OCX paints the user items on screen Option 0 Instructs the OCX to paint the items in the OnPaintAfter event prior to painting the user bitmaps placed by the SetItem methods Option 1 instructs the OCX to paint the user bitmaps first The values are in Hex OpCode EEE9 Double Lined Roads Set the single line street mode when zoomed very close The default is Option 0 1 e double line streets are used If Option is set to 1 then single line streets are used when zoomed in OpCode EEEA Routing Local Radius Sets the local radius t
371. uncates to the nearest pixel Note An incorrect value will be returned if the map has been rotated See the LL2INT function for getting the equivalent information even with rotated maps VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click Dim x as Integer x MapProl Lon2Int MapProl xcord Textl Str x End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml Button4Click Sender TObject var Xd string 12 begin 106 LonCenter Double Property Indicates the Longitude of the center point of the map view window Also see LatCenter LonLatStr x y OLEVariant String Function Returns a formatted string for the specified Lon Lat coordinates X and Y are decimal coordinates and the returned string contains the coordinates in Deg Min Sec format VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click Textl text MapProl lonlatstr 120 32 End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml Button7Click Sender TObject begin panel2 caption MapProl lonlatstr 120 32 end LonLeft Double Property Indicates the Longitude of the left edge of the map view window VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click Dim x as Double x MapProl LonLeft End Sub Delphi Procedure TForml Button5Click Sender TObject var xl double begin x1 MapProl LonLeft end LonRight Property Indicates the Longitude of the right edge of the map view window VB Example Private Sub Command39_Click Dim x as Double x MapProl LonRight End Sub 107 Delphi Procedure T
372. undaries N 21 Reserved N 2 State Interiors shading N 22 Reserved N 3 Reserved N 23 Permanent Hydro Features N 4 Reserved N 24 Intermitent Hydro Features N 5 County Boundaries N 25 Reserved N 6 MCD Boundaries N 26 Reserved N 7 Place Boundaries N 27 Reserved N 8 MCD Shading N 9 Interstate Highways N 28 Reserved N 29 Reserved N 10 US Principal Highways N 30 Reserved N 11 Secondary County Highways N 31 Reserved N 12 Secondary State Highways N 32 Reserved N 13 Other Main Roads N 33 Shields Highways State County N 14 Streets N 34 Coarse Secondary Highways N 15 Landmarks N 35 Reserved N 16 Reserved N 36 Reserved N 17 Railroads N 37 Reserved N 18 Power Lines N 38 Reserved N 19 Parks N 39 Reserved N 20 Reserved N 40 Reserved follows see Appendix for Census Feature Class Code CFCC descriptions N CEFCC N CFCC N CFCC N CFCC N CFCC N CFCC N CFCC N CFCC 41 A00 65 A26 89 A53 113 B31 137 D30 161 D65 185 F20 209 H13 42 A01 66 A27 90 A60 14 B32 138 D31 162 D66 186 F21 210 H20 43 A02 67 A28 91 A61 115 B33 139 D32 163 D70 187 F22 211 H21 44 A03 68 A30 92 A62 16 B40 140 D33 164 D71 188 F23 212 H22 45 A04 69
373. urrentlayer Brush Style 6 end mapprol Redraw end ImportMer CurrentLayer ImportLayer Property The current default layer inerface Makes it easier for the developer to access the properties of the current layer without having to explicitly use the ImportMegr Items array Delphi Example procedure TForml Button6Click Sender TObject begin Import the file Z525PSA MIF and name it Mass ZIP5 Mapprol ImportMgr AddLayer Mass Zip5 z525psa mif The file just loaded is a polygon file set some attributes with MapProl ImportMgr do begin set the current layer index currentindex 0 Now use current layer to set the opacity to 30 currentlayer Opacity 30 Set the brush color and style cross currentlayer Brush Color clblue currentlayer Brush Style 6 end mapprol Redraw end ImportMer Deletelndex n integer Method Deletes the N th layer from the list the layers indexed array is zero based and decreases the property ImportMer Count Delphi Example procedure TForml ButtonBClick Sender TObject begin Delete the 2nd layer remembr array is O based mapprol ImportMgr DeleteIndex 1 Open dialog to confirm 233 mapprol ImportMgr ShowDialog end ImportMer DeleteNamedLayer Lname string Integer Method Deletes the specified named layer and returns the index of the layer that was deleted or 1 if the deletion process failed because no su
374. uses viewport to move by a fixed amount in each of 8 principal directions The directions are defined as shown below Direction S N E W Bit 8 4 165 VB Example Delphi To move north specify a ZoomPan integer factor of 4 To move west specify 1 To move NorthEast use 6 2 4 to move SouthWest use 9 with SouthEast use 10 etc Private Sub Command39 Click Pan the viewport NorthWest MapProl ZoomPan 5 End Sub Procedure TForml Button2Click Sender TObject begin Pan the viewport NorthWest MapProl ZoomPan 5 end ZoomSP s String Procedure This Zooms the system to open a map to a specific location S is a composite string made up of that can have two different forms depending on its first character If the first character is P then it denotes that the viewport is to be set by a center point and a scale value so S is of the form Px y Scale If the first character is W it denotes that a viewport windows will be set so it is of the form Wx1 y1 x2 y2 This format is also the same as the ViewCmd property VB Example 166 Private Sub Form_Load MapProl ToolbarMode TbFix Set the viewport using the Window method This was implemented to address the start up issues MapProl ZoomSp w 80 45 92 38 End Sub Private Sub Command1_Click Set the viewport using the Point method MapProl ZoomSP P 82 1234 41 4321 15 End Sub ZoomUnderlay Procedure Reposition
375. utton and the screen is updated to reflect the currently drawn object Draw a rectangle The cursor changes into a small cross hair to indicate that the control is in the object drawing mode Clicking the left mouse button sets one of the corners of the rectangle the anchor corner Dragging the mouse pointer dynamically resizes the rectangle until the user clicks the left mouse button again at which time the rectangle object is created the screen is updated to reflect the newly created object and the object creation mode is exited Draw an ellipse The cursor changes into a small cross hair to indicate that the control is in the object drawing mode Clicking the left mouse button sets one of the corners of the bounding rectangle of the ellipse the anchor comer Dragging the mouse pointer dynamically resizes the bounding rectangle and the ellipse until the user clicks the left mouse button again at which time the ellipse object is created the screen is updated to reflect the newly created object and the object creation mode is exited Draw a circle The cursor changes into a small cross hair to indicate that the control is in the object drawing mode Clicking the left mouse button sets the center of the circle Dragging the mouse pointer dynamically resizes the circle until the user clicks the left mouse button again at which time the circle object is created the screen is updated to reflect the
376. utton30Click Sender TObject Toggle the onewayshow flag begin with MapProl do begin MapProl OneWayShow not OneWayShow if Onewayshow true then button30 caption s T else button30 caption s F MapProl Redraw end end OneWayUse Property Enables the use of the one way information when calculating a route The default is true Note that is also disables the old logic used with TIGER data where the angle of attack was used to determine the appropriateness of using a limited access highway ramp that was the only way On Off ramps could be discerned in the past This was introduced with the use of GDT TeleAtlas data Delphi procedure TForml Button33Click Sender TObject Toggle the onewayuse flag begin with MapProl do begin OneWayUse not OneWayUse if OneWayUse true then button33 caption u T else button33 caption u F end end onCADChange Current Long Event This event is fired each time the ObjectType is changed and it returns the current ObjectType The valid ObjectTypes corresponding to valid CAD objects are shown below If ObjectTyp 1 then the control is in object selection 115 mode If ObjectType 0 then the control is in NUL mode i e the mapMode may be set to mbZoom Object Type Line Rectangle Ellipse Polyline Polygon Marker Text Circle Regular Polygon Free Hand Arrow Bezier Symbol Text Bubble Grouped Object MetaObj
377. viation The only condition is that the first character of neither the Place name or the state abbreviation CANNOT be a wildcard For each place that is found matching the search specification an OnFindPlace event is triggered The user must then query the Result property in the OnFindPlace event handler and store it or otherwise process its value e g add it to a list box parse it to its appropriate components The string stored in Result contains the following information separated by a tab character 9 In addition to being able to search for Place names this method also enables the user to search for counties or parishes in LA Counties may be specifically searched for by appending the suffix county after them or they cab be search as part of a wildcard place search by simply specifying the name and an asterisk FindCity supports two different paradigms e If an explicit string is searched for then the OnFindPlace is triggered and a single hit if found returns in the Result property of the control e Ifa wildcard search is specified then an OnFind event is triggerred and found hits are returned in the Street property Name The place City Town etc name from the places database State The two letter state abbreviation Lon Longitude from the places database Lat Latitude from the places database Examples of using the wildcards with FindCity 1 FindCity Lem IL would return the following hits
378. w a Text Object The cursor changes into a small cross hair to indicate that the control is in the object drawing mode Clicking the left mouse button sets the reference point for the text object opens up an edit box and allows the user to type in the desired text When ENTER is pressed the drawing mode is cancelled and the screen is updated to reflect the currently drawn text object Note that the size of the text remans the same regardless of the current map scale Draw a Bezier Object The cursor changes into a small cross hair to indicate that the control is in the object drawing mode Clicking the left mouse button sets the starting point of the object Clicking a second time sets the and point of the bezier 199 object Moving the cursor dynamically modifies the bezier by varying its third control point The bezier object is set by pressing the left mouse button for a third time The drawing mode is cancelled and the screen is updated to reflect the currently drawn object rs This is a dual action button Clicking on the object portion select the current Windows metafile has to have been selected by the user and sets the object creation mode The cursor changes to a small cross hair Clicking the left mouse button sets one of the corners of the metafile bounding polygon Dragging the mouse pointer dynamically resizes the bounding rectangle until the user clicks the left mouse button again at which time the meta
379. want and you need to sign the Licensing amp Distribution Agreement usually an appendix of the User s manual for each mapping control Remember as explained in the MapPro user s manual each client end user installation needs to have a client license whish is obtained though registering the client copy either by phone or through our on line registration servers The types of Licenses available to the vendor developer are presented below a Per Transaction Fee Special licensing for applications that are based on a single or multiple servers that are used to dispense maps directions etc to clients through a wide LAN or web internet connection Please note that you need a special Licensing Agreement for this type of deployment POIs cannot be part of this type of license b Pre Pay Only Each vendor has an escrow account on our registration servers Money can be deposited into the account by the vendor at any time by logging to www registermyapp com login asp and making an on line payment using their credit card or by mailing Undertow a check for deposit into the account When an end user client seat is about to be registered the escrow account is checked and if there is enough to process the registration it goes through If there is not enough a message is displayed in the end user s registration dialog to contact UnderTow Software Note that this is the preferred license in particular if vendors want to pre purchase a num
380. will display the streets loaded from AUTOLOAD STR If new streets are added then the above counter will advance and if the user saves the file both the streets loaded from AUTOLAOD STR and the newly added ones will be saved in the user specified file So if the user re started the application 5 times adding new streets in each session and saving each session to a different file each file would also contain whatever streets were loaded from AUTOLOAD STR That would be fine if that s what the user intended to do However if the intent is to have different files containing new streets for specific areas in order to avoid having the duplicity of the data in AUTOLOAD STR in each of the generated files here is what the user should do 1 If practical the AUTOLOAD STR street can be temporarily renamed while the creation of such files takes place or 2 Prior to starting the generation of each of these regional or otherwise specific files the Street editing mode should be started and the File New command should be executed making sure of course that any needed data is stored as desired by the user 3 When all new streets have been designed created and saved to indiviual STR files the final step might be to add the changes to the AUTOLOAD STR file To do that Exit the application b Restore the AUTOLOAD STR name if you want to add the changes to the existing AUTOLOAD STR data Restart the application d Use File I
381. x End Sub Delta MapProl OptiRouter PointExtent Ymax Delta MapProl OptiRouter PointExtent Xmin Delta MapProl OptiRouter PointExtent Ymin Delta Delphi Example procedure TForml ButtoniClick Sender TObject var i k code integer x y double temp shortstring r tpointrec begin MapProl OptiRouter ClearPoints for i 0 to listboxl items count 1 do begin temp listboxl items i AE k pos temp val copy temp 1 pred k x code val copy temp succ k length temp MapProl OptiRouter AddPoint Start r isMapProl1 OptiRouter stopPoints i listbox3 Items add r namet floa floattostr r y end labell caption Inttostr MapProl Opti end k y code tinttostr i x y L LEOoStr P E Router NumPoints 205 OptiRouter Calculate n integer Method Performs the route optimization calculation using the parameters currently specified by the user The parameter N specifies whether to return all individual road segments or consolidate all segments with the same name in the reporting of the calculated route N 0 reports ALL individual segments N 1 consolidates same name segments VB Example Private Sub AddPt_Click Use the AddPoint to add 4 points to the OptiRouter MapProl OptiRouter AddPoint Poin 1 88 299318 42 039389 MapProl OptiRouter AddPoint Point 2 88 306011 42 036385 MapProl OptiRouter AddPoint Point 3 88 303308 42 031365 MapP
382. x300 pixels if w gt 300 and h gt 300 then begin Print color map clear scale Mono MapProl directdraw dc L T W H true true true messagebeep 31 Print border around map with printer canvas do begin brush style tbrushstyle bsclear pen width 3 286 pen color clblack end rectangle dc L T LW TH end printer canvas unlock printer enddoc label2 caption Done label2 update end Saving to a Meta File implementation SR DFM const inn integer 0 SetUserPoint boolean false procedure TForml ButtonlClick Sender TObject var metadc MetaHn integer d metarect trect begin You could use this to create a memory file if manipulate it as needed MetaDc CreateEnhMetaFile canvas handle nil ni you wanted and then 1 nil es Or this one so that you can create an external MetaFile Create an enhanced meta file canvas and get the de to it MetaDc CreateEnhMetaFile canvas handle Test wmf nil nil ifs Use DirectDraw to draw the image on the metafile canvas Note that you need to set the appropriate options depending on aht your desired outcome is This is without scaling MapProl DirectDraw MetaDc 0 0 MapProl width MapProl height true false false Close the metafil MetaHn CloseEnhMetaFile MetaDc Set the dimension of the PaintBox so you can play the metafile setrect
383. y G egister Today To ensure we can provide guality customer support it is helpful for us to maintain a record of our licensed users You have 15 Days to register this application Please choose from one of the following options Register Over the Phone Register Later VB Example Private Sub Form_Load Opens the registration dialog MapProl ExecRegister 1 MapProl ExecRegister 5432 End Sub Procedure ExecRoadOption Allows the user to specify advanced options for calculating the optimum route between two points Also see FindRoute ExecRoute The options are organized in a number of tabs as described below Speeds In this dialog the user may set the travel speeds mph for 6 different types of roads from Limited Access Interstate Highways to Trails etc Speed Priorities Route Highlight Report Options Road Type Priority Speed Interstates e Restricted Access ja 65 Major Highways ra 50 Secondary 3 as Highways Minor Roads k Ed e P Trails other im iS Tum Factor Default ER 55 Priorities The user is permitted to set the travel preference priority for the 6 types of roads identified in the Speeds tab A value of 1 sets the lowest priority while a value of 5 sets the highest A value of 0 excludes that road type from routing calculations Speed Priorities Route Highlight Report Options Sample Map Color Enhanced Route Line More Info
384. y by 4WD vehicle unseparated underpassing Road with Special Characteristics A60 A65 A road portion of a road intersection of a road or the ends of a road that are parts of the vehicular highway system that have separately identifiable characteristics A60 Road with characteristic unspecified major category used alone when the minor category could not be determined A61 Cul de sac the closed end of a road that forms a loop or turn around the node symbol that appears on some census maps is not included in the TIGER Line TM files A62 Traffic circle the portion of a road or intersection of roads that form a roundabout the node symbol that appears on some census maps is not included in the TIGER Line TM files A63 Access ramp the portion of a road that forms acloverleaf or limited access interchange the node symbol that appears on some census maps is not included in the TIGER Line TM files A64 Service drive the road or portion of a road thatprovides access to businesses facilities and rest areas along a limited access highway this frontage road may intersect other roads and be named A65 Ferry crossing the portion of a road over water that consists of ships carrying automobiles connecting roads on opposite shores Road as Other Thoroughfare A70 A73 A road that is not part of the vehicular highway system This road is used by bicyclists or pedestrians and is typically inaccessible to mainstream motor traffic except
385. y of all objects in the selection rectangle Private Sub Command56_Click Dim rl As CadObj Set rl MapProl Cad Rectangle 70 32 120 46 rl Brush Style 1 n MapProl Cad SelectRect 70 32 120 46 1 Command56 Caption Selected amp n MapProl Refresh End Sub CAD SendToBack Property Sends any currently selected objects to the back i e they are drawn before underneath any other CAD objects See the SelectRange and SelectRect methods for selecting CAD objects to operate on VB Example Private Sub Command53_Click Dim Bz As CadObj Ptl As CadObj Dim Lnl As CadObj Ln2 As CadObj MapProl Cad Clear Pt1X 100 Pt1Y 30 Pt2X 105 Pt2Y 34 Pt3X 102 Pt3Y 36 Set Bz MapProl Cad Bezier Pt1X Bz Caption Bezier 1 Show the Bezier control lines Set Lnl MapProl Cad mLine Pt1X Lnl Caption Line 2 Set Ln2 MapProl Cad mLine Pt2X Ln2 Caption Line 3 Lnl Pen Style 3 Lnl Pen Color vbBlue Ln2 Pen Style 3 Ln2 Pen Color vbBlue Get and then use the handles to sl MapProl Cad GetMarker 2 s2 MapProl Cad GetMarker 4 s3 MapProl Cad GetMarker 7 Ptl MapProl Cad Marker Pt1xX Pt2 MapProl Cad Marker Pt2xX Pt3 MapProl Cad Marker Pt3X Pt1 Caption point 4 Pt2 Caption point 5 Pt3 Caption point 6 Bz Pen Width 4 Bz Pen Color vbGreen create a circle and a triangle Set rel rel Caption Set rc2 rce2 Caption
386. y the disclosing party 4 have been known otherwise by the recipient before communication by the disclosing party or 5 have been received by the recipient without any obligation of confidentiality from a source other than the disclosing party lawfully having possession of such information 301 302 6 3 6 4 Injunctive Relief LICENSEE acknowledges that the unauthorized use transfer or disclosure of the USC Software and Documentation or copies thereof will 1 substantially diminish the value to USC of the trade secrets and other proprietary interests that are the subject of this Agreement 2 render USC s remedy at law for such unauthorized use disclosure or transfer inadequate and 3 cause irreparable injury in a short period of time If LICENSEE breaches any of its obligations with respect to the use or confidentiality of the Software or Documentation USC shall be entitled to equitable relief to protect its interests therein including but not limited to preliminary and permanent injunctive relief Survival LICENSEE s obligations under this Section will survive the termination of this Agreement or of any license granted under this Agreement for whatever reason INFRINGEMENT Talk did LICENSEE shall notify USC of any infringement or threatened infringement by a third party of the USC Copyrights or any of the Copyrights of USC s suppliers which shall become known to it USC shall be entitled to the exclusive r
387. y used alone when the minor category could not be determined A41 Local neighborhood and rural road city street unseparated A42 Local neighborhood and rural road city street unseparated in tunnel A43 Local neighborhood and rural road city street unseparated underpassing A44 Local neighborhood and rural road city street unseparated with rail line in center A45 Local neighborhood and rural road city street separated A46 Local neighborhood and rural road city street separated in tunnel A47 Local neighborhood and rural road city street separated underpassing A48 Local neighborhood and rural road city street separated with rail line in center Vehicular Trail A50 A53 A road in this major category is usable only by four wheel drive vehicles and is usually a one lane dirt trail The road is found almost exclusively in a very rural area sometimes the road is called a fire road or logging road and may include an abandoned railroad grade where the tracks have been removed Minor unpaved roads usable by ordinary cars and trucks belong in major category A4 A50 Vehicular trail road passable only by four wheel drive 4WD vehicle major category used alone when the minor category could not be determined A51 Vehicular trail road passable only by 4WD vehicle unseparated A52 Vehicular trail road passable only by 4WD vehicle unseparated in tunnel A53 Vehicular trail road passable onl
388. yed onto the map when the map is redrawn thus allowing much larger external data sets to be rendered The methods and properties that are available through the ImportMegr interface are explained in this section Note that instead of using ImportManager as the root in the examples given below the property off the main control ImportMgr is used since that s how it would be called from the application ImportMer AddLayer Name WideString FileName Widestring Method Adds the layer specified by FileName to the Import Manager and assigns Name to it The Layer is appended at the bottom of the currently loaded layers and the layers count is incremented by one Delphi Example procedure TForml Button6Click Sender TObject var n integer begin Import the file Z25P MIF and name it Mass Points ZIP5 Mapprol ImportMgr AddLayer Mass Points ZIP5 z25p shp The file just loaded is a points file set some attributes with MapProl ImportMgr do begin currentindex 0 currentlayer Font Color clgreen currentlayer Font size 24 currentlayer LabelField 2 currentlayer labelfilter 1 currentlayer Mark Style 4 Now use current layer to set the opacity to 30 currentlayer Opacity 30 end Weil also load a polygons shape file Z525PSA mif 231 Mapprol ImportMgr AddLayer Mass Polys ZIP5 z525psa mif Zoom the viewport to the extents of the imported layers mapprol Impo

MapOCX Pro v7.1 - UnderTow Software, Inc.

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents